blob: 001e951d9609df6d2650592880a1d1f0edfd945c [file] [log] [blame]
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001//===--- SemaOverload.cpp - C++ Overloading ---------------------*- C++ -*-===//
2//
3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
5// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
7//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9//
10// This file provides Sema routines for C++ overloading.
11//
12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13
14#include "Sema.h"
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +000015#include "Lookup.h"
Douglas Gregor0a70c4d2009-12-22 21:44:34 +000016#include "SemaInit.h"
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +000017#include "clang/Basic/Diagnostic.h"
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +000018#include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h"
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +000019#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
Douglas Gregor36d1b142009-10-06 17:59:45 +000020#include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h"
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +000021#include "clang/AST/Expr.h"
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +000022#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +000023#include "clang/AST/TypeOrdering.h"
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +000024#include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h"
Douglas Gregor58e008d2008-11-13 20:12:29 +000025#include "llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h"
Douglas Gregor55297ac2008-12-23 00:26:44 +000026#include "llvm/ADT/STLExtras.h"
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +000027#include <algorithm>
28
29namespace clang {
30
31/// GetConversionCategory - Retrieve the implicit conversion
32/// category corresponding to the given implicit conversion kind.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +000033ImplicitConversionCategory
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +000034GetConversionCategory(ImplicitConversionKind Kind) {
35 static const ImplicitConversionCategory
36 Category[(int)ICK_Num_Conversion_Kinds] = {
37 ICC_Identity,
38 ICC_Lvalue_Transformation,
39 ICC_Lvalue_Transformation,
40 ICC_Lvalue_Transformation,
Douglas Gregor40cb9ad2009-12-09 00:47:37 +000041 ICC_Identity,
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +000042 ICC_Qualification_Adjustment,
43 ICC_Promotion,
44 ICC_Promotion,
Douglas Gregor78ca74d2009-02-12 00:15:05 +000045 ICC_Promotion,
46 ICC_Conversion,
47 ICC_Conversion,
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +000048 ICC_Conversion,
49 ICC_Conversion,
50 ICC_Conversion,
51 ICC_Conversion,
52 ICC_Conversion,
Douglas Gregor786ab212008-10-29 02:00:59 +000053 ICC_Conversion,
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +000054 ICC_Conversion,
Douglas Gregor46188682010-05-18 22:42:18 +000055 ICC_Conversion,
56 ICC_Conversion,
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +000057 ICC_Conversion
58 };
59 return Category[(int)Kind];
60}
61
62/// GetConversionRank - Retrieve the implicit conversion rank
63/// corresponding to the given implicit conversion kind.
64ImplicitConversionRank GetConversionRank(ImplicitConversionKind Kind) {
65 static const ImplicitConversionRank
66 Rank[(int)ICK_Num_Conversion_Kinds] = {
67 ICR_Exact_Match,
68 ICR_Exact_Match,
69 ICR_Exact_Match,
70 ICR_Exact_Match,
71 ICR_Exact_Match,
Douglas Gregor40cb9ad2009-12-09 00:47:37 +000072 ICR_Exact_Match,
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +000073 ICR_Promotion,
74 ICR_Promotion,
Douglas Gregor78ca74d2009-02-12 00:15:05 +000075 ICR_Promotion,
76 ICR_Conversion,
77 ICR_Conversion,
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +000078 ICR_Conversion,
79 ICR_Conversion,
80 ICR_Conversion,
81 ICR_Conversion,
82 ICR_Conversion,
Douglas Gregor786ab212008-10-29 02:00:59 +000083 ICR_Conversion,
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +000084 ICR_Conversion,
Douglas Gregor46188682010-05-18 22:42:18 +000085 ICR_Conversion,
86 ICR_Conversion,
Chandler Carruth8fa1e7e2010-02-25 07:20:54 +000087 ICR_Complex_Real_Conversion
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +000088 };
89 return Rank[(int)Kind];
90}
91
92/// GetImplicitConversionName - Return the name of this kind of
93/// implicit conversion.
94const char* GetImplicitConversionName(ImplicitConversionKind Kind) {
Nuno Lopescfca1f02009-12-23 17:49:57 +000095 static const char* const Name[(int)ICK_Num_Conversion_Kinds] = {
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +000096 "No conversion",
97 "Lvalue-to-rvalue",
98 "Array-to-pointer",
99 "Function-to-pointer",
Douglas Gregor40cb9ad2009-12-09 00:47:37 +0000100 "Noreturn adjustment",
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000101 "Qualification",
102 "Integral promotion",
103 "Floating point promotion",
Douglas Gregor78ca74d2009-02-12 00:15:05 +0000104 "Complex promotion",
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000105 "Integral conversion",
106 "Floating conversion",
Douglas Gregor78ca74d2009-02-12 00:15:05 +0000107 "Complex conversion",
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000108 "Floating-integral conversion",
109 "Pointer conversion",
110 "Pointer-to-member conversion",
Douglas Gregor786ab212008-10-29 02:00:59 +0000111 "Boolean conversion",
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +0000112 "Compatible-types conversion",
Douglas Gregor46188682010-05-18 22:42:18 +0000113 "Derived-to-base conversion",
114 "Vector conversion",
115 "Vector splat",
116 "Complex-real conversion"
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000117 };
118 return Name[Kind];
119}
120
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000121/// StandardConversionSequence - Set the standard conversion
122/// sequence to the identity conversion.
123void StandardConversionSequence::setAsIdentityConversion() {
124 First = ICK_Identity;
125 Second = ICK_Identity;
126 Third = ICK_Identity;
Douglas Gregore489a7d2010-02-28 18:30:25 +0000127 DeprecatedStringLiteralToCharPtr = false;
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000128 ReferenceBinding = false;
129 DirectBinding = false;
Sebastian Redlf69a94a2009-03-29 22:46:24 +0000130 RRefBinding = false;
Douglas Gregor2fe98832008-11-03 19:09:14 +0000131 CopyConstructor = 0;
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000132}
133
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000134/// getRank - Retrieve the rank of this standard conversion sequence
135/// (C++ 13.3.3.1.1p3). The rank is the largest rank of each of the
136/// implicit conversions.
137ImplicitConversionRank StandardConversionSequence::getRank() const {
138 ImplicitConversionRank Rank = ICR_Exact_Match;
139 if (GetConversionRank(First) > Rank)
140 Rank = GetConversionRank(First);
141 if (GetConversionRank(Second) > Rank)
142 Rank = GetConversionRank(Second);
143 if (GetConversionRank(Third) > Rank)
144 Rank = GetConversionRank(Third);
145 return Rank;
146}
147
148/// isPointerConversionToBool - Determines whether this conversion is
149/// a conversion of a pointer or pointer-to-member to bool. This is
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000150/// used as part of the ranking of standard conversion sequences
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000151/// (C++ 13.3.3.2p4).
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000152bool StandardConversionSequence::isPointerConversionToBool() const {
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000153 // Note that FromType has not necessarily been transformed by the
154 // array-to-pointer or function-to-pointer implicit conversions, so
155 // check for their presence as well as checking whether FromType is
156 // a pointer.
Douglas Gregor3edc4d52010-01-27 03:51:04 +0000157 if (getToType(1)->isBooleanType() &&
John McCall6d1116a2010-06-11 10:04:22 +0000158 (getFromType()->isPointerType() ||
159 getFromType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
160 getFromType()->isBlockPointerType() ||
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000161 First == ICK_Array_To_Pointer || First == ICK_Function_To_Pointer))
162 return true;
163
164 return false;
165}
166
Douglas Gregor5c407d92008-10-23 00:40:37 +0000167/// isPointerConversionToVoidPointer - Determines whether this
168/// conversion is a conversion of a pointer to a void pointer. This is
169/// used as part of the ranking of standard conversion sequences (C++
170/// 13.3.3.2p4).
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000171bool
Douglas Gregor5c407d92008-10-23 00:40:37 +0000172StandardConversionSequence::
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000173isPointerConversionToVoidPointer(ASTContext& Context) const {
John McCall0d1da222010-01-12 00:44:57 +0000174 QualType FromType = getFromType();
Douglas Gregor3edc4d52010-01-27 03:51:04 +0000175 QualType ToType = getToType(1);
Douglas Gregor5c407d92008-10-23 00:40:37 +0000176
177 // Note that FromType has not necessarily been transformed by the
178 // array-to-pointer implicit conversion, so check for its presence
179 // and redo the conversion to get a pointer.
180 if (First == ICK_Array_To_Pointer)
181 FromType = Context.getArrayDecayedType(FromType);
182
Douglas Gregor1aa450a2009-12-13 21:37:05 +0000183 if (Second == ICK_Pointer_Conversion && FromType->isPointerType())
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000184 if (const PointerType* ToPtrType = ToType->getAs<PointerType>())
Douglas Gregor5c407d92008-10-23 00:40:37 +0000185 return ToPtrType->getPointeeType()->isVoidType();
186
187 return false;
188}
189
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000190/// DebugPrint - Print this standard conversion sequence to standard
191/// error. Useful for debugging overloading issues.
192void StandardConversionSequence::DebugPrint() const {
Daniel Dunbar42e3df02010-01-22 02:04:41 +0000193 llvm::raw_ostream &OS = llvm::errs();
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000194 bool PrintedSomething = false;
195 if (First != ICK_Identity) {
Daniel Dunbar42e3df02010-01-22 02:04:41 +0000196 OS << GetImplicitConversionName(First);
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000197 PrintedSomething = true;
198 }
199
200 if (Second != ICK_Identity) {
201 if (PrintedSomething) {
Daniel Dunbar42e3df02010-01-22 02:04:41 +0000202 OS << " -> ";
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000203 }
Daniel Dunbar42e3df02010-01-22 02:04:41 +0000204 OS << GetImplicitConversionName(Second);
Douglas Gregor2fe98832008-11-03 19:09:14 +0000205
206 if (CopyConstructor) {
Daniel Dunbar42e3df02010-01-22 02:04:41 +0000207 OS << " (by copy constructor)";
Douglas Gregor2fe98832008-11-03 19:09:14 +0000208 } else if (DirectBinding) {
Daniel Dunbar42e3df02010-01-22 02:04:41 +0000209 OS << " (direct reference binding)";
Douglas Gregor2fe98832008-11-03 19:09:14 +0000210 } else if (ReferenceBinding) {
Daniel Dunbar42e3df02010-01-22 02:04:41 +0000211 OS << " (reference binding)";
Douglas Gregor2fe98832008-11-03 19:09:14 +0000212 }
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000213 PrintedSomething = true;
214 }
215
216 if (Third != ICK_Identity) {
217 if (PrintedSomething) {
Daniel Dunbar42e3df02010-01-22 02:04:41 +0000218 OS << " -> ";
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000219 }
Daniel Dunbar42e3df02010-01-22 02:04:41 +0000220 OS << GetImplicitConversionName(Third);
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000221 PrintedSomething = true;
222 }
223
224 if (!PrintedSomething) {
Daniel Dunbar42e3df02010-01-22 02:04:41 +0000225 OS << "No conversions required";
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000226 }
227}
228
229/// DebugPrint - Print this user-defined conversion sequence to standard
230/// error. Useful for debugging overloading issues.
231void UserDefinedConversionSequence::DebugPrint() const {
Daniel Dunbar42e3df02010-01-22 02:04:41 +0000232 llvm::raw_ostream &OS = llvm::errs();
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000233 if (Before.First || Before.Second || Before.Third) {
234 Before.DebugPrint();
Daniel Dunbar42e3df02010-01-22 02:04:41 +0000235 OS << " -> ";
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000236 }
Benjamin Kramerb11416d2010-04-17 09:33:03 +0000237 OS << '\'' << ConversionFunction << '\'';
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000238 if (After.First || After.Second || After.Third) {
Daniel Dunbar42e3df02010-01-22 02:04:41 +0000239 OS << " -> ";
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000240 After.DebugPrint();
241 }
242}
243
244/// DebugPrint - Print this implicit conversion sequence to standard
245/// error. Useful for debugging overloading issues.
246void ImplicitConversionSequence::DebugPrint() const {
Daniel Dunbar42e3df02010-01-22 02:04:41 +0000247 llvm::raw_ostream &OS = llvm::errs();
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000248 switch (ConversionKind) {
249 case StandardConversion:
Daniel Dunbar42e3df02010-01-22 02:04:41 +0000250 OS << "Standard conversion: ";
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000251 Standard.DebugPrint();
252 break;
253 case UserDefinedConversion:
Daniel Dunbar42e3df02010-01-22 02:04:41 +0000254 OS << "User-defined conversion: ";
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000255 UserDefined.DebugPrint();
256 break;
257 case EllipsisConversion:
Daniel Dunbar42e3df02010-01-22 02:04:41 +0000258 OS << "Ellipsis conversion";
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000259 break;
John McCall0d1da222010-01-12 00:44:57 +0000260 case AmbiguousConversion:
Daniel Dunbar42e3df02010-01-22 02:04:41 +0000261 OS << "Ambiguous conversion";
John McCall0d1da222010-01-12 00:44:57 +0000262 break;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000263 case BadConversion:
Daniel Dunbar42e3df02010-01-22 02:04:41 +0000264 OS << "Bad conversion";
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000265 break;
266 }
267
Daniel Dunbar42e3df02010-01-22 02:04:41 +0000268 OS << "\n";
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000269}
270
John McCall0d1da222010-01-12 00:44:57 +0000271void AmbiguousConversionSequence::construct() {
272 new (&conversions()) ConversionSet();
273}
274
275void AmbiguousConversionSequence::destruct() {
276 conversions().~ConversionSet();
277}
278
279void
280AmbiguousConversionSequence::copyFrom(const AmbiguousConversionSequence &O) {
281 FromTypePtr = O.FromTypePtr;
282 ToTypePtr = O.ToTypePtr;
283 new (&conversions()) ConversionSet(O.conversions());
284}
285
Douglas Gregor3626a5c2010-05-08 17:41:32 +0000286namespace {
287 // Structure used by OverloadCandidate::DeductionFailureInfo to store
288 // template parameter and template argument information.
289 struct DFIParamWithArguments {
290 TemplateParameter Param;
291 TemplateArgument FirstArg;
292 TemplateArgument SecondArg;
293 };
294}
295
296/// \brief Convert from Sema's representation of template deduction information
297/// to the form used in overload-candidate information.
298OverloadCandidate::DeductionFailureInfo
Douglas Gregor90cf2c92010-05-08 20:18:54 +0000299static MakeDeductionFailureInfo(ASTContext &Context,
300 Sema::TemplateDeductionResult TDK,
Douglas Gregord09efd42010-05-08 20:07:26 +0000301 Sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info) {
Douglas Gregor3626a5c2010-05-08 17:41:32 +0000302 OverloadCandidate::DeductionFailureInfo Result;
303 Result.Result = static_cast<unsigned>(TDK);
304 Result.Data = 0;
305 switch (TDK) {
306 case Sema::TDK_Success:
307 case Sema::TDK_InstantiationDepth:
Douglas Gregor461761d2010-05-08 18:20:53 +0000308 case Sema::TDK_TooManyArguments:
309 case Sema::TDK_TooFewArguments:
Douglas Gregor3626a5c2010-05-08 17:41:32 +0000310 break;
311
312 case Sema::TDK_Incomplete:
Douglas Gregor1d72edd2010-05-08 19:15:54 +0000313 case Sema::TDK_InvalidExplicitArguments:
Douglas Gregor3626a5c2010-05-08 17:41:32 +0000314 Result.Data = Info.Param.getOpaqueValue();
315 break;
316
Douglas Gregor3626a5c2010-05-08 17:41:32 +0000317 case Sema::TDK_Inconsistent:
318 case Sema::TDK_InconsistentQuals: {
Douglas Gregor90cf2c92010-05-08 20:18:54 +0000319 // FIXME: Should allocate from normal heap so that we can free this later.
320 DFIParamWithArguments *Saved = new (Context) DFIParamWithArguments;
Douglas Gregor3626a5c2010-05-08 17:41:32 +0000321 Saved->Param = Info.Param;
322 Saved->FirstArg = Info.FirstArg;
323 Saved->SecondArg = Info.SecondArg;
324 Result.Data = Saved;
325 break;
326 }
327
328 case Sema::TDK_SubstitutionFailure:
Douglas Gregord09efd42010-05-08 20:07:26 +0000329 Result.Data = Info.take();
330 break;
331
Douglas Gregor3626a5c2010-05-08 17:41:32 +0000332 case Sema::TDK_NonDeducedMismatch:
Douglas Gregor3626a5c2010-05-08 17:41:32 +0000333 case Sema::TDK_FailedOverloadResolution:
334 break;
335 }
336
337 return Result;
338}
John McCall0d1da222010-01-12 00:44:57 +0000339
Douglas Gregor3626a5c2010-05-08 17:41:32 +0000340void OverloadCandidate::DeductionFailureInfo::Destroy() {
341 switch (static_cast<Sema::TemplateDeductionResult>(Result)) {
342 case Sema::TDK_Success:
343 case Sema::TDK_InstantiationDepth:
344 case Sema::TDK_Incomplete:
Douglas Gregor461761d2010-05-08 18:20:53 +0000345 case Sema::TDK_TooManyArguments:
346 case Sema::TDK_TooFewArguments:
Douglas Gregor1d72edd2010-05-08 19:15:54 +0000347 case Sema::TDK_InvalidExplicitArguments:
Douglas Gregor3626a5c2010-05-08 17:41:32 +0000348 break;
349
Douglas Gregor3626a5c2010-05-08 17:41:32 +0000350 case Sema::TDK_Inconsistent:
351 case Sema::TDK_InconsistentQuals:
Douglas Gregorb02d6b32010-05-08 20:20:05 +0000352 // FIXME: Destroy the data?
Douglas Gregor3626a5c2010-05-08 17:41:32 +0000353 Data = 0;
354 break;
Douglas Gregord09efd42010-05-08 20:07:26 +0000355
356 case Sema::TDK_SubstitutionFailure:
357 // FIXME: Destroy the template arugment list?
358 Data = 0;
359 break;
Douglas Gregor3626a5c2010-05-08 17:41:32 +0000360
Douglas Gregor461761d2010-05-08 18:20:53 +0000361 // Unhandled
Douglas Gregor3626a5c2010-05-08 17:41:32 +0000362 case Sema::TDK_NonDeducedMismatch:
Douglas Gregor3626a5c2010-05-08 17:41:32 +0000363 case Sema::TDK_FailedOverloadResolution:
364 break;
365 }
366}
367
368TemplateParameter
369OverloadCandidate::DeductionFailureInfo::getTemplateParameter() {
370 switch (static_cast<Sema::TemplateDeductionResult>(Result)) {
371 case Sema::TDK_Success:
372 case Sema::TDK_InstantiationDepth:
Douglas Gregor461761d2010-05-08 18:20:53 +0000373 case Sema::TDK_TooManyArguments:
374 case Sema::TDK_TooFewArguments:
Douglas Gregord09efd42010-05-08 20:07:26 +0000375 case Sema::TDK_SubstitutionFailure:
Douglas Gregor3626a5c2010-05-08 17:41:32 +0000376 return TemplateParameter();
377
378 case Sema::TDK_Incomplete:
Douglas Gregor1d72edd2010-05-08 19:15:54 +0000379 case Sema::TDK_InvalidExplicitArguments:
Douglas Gregor3626a5c2010-05-08 17:41:32 +0000380 return TemplateParameter::getFromOpaqueValue(Data);
381
382 case Sema::TDK_Inconsistent:
383 case Sema::TDK_InconsistentQuals:
384 return static_cast<DFIParamWithArguments*>(Data)->Param;
385
386 // Unhandled
Douglas Gregor3626a5c2010-05-08 17:41:32 +0000387 case Sema::TDK_NonDeducedMismatch:
Douglas Gregor3626a5c2010-05-08 17:41:32 +0000388 case Sema::TDK_FailedOverloadResolution:
389 break;
390 }
391
392 return TemplateParameter();
393}
Douglas Gregord09efd42010-05-08 20:07:26 +0000394
395TemplateArgumentList *
396OverloadCandidate::DeductionFailureInfo::getTemplateArgumentList() {
397 switch (static_cast<Sema::TemplateDeductionResult>(Result)) {
398 case Sema::TDK_Success:
399 case Sema::TDK_InstantiationDepth:
400 case Sema::TDK_TooManyArguments:
401 case Sema::TDK_TooFewArguments:
402 case Sema::TDK_Incomplete:
403 case Sema::TDK_InvalidExplicitArguments:
404 case Sema::TDK_Inconsistent:
405 case Sema::TDK_InconsistentQuals:
406 return 0;
407
408 case Sema::TDK_SubstitutionFailure:
409 return static_cast<TemplateArgumentList*>(Data);
410
411 // Unhandled
412 case Sema::TDK_NonDeducedMismatch:
413 case Sema::TDK_FailedOverloadResolution:
414 break;
415 }
416
417 return 0;
418}
419
Douglas Gregor3626a5c2010-05-08 17:41:32 +0000420const TemplateArgument *OverloadCandidate::DeductionFailureInfo::getFirstArg() {
421 switch (static_cast<Sema::TemplateDeductionResult>(Result)) {
422 case Sema::TDK_Success:
423 case Sema::TDK_InstantiationDepth:
424 case Sema::TDK_Incomplete:
Douglas Gregor461761d2010-05-08 18:20:53 +0000425 case Sema::TDK_TooManyArguments:
426 case Sema::TDK_TooFewArguments:
Douglas Gregor1d72edd2010-05-08 19:15:54 +0000427 case Sema::TDK_InvalidExplicitArguments:
Douglas Gregord09efd42010-05-08 20:07:26 +0000428 case Sema::TDK_SubstitutionFailure:
Douglas Gregor3626a5c2010-05-08 17:41:32 +0000429 return 0;
430
Douglas Gregor3626a5c2010-05-08 17:41:32 +0000431 case Sema::TDK_Inconsistent:
432 case Sema::TDK_InconsistentQuals:
433 return &static_cast<DFIParamWithArguments*>(Data)->FirstArg;
434
Douglas Gregor461761d2010-05-08 18:20:53 +0000435 // Unhandled
Douglas Gregor3626a5c2010-05-08 17:41:32 +0000436 case Sema::TDK_NonDeducedMismatch:
Douglas Gregor3626a5c2010-05-08 17:41:32 +0000437 case Sema::TDK_FailedOverloadResolution:
438 break;
439 }
440
441 return 0;
442}
443
444const TemplateArgument *
445OverloadCandidate::DeductionFailureInfo::getSecondArg() {
446 switch (static_cast<Sema::TemplateDeductionResult>(Result)) {
447 case Sema::TDK_Success:
448 case Sema::TDK_InstantiationDepth:
449 case Sema::TDK_Incomplete:
Douglas Gregor461761d2010-05-08 18:20:53 +0000450 case Sema::TDK_TooManyArguments:
451 case Sema::TDK_TooFewArguments:
Douglas Gregor1d72edd2010-05-08 19:15:54 +0000452 case Sema::TDK_InvalidExplicitArguments:
Douglas Gregord09efd42010-05-08 20:07:26 +0000453 case Sema::TDK_SubstitutionFailure:
Douglas Gregor3626a5c2010-05-08 17:41:32 +0000454 return 0;
455
Douglas Gregor3626a5c2010-05-08 17:41:32 +0000456 case Sema::TDK_Inconsistent:
457 case Sema::TDK_InconsistentQuals:
458 return &static_cast<DFIParamWithArguments*>(Data)->SecondArg;
459
Douglas Gregor461761d2010-05-08 18:20:53 +0000460 // Unhandled
Douglas Gregor3626a5c2010-05-08 17:41:32 +0000461 case Sema::TDK_NonDeducedMismatch:
Douglas Gregor3626a5c2010-05-08 17:41:32 +0000462 case Sema::TDK_FailedOverloadResolution:
463 break;
464 }
465
466 return 0;
467}
468
469void OverloadCandidateSet::clear() {
Douglas Gregor3626a5c2010-05-08 17:41:32 +0000470 inherited::clear();
471 Functions.clear();
472}
473
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000474// IsOverload - Determine whether the given New declaration is an
John McCall3d988d92009-12-02 08:47:38 +0000475// overload of the declarations in Old. This routine returns false if
476// New and Old cannot be overloaded, e.g., if New has the same
477// signature as some function in Old (C++ 1.3.10) or if the Old
478// declarations aren't functions (or function templates) at all. When
John McCalldaa3d6b2009-12-09 03:35:25 +0000479// it does return false, MatchedDecl will point to the decl that New
480// cannot be overloaded with. This decl may be a UsingShadowDecl on
481// top of the underlying declaration.
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000482//
483// Example: Given the following input:
484//
485// void f(int, float); // #1
486// void f(int, int); // #2
487// int f(int, int); // #3
488//
489// When we process #1, there is no previous declaration of "f",
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000490// so IsOverload will not be used.
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000491//
John McCall3d988d92009-12-02 08:47:38 +0000492// When we process #2, Old contains only the FunctionDecl for #1. By
493// comparing the parameter types, we see that #1 and #2 are overloaded
494// (since they have different signatures), so this routine returns
495// false; MatchedDecl is unchanged.
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000496//
John McCall3d988d92009-12-02 08:47:38 +0000497// When we process #3, Old is an overload set containing #1 and #2. We
498// compare the signatures of #3 to #1 (they're overloaded, so we do
499// nothing) and then #3 to #2. Since the signatures of #3 and #2 are
500// identical (return types of functions are not part of the
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000501// signature), IsOverload returns false and MatchedDecl will be set to
502// point to the FunctionDecl for #2.
John McCalle9cccd82010-06-16 08:42:20 +0000503//
504// 'NewIsUsingShadowDecl' indicates that 'New' is being introduced
505// into a class by a using declaration. The rules for whether to hide
506// shadow declarations ignore some properties which otherwise figure
507// into a function template's signature.
John McCalldaa3d6b2009-12-09 03:35:25 +0000508Sema::OverloadKind
John McCalle9cccd82010-06-16 08:42:20 +0000509Sema::CheckOverload(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *New, const LookupResult &Old,
510 NamedDecl *&Match, bool NewIsUsingDecl) {
John McCall3d988d92009-12-02 08:47:38 +0000511 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Old.begin(), E = Old.end();
John McCall1f82f242009-11-18 22:49:29 +0000512 I != E; ++I) {
John McCalle9cccd82010-06-16 08:42:20 +0000513 NamedDecl *OldD = *I;
514
515 bool OldIsUsingDecl = false;
516 if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(OldD)) {
517 OldIsUsingDecl = true;
518
519 // We can always introduce two using declarations into the same
520 // context, even if they have identical signatures.
521 if (NewIsUsingDecl) continue;
522
523 OldD = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(OldD)->getTargetDecl();
524 }
525
526 // If either declaration was introduced by a using declaration,
527 // we'll need to use slightly different rules for matching.
528 // Essentially, these rules are the normal rules, except that
529 // function templates hide function templates with different
530 // return types or template parameter lists.
531 bool UseMemberUsingDeclRules =
532 (OldIsUsingDecl || NewIsUsingDecl) && CurContext->isRecord();
533
John McCall3d988d92009-12-02 08:47:38 +0000534 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldT = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldD)) {
John McCalle9cccd82010-06-16 08:42:20 +0000535 if (!IsOverload(New, OldT->getTemplatedDecl(), UseMemberUsingDeclRules)) {
536 if (UseMemberUsingDeclRules && OldIsUsingDecl) {
537 HideUsingShadowDecl(S, cast<UsingShadowDecl>(*I));
538 continue;
539 }
540
John McCalldaa3d6b2009-12-09 03:35:25 +0000541 Match = *I;
542 return Ovl_Match;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000543 }
John McCall3d988d92009-12-02 08:47:38 +0000544 } else if (FunctionDecl *OldF = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(OldD)) {
John McCalle9cccd82010-06-16 08:42:20 +0000545 if (!IsOverload(New, OldF, UseMemberUsingDeclRules)) {
546 if (UseMemberUsingDeclRules && OldIsUsingDecl) {
547 HideUsingShadowDecl(S, cast<UsingShadowDecl>(*I));
548 continue;
549 }
550
John McCalldaa3d6b2009-12-09 03:35:25 +0000551 Match = *I;
552 return Ovl_Match;
John McCall1f82f242009-11-18 22:49:29 +0000553 }
John McCall84d87672009-12-10 09:41:52 +0000554 } else if (isa<UsingDecl>(OldD) || isa<TagDecl>(OldD)) {
555 // We can overload with these, which can show up when doing
556 // redeclaration checks for UsingDecls.
557 assert(Old.getLookupKind() == LookupUsingDeclName);
558 } else if (isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(OldD)) {
559 // Optimistically assume that an unresolved using decl will
560 // overload; if it doesn't, we'll have to diagnose during
561 // template instantiation.
562 } else {
John McCall1f82f242009-11-18 22:49:29 +0000563 // (C++ 13p1):
564 // Only function declarations can be overloaded; object and type
565 // declarations cannot be overloaded.
John McCalldaa3d6b2009-12-09 03:35:25 +0000566 Match = *I;
567 return Ovl_NonFunction;
John McCall1f82f242009-11-18 22:49:29 +0000568 }
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000569 }
John McCall1f82f242009-11-18 22:49:29 +0000570
John McCalldaa3d6b2009-12-09 03:35:25 +0000571 return Ovl_Overload;
John McCall1f82f242009-11-18 22:49:29 +0000572}
573
John McCalle9cccd82010-06-16 08:42:20 +0000574bool Sema::IsOverload(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old,
575 bool UseUsingDeclRules) {
John McCall1f82f242009-11-18 22:49:29 +0000576 FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTemplate = Old->getDescribedFunctionTemplate();
577 FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = New->getDescribedFunctionTemplate();
578
579 // C++ [temp.fct]p2:
580 // A function template can be overloaded with other function templates
581 // and with normal (non-template) functions.
582 if ((OldTemplate == 0) != (NewTemplate == 0))
583 return true;
584
585 // Is the function New an overload of the function Old?
586 QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType());
587 QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType());
588
589 // Compare the signatures (C++ 1.3.10) of the two functions to
590 // determine whether they are overloads. If we find any mismatch
591 // in the signature, they are overloads.
592
593 // If either of these functions is a K&R-style function (no
594 // prototype), then we consider them to have matching signatures.
595 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(OldQType.getTypePtr()) ||
596 isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewQType.getTypePtr()))
597 return false;
598
599 FunctionProtoType* OldType = cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldQType);
600 FunctionProtoType* NewType = cast<FunctionProtoType>(NewQType);
601
602 // The signature of a function includes the types of its
603 // parameters (C++ 1.3.10), which includes the presence or absence
604 // of the ellipsis; see C++ DR 357).
605 if (OldQType != NewQType &&
606 (OldType->getNumArgs() != NewType->getNumArgs() ||
607 OldType->isVariadic() != NewType->isVariadic() ||
Fariborz Jahanian5e5998f2010-05-03 21:06:18 +0000608 !FunctionArgTypesAreEqual(OldType, NewType)))
John McCall1f82f242009-11-18 22:49:29 +0000609 return true;
610
611 // C++ [temp.over.link]p4:
612 // The signature of a function template consists of its function
613 // signature, its return type and its template parameter list. The names
614 // of the template parameters are significant only for establishing the
615 // relationship between the template parameters and the rest of the
616 // signature.
617 //
618 // We check the return type and template parameter lists for function
619 // templates first; the remaining checks follow.
John McCalle9cccd82010-06-16 08:42:20 +0000620 //
621 // However, we don't consider either of these when deciding whether
622 // a member introduced by a shadow declaration is hidden.
623 if (!UseUsingDeclRules && NewTemplate &&
John McCall1f82f242009-11-18 22:49:29 +0000624 (!TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(NewTemplate->getTemplateParameters(),
625 OldTemplate->getTemplateParameters(),
626 false, TPL_TemplateMatch) ||
627 OldType->getResultType() != NewType->getResultType()))
628 return true;
629
630 // If the function is a class member, its signature includes the
631 // cv-qualifiers (if any) on the function itself.
632 //
633 // As part of this, also check whether one of the member functions
634 // is static, in which case they are not overloads (C++
635 // 13.1p2). While not part of the definition of the signature,
636 // this check is important to determine whether these functions
637 // can be overloaded.
638 CXXMethodDecl* OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old);
639 CXXMethodDecl* NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New);
640 if (OldMethod && NewMethod &&
641 !OldMethod->isStatic() && !NewMethod->isStatic() &&
642 OldMethod->getTypeQualifiers() != NewMethod->getTypeQualifiers())
643 return true;
644
645 // The signatures match; this is not an overload.
646 return false;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000647}
648
Douglas Gregor8e1cf602008-10-29 00:13:59 +0000649/// TryImplicitConversion - Attempt to perform an implicit conversion
650/// from the given expression (Expr) to the given type (ToType). This
651/// function returns an implicit conversion sequence that can be used
652/// to perform the initialization. Given
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000653///
654/// void f(float f);
655/// void g(int i) { f(i); }
656///
657/// this routine would produce an implicit conversion sequence to
658/// describe the initialization of f from i, which will be a standard
659/// conversion sequence containing an lvalue-to-rvalue conversion (C++
660/// 4.1) followed by a floating-integral conversion (C++ 4.9).
661//
662/// Note that this routine only determines how the conversion can be
663/// performed; it does not actually perform the conversion. As such,
664/// it will not produce any diagnostics if no conversion is available,
665/// but will instead return an implicit conversion sequence of kind
666/// "BadConversion".
Douglas Gregor2fe98832008-11-03 19:09:14 +0000667///
668/// If @p SuppressUserConversions, then user-defined conversions are
669/// not permitted.
Douglas Gregor5fb53972009-01-14 15:45:31 +0000670/// If @p AllowExplicit, then explicit user-defined conversions are
671/// permitted.
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000672ImplicitConversionSequence
Anders Carlsson5ec4abf2009-08-27 17:14:02 +0000673Sema::TryImplicitConversion(Expr* From, QualType ToType,
674 bool SuppressUserConversions,
Douglas Gregore81335c2010-04-16 18:00:29 +0000675 bool AllowExplicit,
Douglas Gregor5ab11652010-04-17 22:01:05 +0000676 bool InOverloadResolution) {
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000677 ImplicitConversionSequence ICS;
John McCallbc077cf2010-02-08 23:07:23 +0000678 if (IsStandardConversion(From, ToType, InOverloadResolution, ICS.Standard)) {
John McCall0d1da222010-01-12 00:44:57 +0000679 ICS.setStandard();
John McCallbc077cf2010-02-08 23:07:23 +0000680 return ICS;
681 }
682
683 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
John McCall65eb8792010-02-25 01:37:24 +0000684 ICS.setBad(BadConversionSequence::no_conversion, From, ToType);
John McCallbc077cf2010-02-08 23:07:23 +0000685 return ICS;
686 }
687
Douglas Gregor5ab11652010-04-17 22:01:05 +0000688 if (SuppressUserConversions) {
689 // C++ [over.ics.user]p4:
690 // A conversion of an expression of class type to the same class
691 // type is given Exact Match rank, and a conversion of an
692 // expression of class type to a base class of that type is
693 // given Conversion rank, in spite of the fact that a copy/move
694 // constructor (i.e., a user-defined conversion function) is
695 // called for those cases.
696 QualType FromType = From->getType();
697 if (!ToType->getAs<RecordType>() || !FromType->getAs<RecordType>() ||
698 !(Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromType, ToType) ||
699 IsDerivedFrom(FromType, ToType))) {
700 // We're not in the case above, so there is no conversion that
701 // we can perform.
702 ICS.setBad(BadConversionSequence::no_conversion, From, ToType);
703 return ICS;
704 }
705
706 ICS.setStandard();
707 ICS.Standard.setAsIdentityConversion();
708 ICS.Standard.setFromType(FromType);
709 ICS.Standard.setAllToTypes(ToType);
710
711 // We don't actually check at this point whether there is a valid
712 // copy/move constructor, since overloading just assumes that it
713 // exists. When we actually perform initialization, we'll find the
714 // appropriate constructor to copy the returned object, if needed.
715 ICS.Standard.CopyConstructor = 0;
716
717 // Determine whether this is considered a derived-to-base conversion.
718 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromType, ToType))
719 ICS.Standard.Second = ICK_Derived_To_Base;
720
721 return ICS;
722 }
723
724 // Attempt user-defined conversion.
John McCallbc077cf2010-02-08 23:07:23 +0000725 OverloadCandidateSet Conversions(From->getExprLoc());
726 OverloadingResult UserDefResult
727 = IsUserDefinedConversion(From, ToType, ICS.UserDefined, Conversions,
Douglas Gregor5ab11652010-04-17 22:01:05 +0000728 AllowExplicit);
John McCallbc077cf2010-02-08 23:07:23 +0000729
730 if (UserDefResult == OR_Success) {
John McCall0d1da222010-01-12 00:44:57 +0000731 ICS.setUserDefined();
Douglas Gregor05379422008-11-03 17:51:48 +0000732 // C++ [over.ics.user]p4:
733 // A conversion of an expression of class type to the same class
734 // type is given Exact Match rank, and a conversion of an
735 // expression of class type to a base class of that type is
736 // given Conversion rank, in spite of the fact that a copy
737 // constructor (i.e., a user-defined conversion function) is
738 // called for those cases.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000739 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor
Douglas Gregor05379422008-11-03 17:51:48 +0000740 = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(ICS.UserDefined.ConversionFunction)) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000741 QualType FromCanon
Douglas Gregorbb2e68832009-02-02 22:11:10 +0000742 = Context.getCanonicalType(From->getType().getUnqualifiedType());
743 QualType ToCanon = Context.getCanonicalType(ToType).getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregor507eb872009-12-22 00:34:07 +0000744 if (Constructor->isCopyConstructor() &&
Douglas Gregor4141d5b2009-12-22 00:21:20 +0000745 (FromCanon == ToCanon || IsDerivedFrom(FromCanon, ToCanon))) {
Douglas Gregor2fe98832008-11-03 19:09:14 +0000746 // Turn this into a "standard" conversion sequence, so that it
747 // gets ranked with standard conversion sequences.
John McCall0d1da222010-01-12 00:44:57 +0000748 ICS.setStandard();
Douglas Gregor05379422008-11-03 17:51:48 +0000749 ICS.Standard.setAsIdentityConversion();
John McCall0d1da222010-01-12 00:44:57 +0000750 ICS.Standard.setFromType(From->getType());
Douglas Gregor3edc4d52010-01-27 03:51:04 +0000751 ICS.Standard.setAllToTypes(ToType);
Douglas Gregor2fe98832008-11-03 19:09:14 +0000752 ICS.Standard.CopyConstructor = Constructor;
Douglas Gregorbb2e68832009-02-02 22:11:10 +0000753 if (ToCanon != FromCanon)
Douglas Gregor05379422008-11-03 17:51:48 +0000754 ICS.Standard.Second = ICK_Derived_To_Base;
755 }
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000756 }
Douglas Gregor576e98c2009-01-30 23:27:23 +0000757
758 // C++ [over.best.ics]p4:
759 // However, when considering the argument of a user-defined
760 // conversion function that is a candidate by 13.3.1.3 when
761 // invoked for the copying of the temporary in the second step
762 // of a class copy-initialization, or by 13.3.1.4, 13.3.1.5, or
763 // 13.3.1.6 in all cases, only standard conversion sequences and
764 // ellipsis conversion sequences are allowed.
John McCall6a61b522010-01-13 09:16:55 +0000765 if (SuppressUserConversions && ICS.isUserDefined()) {
John McCall65eb8792010-02-25 01:37:24 +0000766 ICS.setBad(BadConversionSequence::suppressed_user, From, ToType);
John McCall6a61b522010-01-13 09:16:55 +0000767 }
John McCalle8c8cd22010-01-13 22:30:33 +0000768 } else if (UserDefResult == OR_Ambiguous && !SuppressUserConversions) {
John McCall0d1da222010-01-12 00:44:57 +0000769 ICS.setAmbiguous();
770 ICS.Ambiguous.setFromType(From->getType());
771 ICS.Ambiguous.setToType(ToType);
772 for (OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Cand = Conversions.begin();
773 Cand != Conversions.end(); ++Cand)
774 if (Cand->Viable)
775 ICS.Ambiguous.addConversion(Cand->Function);
Fariborz Jahanian21ccf062009-09-23 00:58:07 +0000776 } else {
John McCall65eb8792010-02-25 01:37:24 +0000777 ICS.setBad(BadConversionSequence::no_conversion, From, ToType);
Fariborz Jahanian21ccf062009-09-23 00:58:07 +0000778 }
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000779
780 return ICS;
781}
782
Douglas Gregorae4b5df2010-04-16 22:27:05 +0000783/// PerformImplicitConversion - Perform an implicit conversion of the
784/// expression From to the type ToType. Returns true if there was an
785/// error, false otherwise. The expression From is replaced with the
786/// converted expression. Flavor is the kind of conversion we're
787/// performing, used in the error message. If @p AllowExplicit,
788/// explicit user-defined conversions are permitted.
789bool
790Sema::PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *&From, QualType ToType,
791 AssignmentAction Action, bool AllowExplicit) {
792 ImplicitConversionSequence ICS;
793 return PerformImplicitConversion(From, ToType, Action, AllowExplicit, ICS);
794}
795
796bool
797Sema::PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *&From, QualType ToType,
798 AssignmentAction Action, bool AllowExplicit,
799 ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS) {
800 ICS = TryImplicitConversion(From, ToType,
801 /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false,
802 AllowExplicit,
803 /*InOverloadResolution=*/false);
804 return PerformImplicitConversion(From, ToType, ICS, Action);
805}
806
Douglas Gregor40cb9ad2009-12-09 00:47:37 +0000807/// \brief Determine whether the conversion from FromType to ToType is a valid
808/// conversion that strips "noreturn" off the nested function type.
809static bool IsNoReturnConversion(ASTContext &Context, QualType FromType,
810 QualType ToType, QualType &ResultTy) {
811 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromType, ToType))
812 return false;
813
814 // Strip the noreturn off the type we're converting from; noreturn can
815 // safely be removed.
816 FromType = Context.getNoReturnType(FromType, false);
817 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromType, ToType))
818 return false;
819
820 ResultTy = FromType;
821 return true;
822}
Douglas Gregor46188682010-05-18 22:42:18 +0000823
824/// \brief Determine whether the conversion from FromType to ToType is a valid
825/// vector conversion.
826///
827/// \param ICK Will be set to the vector conversion kind, if this is a vector
828/// conversion.
829static bool IsVectorConversion(ASTContext &Context, QualType FromType,
830 QualType ToType, ImplicitConversionKind &ICK) {
831 // We need at least one of these types to be a vector type to have a vector
832 // conversion.
833 if (!ToType->isVectorType() && !FromType->isVectorType())
834 return false;
835
836 // Identical types require no conversions.
837 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromType, ToType))
838 return false;
839
840 // There are no conversions between extended vector types, only identity.
841 if (ToType->isExtVectorType()) {
842 // There are no conversions between extended vector types other than the
843 // identity conversion.
844 if (FromType->isExtVectorType())
845 return false;
846
847 // Vector splat from any arithmetic type to a vector.
848 if (!FromType->isVectorType() && FromType->isArithmeticType()) {
849 ICK = ICK_Vector_Splat;
850 return true;
851 }
852 }
853
854 // If lax vector conversions are permitted and the vector types are of the
855 // same size, we can perform the conversion.
856 if (Context.getLangOptions().LaxVectorConversions &&
857 FromType->isVectorType() && ToType->isVectorType() &&
858 Context.getTypeSize(FromType) == Context.getTypeSize(ToType)) {
859 ICK = ICK_Vector_Conversion;
860 return true;
861 }
862
863 return false;
864}
Douglas Gregor40cb9ad2009-12-09 00:47:37 +0000865
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000866/// IsStandardConversion - Determines whether there is a standard
867/// conversion sequence (C++ [conv], C++ [over.ics.scs]) from the
868/// expression From to the type ToType. Standard conversion sequences
869/// only consider non-class types; for conversions that involve class
870/// types, use TryImplicitConversion. If a conversion exists, SCS will
871/// contain the standard conversion sequence required to perform this
872/// conversion and this routine will return true. Otherwise, this
873/// routine will return false and the value of SCS is unspecified.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000874bool
875Sema::IsStandardConversion(Expr* From, QualType ToType,
Anders Carlsson228eea32009-08-28 15:33:32 +0000876 bool InOverloadResolution,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000877 StandardConversionSequence &SCS) {
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000878 QualType FromType = From->getType();
879
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000880 // Standard conversions (C++ [conv])
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000881 SCS.setAsIdentityConversion();
Douglas Gregore489a7d2010-02-28 18:30:25 +0000882 SCS.DeprecatedStringLiteralToCharPtr = false;
Douglas Gregor47d3f272008-12-19 17:40:08 +0000883 SCS.IncompatibleObjC = false;
John McCall0d1da222010-01-12 00:44:57 +0000884 SCS.setFromType(FromType);
Douglas Gregor2fe98832008-11-03 19:09:14 +0000885 SCS.CopyConstructor = 0;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000886
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +0000887 // There are no standard conversions for class types in C++, so
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000888 // abort early. When overloading in C, however, we do permit
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +0000889 if (FromType->isRecordType() || ToType->isRecordType()) {
890 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
891 return false;
892
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000893 // When we're overloading in C, we allow, as standard conversions,
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +0000894 }
895
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000896 // The first conversion can be an lvalue-to-rvalue conversion,
897 // array-to-pointer conversion, or function-to-pointer conversion
898 // (C++ 4p1).
899
Douglas Gregor980fb162010-04-29 18:24:40 +0000900 if (FromType == Context.OverloadTy) {
901 DeclAccessPair AccessPair;
902 if (FunctionDecl *Fn
903 = ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction(From, ToType, false,
904 AccessPair)) {
905 // We were able to resolve the address of the overloaded function,
906 // so we can convert to the type of that function.
907 FromType = Fn->getType();
908 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Fn)) {
909 if (!Method->isStatic()) {
910 Type *ClassType
911 = Context.getTypeDeclType(Method->getParent()).getTypePtr();
912 FromType = Context.getMemberPointerType(FromType, ClassType);
913 }
914 }
915
916 // If the "from" expression takes the address of the overloaded
917 // function, update the type of the resulting expression accordingly.
918 if (FromType->getAs<FunctionType>())
919 if (UnaryOperator *UnOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(From->IgnoreParens()))
920 if (UnOp->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::AddrOf)
921 FromType = Context.getPointerType(FromType);
922
923 // Check that we've computed the proper type after overload resolution.
924 assert(Context.hasSameType(FromType,
925 FixOverloadedFunctionReference(From, AccessPair, Fn)->getType()));
926 } else {
927 return false;
928 }
929 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000930 // Lvalue-to-rvalue conversion (C++ 4.1):
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000931 // An lvalue (3.10) of a non-function, non-array type T can be
932 // converted to an rvalue.
933 Expr::isLvalueResult argIsLvalue = From->isLvalue(Context);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000934 if (argIsLvalue == Expr::LV_Valid &&
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +0000935 !FromType->isFunctionType() && !FromType->isArrayType() &&
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +0000936 Context.getCanonicalType(FromType) != Context.OverloadTy) {
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000937 SCS.First = ICK_Lvalue_To_Rvalue;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000938
939 // If T is a non-class type, the type of the rvalue is the
940 // cv-unqualified version of T. Otherwise, the type of the rvalue
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +0000941 // is T (C++ 4.1p1). C++ can't get here with class types; in C, we
942 // just strip the qualifiers because they don't matter.
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000943 FromType = FromType.getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000944 } else if (FromType->isArrayType()) {
945 // Array-to-pointer conversion (C++ 4.2)
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000946 SCS.First = ICK_Array_To_Pointer;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000947
948 // An lvalue or rvalue of type "array of N T" or "array of unknown
949 // bound of T" can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to
950 // T" (C++ 4.2p1).
951 FromType = Context.getArrayDecayedType(FromType);
952
953 if (IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(From, ToType)) {
954 // This conversion is deprecated. (C++ D.4).
Douglas Gregore489a7d2010-02-28 18:30:25 +0000955 SCS.DeprecatedStringLiteralToCharPtr = true;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000956
957 // For the purpose of ranking in overload resolution
958 // (13.3.3.1.1), this conversion is considered an
959 // array-to-pointer conversion followed by a qualification
960 // conversion (4.4). (C++ 4.2p2)
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000961 SCS.Second = ICK_Identity;
962 SCS.Third = ICK_Qualification;
Douglas Gregor3edc4d52010-01-27 03:51:04 +0000963 SCS.setAllToTypes(FromType);
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000964 return true;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000965 }
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000966 } else if (FromType->isFunctionType() && argIsLvalue == Expr::LV_Valid) {
967 // Function-to-pointer conversion (C++ 4.3).
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000968 SCS.First = ICK_Function_To_Pointer;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000969
970 // An lvalue of function type T can be converted to an rvalue of
971 // type "pointer to T." The result is a pointer to the
972 // function. (C++ 4.3p1).
973 FromType = Context.getPointerType(FromType);
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000974 } else {
975 // We don't require any conversions for the first step.
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000976 SCS.First = ICK_Identity;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000977 }
Douglas Gregor3edc4d52010-01-27 03:51:04 +0000978 SCS.setToType(0, FromType);
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000979
980 // The second conversion can be an integral promotion, floating
981 // point promotion, integral conversion, floating point conversion,
982 // floating-integral conversion, pointer conversion,
983 // pointer-to-member conversion, or boolean conversion (C++ 4p1).
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +0000984 // For overloading in C, this can also be a "compatible-type"
985 // conversion.
Douglas Gregor47d3f272008-12-19 17:40:08 +0000986 bool IncompatibleObjC = false;
Douglas Gregor46188682010-05-18 22:42:18 +0000987 ImplicitConversionKind SecondICK = ICK_Identity;
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +0000988 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromType, ToType)) {
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000989 // The unqualified versions of the types are the same: there's no
990 // conversion to do.
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000991 SCS.Second = ICK_Identity;
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000992 } else if (IsIntegralPromotion(From, FromType, ToType)) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000993 // Integral promotion (C++ 4.5).
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000994 SCS.Second = ICK_Integral_Promotion;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000995 FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000996 } else if (IsFloatingPointPromotion(FromType, ToType)) {
997 // Floating point promotion (C++ 4.6).
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000998 SCS.Second = ICK_Floating_Promotion;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000999 FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +00001000 } else if (IsComplexPromotion(FromType, ToType)) {
1001 // Complex promotion (Clang extension)
Douglas Gregor78ca74d2009-02-12 00:15:05 +00001002 SCS.Second = ICK_Complex_Promotion;
1003 FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregorb90df602010-06-16 00:17:44 +00001004 } else if (FromType->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() &&
Douglas Gregor6972a622010-06-16 00:35:25 +00001005 ToType->isIntegralType(Context)) {
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +00001006 // Integral conversions (C++ 4.7).
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001007 SCS.Second = ICK_Integral_Conversion;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001008 FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +00001009 } else if (FromType->isComplexType() && ToType->isComplexType()) {
1010 // Complex conversions (C99 6.3.1.6)
Douglas Gregor78ca74d2009-02-12 00:15:05 +00001011 SCS.Second = ICK_Complex_Conversion;
1012 FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType();
Chandler Carruth8fa1e7e2010-02-25 07:20:54 +00001013 } else if ((FromType->isComplexType() && ToType->isArithmeticType()) ||
1014 (ToType->isComplexType() && FromType->isArithmeticType())) {
1015 // Complex-real conversions (C99 6.3.1.7)
1016 SCS.Second = ICK_Complex_Real;
1017 FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType();
1018 } else if (FromType->isFloatingType() && ToType->isFloatingType()) {
1019 // Floating point conversions (C++ 4.8).
1020 SCS.Second = ICK_Floating_Conversion;
1021 FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +00001022 } else if ((FromType->isFloatingType() &&
Douglas Gregor6972a622010-06-16 00:35:25 +00001023 ToType->isIntegralType(Context) && !ToType->isBooleanType()) ||
Douglas Gregorb90df602010-06-16 00:17:44 +00001024 (FromType->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() &&
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +00001025 ToType->isFloatingType())) {
1026 // Floating-integral conversions (C++ 4.9).
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001027 SCS.Second = ICK_Floating_Integral;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001028 FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType();
Anders Carlsson228eea32009-08-28 15:33:32 +00001029 } else if (IsPointerConversion(From, FromType, ToType, InOverloadResolution,
1030 FromType, IncompatibleObjC)) {
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +00001031 // Pointer conversions (C++ 4.10).
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001032 SCS.Second = ICK_Pointer_Conversion;
Douglas Gregor47d3f272008-12-19 17:40:08 +00001033 SCS.IncompatibleObjC = IncompatibleObjC;
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00001034 } else if (IsMemberPointerConversion(From, FromType, ToType,
1035 InOverloadResolution, FromType)) {
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +00001036 // Pointer to member conversions (4.11).
Sebastian Redl72b597d2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001037 SCS.Second = ICK_Pointer_Member;
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +00001038 } else if (ToType->isBooleanType() &&
1039 (FromType->isArithmeticType() ||
1040 FromType->isEnumeralType() ||
Fariborz Jahanian88118852009-12-11 21:23:13 +00001041 FromType->isAnyPointerType() ||
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +00001042 FromType->isBlockPointerType() ||
1043 FromType->isMemberPointerType() ||
1044 FromType->isNullPtrType())) {
1045 // Boolean conversions (C++ 4.12).
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001046 SCS.Second = ICK_Boolean_Conversion;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001047 FromType = Context.BoolTy;
Douglas Gregor46188682010-05-18 22:42:18 +00001048 } else if (IsVectorConversion(Context, FromType, ToType, SecondICK)) {
1049 SCS.Second = SecondICK;
1050 FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001051 } else if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +00001052 Context.typesAreCompatible(ToType, FromType)) {
1053 // Compatible conversions (Clang extension for C function overloading)
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +00001054 SCS.Second = ICK_Compatible_Conversion;
Douglas Gregor46188682010-05-18 22:42:18 +00001055 FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregor40cb9ad2009-12-09 00:47:37 +00001056 } else if (IsNoReturnConversion(Context, FromType, ToType, FromType)) {
1057 // Treat a conversion that strips "noreturn" as an identity conversion.
1058 SCS.Second = ICK_NoReturn_Adjustment;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001059 } else {
1060 // No second conversion required.
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001061 SCS.Second = ICK_Identity;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001062 }
Douglas Gregor3edc4d52010-01-27 03:51:04 +00001063 SCS.setToType(1, FromType);
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001064
Douglas Gregor8e1cf602008-10-29 00:13:59 +00001065 QualType CanonFrom;
1066 QualType CanonTo;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001067 // The third conversion can be a qualification conversion (C++ 4p1).
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00001068 if (IsQualificationConversion(FromType, ToType)) {
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001069 SCS.Third = ICK_Qualification;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001070 FromType = ToType;
Douglas Gregor8e1cf602008-10-29 00:13:59 +00001071 CanonFrom = Context.getCanonicalType(FromType);
1072 CanonTo = Context.getCanonicalType(ToType);
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001073 } else {
1074 // No conversion required
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001075 SCS.Third = ICK_Identity;
1076
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001077 // C++ [over.best.ics]p6:
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001078 // [...] Any difference in top-level cv-qualification is
1079 // subsumed by the initialization itself and does not constitute
1080 // a conversion. [...]
Douglas Gregor8e1cf602008-10-29 00:13:59 +00001081 CanonFrom = Context.getCanonicalType(FromType);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001082 CanonTo = Context.getCanonicalType(ToType);
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +00001083 if (CanonFrom.getLocalUnqualifiedType()
1084 == CanonTo.getLocalUnqualifiedType() &&
Fariborz Jahanian9f963c22010-05-18 23:04:17 +00001085 (CanonFrom.getLocalCVRQualifiers() != CanonTo.getLocalCVRQualifiers()
1086 || CanonFrom.getObjCGCAttr() != CanonTo.getObjCGCAttr())) {
Douglas Gregor8e1cf602008-10-29 00:13:59 +00001087 FromType = ToType;
1088 CanonFrom = CanonTo;
1089 }
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001090 }
Douglas Gregor3edc4d52010-01-27 03:51:04 +00001091 SCS.setToType(2, FromType);
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001092
1093 // If we have not converted the argument type to the parameter type,
1094 // this is a bad conversion sequence.
Douglas Gregor8e1cf602008-10-29 00:13:59 +00001095 if (CanonFrom != CanonTo)
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001096 return false;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001097
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001098 return true;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001099}
1100
1101/// IsIntegralPromotion - Determines whether the conversion from the
1102/// expression From (whose potentially-adjusted type is FromType) to
1103/// ToType is an integral promotion (C++ 4.5). If so, returns true and
1104/// sets PromotedType to the promoted type.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001105bool Sema::IsIntegralPromotion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType) {
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001106 const BuiltinType *To = ToType->getAs<BuiltinType>();
Sebastian Redlee547972008-11-04 15:59:10 +00001107 // All integers are built-in.
Sebastian Redl72b8aef2008-10-31 14:43:28 +00001108 if (!To) {
1109 return false;
1110 }
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001111
1112 // An rvalue of type char, signed char, unsigned char, short int, or
1113 // unsigned short int can be converted to an rvalue of type int if
1114 // int can represent all the values of the source type; otherwise,
1115 // the source rvalue can be converted to an rvalue of type unsigned
1116 // int (C++ 4.5p1).
Douglas Gregora71cc152010-02-02 20:10:50 +00001117 if (FromType->isPromotableIntegerType() && !FromType->isBooleanType() &&
1118 !FromType->isEnumeralType()) {
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001119 if (// We can promote any signed, promotable integer type to an int
1120 (FromType->isSignedIntegerType() ||
1121 // We can promote any unsigned integer type whose size is
1122 // less than int to an int.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001123 (!FromType->isSignedIntegerType() &&
Sebastian Redl72b8aef2008-10-31 14:43:28 +00001124 Context.getTypeSize(FromType) < Context.getTypeSize(ToType)))) {
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001125 return To->getKind() == BuiltinType::Int;
Sebastian Redl72b8aef2008-10-31 14:43:28 +00001126 }
1127
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001128 return To->getKind() == BuiltinType::UInt;
1129 }
1130
1131 // An rvalue of type wchar_t (3.9.1) or an enumeration type (7.2)
1132 // can be converted to an rvalue of the first of the following types
1133 // that can represent all the values of its underlying type: int,
1134 // unsigned int, long, or unsigned long (C++ 4.5p2).
John McCall56774992009-12-09 09:09:27 +00001135
1136 // We pre-calculate the promotion type for enum types.
1137 if (const EnumType *FromEnumType = FromType->getAs<EnumType>())
1138 if (ToType->isIntegerType())
1139 return Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ToType,
1140 FromEnumType->getDecl()->getPromotionType());
1141
1142 if (FromType->isWideCharType() && ToType->isIntegerType()) {
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001143 // Determine whether the type we're converting from is signed or
1144 // unsigned.
1145 bool FromIsSigned;
1146 uint64_t FromSize = Context.getTypeSize(FromType);
John McCall56774992009-12-09 09:09:27 +00001147
1148 // FIXME: Is wchar_t signed or unsigned? We assume it's signed for now.
1149 FromIsSigned = true;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001150
1151 // The types we'll try to promote to, in the appropriate
1152 // order. Try each of these types.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001153 QualType PromoteTypes[6] = {
1154 Context.IntTy, Context.UnsignedIntTy,
Douglas Gregor1d248c52008-12-12 02:00:36 +00001155 Context.LongTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy ,
1156 Context.LongLongTy, Context.UnsignedLongLongTy
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001157 };
Douglas Gregor1d248c52008-12-12 02:00:36 +00001158 for (int Idx = 0; Idx < 6; ++Idx) {
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001159 uint64_t ToSize = Context.getTypeSize(PromoteTypes[Idx]);
1160 if (FromSize < ToSize ||
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001161 (FromSize == ToSize &&
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001162 FromIsSigned == PromoteTypes[Idx]->isSignedIntegerType())) {
1163 // We found the type that we can promote to. If this is the
1164 // type we wanted, we have a promotion. Otherwise, no
1165 // promotion.
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +00001166 return Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ToType, PromoteTypes[Idx]);
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001167 }
1168 }
1169 }
1170
1171 // An rvalue for an integral bit-field (9.6) can be converted to an
1172 // rvalue of type int if int can represent all the values of the
1173 // bit-field; otherwise, it can be converted to unsigned int if
1174 // unsigned int can represent all the values of the bit-field. If
1175 // the bit-field is larger yet, no integral promotion applies to
1176 // it. If the bit-field has an enumerated type, it is treated as any
1177 // other value of that type for promotion purposes (C++ 4.5p3).
Mike Stump87c57ac2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00001178 // FIXME: We should delay checking of bit-fields until we actually perform the
1179 // conversion.
Douglas Gregor71235ec2009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001180 using llvm::APSInt;
1181 if (From)
1182 if (FieldDecl *MemberDecl = From->getBitField()) {
Douglas Gregor2eedc3a2008-12-20 23:49:58 +00001183 APSInt BitWidth;
Douglas Gregor6972a622010-06-16 00:35:25 +00001184 if (FromType->isIntegralType(Context) &&
Douglas Gregor71235ec2009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001185 MemberDecl->getBitWidth()->isIntegerConstantExpr(BitWidth, Context)) {
1186 APSInt ToSize(BitWidth.getBitWidth(), BitWidth.isUnsigned());
1187 ToSize = Context.getTypeSize(ToType);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001188
Douglas Gregor2eedc3a2008-12-20 23:49:58 +00001189 // Are we promoting to an int from a bitfield that fits in an int?
1190 if (BitWidth < ToSize ||
1191 (FromType->isSignedIntegerType() && BitWidth <= ToSize)) {
1192 return To->getKind() == BuiltinType::Int;
1193 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001194
Douglas Gregor2eedc3a2008-12-20 23:49:58 +00001195 // Are we promoting to an unsigned int from an unsigned bitfield
1196 // that fits into an unsigned int?
1197 if (FromType->isUnsignedIntegerType() && BitWidth <= ToSize) {
1198 return To->getKind() == BuiltinType::UInt;
1199 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001200
Douglas Gregor2eedc3a2008-12-20 23:49:58 +00001201 return false;
Sebastian Redl72b8aef2008-10-31 14:43:28 +00001202 }
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001203 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001204
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001205 // An rvalue of type bool can be converted to an rvalue of type int,
1206 // with false becoming zero and true becoming one (C++ 4.5p4).
Sebastian Redl72b8aef2008-10-31 14:43:28 +00001207 if (FromType->isBooleanType() && To->getKind() == BuiltinType::Int) {
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001208 return true;
Sebastian Redl72b8aef2008-10-31 14:43:28 +00001209 }
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001210
1211 return false;
1212}
1213
1214/// IsFloatingPointPromotion - Determines whether the conversion from
1215/// FromType to ToType is a floating point promotion (C++ 4.6). If so,
1216/// returns true and sets PromotedType to the promoted type.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001217bool Sema::IsFloatingPointPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType) {
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001218 /// An rvalue of type float can be converted to an rvalue of type
1219 /// double. (C++ 4.6p1).
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001220 if (const BuiltinType *FromBuiltin = FromType->getAs<BuiltinType>())
1221 if (const BuiltinType *ToBuiltin = ToType->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001222 if (FromBuiltin->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float &&
1223 ToBuiltin->getKind() == BuiltinType::Double)
1224 return true;
1225
Douglas Gregor78ca74d2009-02-12 00:15:05 +00001226 // C99 6.3.1.5p1:
1227 // When a float is promoted to double or long double, or a
1228 // double is promoted to long double [...].
1229 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
1230 (FromBuiltin->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float ||
1231 FromBuiltin->getKind() == BuiltinType::Double) &&
1232 (ToBuiltin->getKind() == BuiltinType::LongDouble))
1233 return true;
1234 }
1235
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001236 return false;
1237}
1238
Douglas Gregor78ca74d2009-02-12 00:15:05 +00001239/// \brief Determine if a conversion is a complex promotion.
1240///
1241/// A complex promotion is defined as a complex -> complex conversion
1242/// where the conversion between the underlying real types is a
Douglas Gregor67525022009-02-12 00:26:06 +00001243/// floating-point or integral promotion.
Douglas Gregor78ca74d2009-02-12 00:15:05 +00001244bool Sema::IsComplexPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType) {
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001245 const ComplexType *FromComplex = FromType->getAs<ComplexType>();
Douglas Gregor78ca74d2009-02-12 00:15:05 +00001246 if (!FromComplex)
1247 return false;
1248
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001249 const ComplexType *ToComplex = ToType->getAs<ComplexType>();
Douglas Gregor78ca74d2009-02-12 00:15:05 +00001250 if (!ToComplex)
1251 return false;
1252
1253 return IsFloatingPointPromotion(FromComplex->getElementType(),
Douglas Gregor67525022009-02-12 00:26:06 +00001254 ToComplex->getElementType()) ||
1255 IsIntegralPromotion(0, FromComplex->getElementType(),
1256 ToComplex->getElementType());
Douglas Gregor78ca74d2009-02-12 00:15:05 +00001257}
1258
Douglas Gregor237f96c2008-11-26 23:31:11 +00001259/// BuildSimilarlyQualifiedPointerType - In a pointer conversion from
1260/// the pointer type FromPtr to a pointer to type ToPointee, with the
1261/// same type qualifiers as FromPtr has on its pointee type. ToType,
1262/// if non-empty, will be a pointer to ToType that may or may not have
1263/// the right set of qualifiers on its pointee.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001264static QualType
1265BuildSimilarlyQualifiedPointerType(const PointerType *FromPtr,
Douglas Gregor237f96c2008-11-26 23:31:11 +00001266 QualType ToPointee, QualType ToType,
1267 ASTContext &Context) {
1268 QualType CanonFromPointee = Context.getCanonicalType(FromPtr->getPointeeType());
1269 QualType CanonToPointee = Context.getCanonicalType(ToPointee);
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001270 Qualifiers Quals = CanonFromPointee.getQualifiers();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001271
1272 // Exact qualifier match -> return the pointer type we're converting to.
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +00001273 if (CanonToPointee.getLocalQualifiers() == Quals) {
Douglas Gregor237f96c2008-11-26 23:31:11 +00001274 // ToType is exactly what we need. Return it.
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001275 if (!ToType.isNull())
Douglas Gregorb9f907b2010-05-25 15:31:05 +00001276 return ToType.getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregor237f96c2008-11-26 23:31:11 +00001277
1278 // Build a pointer to ToPointee. It has the right qualifiers
1279 // already.
1280 return Context.getPointerType(ToPointee);
1281 }
1282
1283 // Just build a canonical type that has the right qualifiers.
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001284 return Context.getPointerType(
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +00001285 Context.getQualifiedType(CanonToPointee.getLocalUnqualifiedType(),
1286 Quals));
Douglas Gregor237f96c2008-11-26 23:31:11 +00001287}
1288
Fariborz Jahanian01cbe442009-12-16 23:13:33 +00001289/// BuildSimilarlyQualifiedObjCObjectPointerType - In a pointer conversion from
1290/// the FromType, which is an objective-c pointer, to ToType, which may or may
1291/// not have the right set of qualifiers.
1292static QualType
1293BuildSimilarlyQualifiedObjCObjectPointerType(QualType FromType,
1294 QualType ToType,
1295 ASTContext &Context) {
1296 QualType CanonFromType = Context.getCanonicalType(FromType);
1297 QualType CanonToType = Context.getCanonicalType(ToType);
1298 Qualifiers Quals = CanonFromType.getQualifiers();
1299
1300 // Exact qualifier match -> return the pointer type we're converting to.
1301 if (CanonToType.getLocalQualifiers() == Quals)
1302 return ToType;
1303
1304 // Just build a canonical type that has the right qualifiers.
1305 return Context.getQualifiedType(CanonToType.getLocalUnqualifiedType(), Quals);
1306}
1307
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001308static bool isNullPointerConstantForConversion(Expr *Expr,
Anders Carlsson759b7892009-08-28 15:55:56 +00001309 bool InOverloadResolution,
1310 ASTContext &Context) {
1311 // Handle value-dependent integral null pointer constants correctly.
1312 // http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#903
1313 if (Expr->isValueDependent() && !Expr->isTypeDependent() &&
Douglas Gregorb90df602010-06-16 00:17:44 +00001314 Expr->getType()->isIntegerType() && !Expr->getType()->isEnumeralType())
Anders Carlsson759b7892009-08-28 15:55:56 +00001315 return !InOverloadResolution;
1316
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00001317 return Expr->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
1318 InOverloadResolution? Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull
1319 : Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull);
Anders Carlsson759b7892009-08-28 15:55:56 +00001320}
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001321
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001322/// IsPointerConversion - Determines whether the conversion of the
1323/// expression From, which has the (possibly adjusted) type FromType,
1324/// can be converted to the type ToType via a pointer conversion (C++
1325/// 4.10). If so, returns true and places the converted type (that
1326/// might differ from ToType in its cv-qualifiers at some level) into
1327/// ConvertedType.
Douglas Gregor231d1c62008-11-27 00:15:41 +00001328///
Douglas Gregora29dc052008-11-27 01:19:21 +00001329/// This routine also supports conversions to and from block pointers
1330/// and conversions with Objective-C's 'id', 'id<protocols...>', and
1331/// pointers to interfaces. FIXME: Once we've determined the
1332/// appropriate overloading rules for Objective-C, we may want to
1333/// split the Objective-C checks into a different routine; however,
1334/// GCC seems to consider all of these conversions to be pointer
Douglas Gregor47d3f272008-12-19 17:40:08 +00001335/// conversions, so for now they live here. IncompatibleObjC will be
1336/// set if the conversion is an allowed Objective-C conversion that
1337/// should result in a warning.
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001338bool Sema::IsPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
Anders Carlsson228eea32009-08-28 15:33:32 +00001339 bool InOverloadResolution,
Douglas Gregor47d3f272008-12-19 17:40:08 +00001340 QualType& ConvertedType,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001341 bool &IncompatibleObjC) {
Douglas Gregor47d3f272008-12-19 17:40:08 +00001342 IncompatibleObjC = false;
Douglas Gregora119f102008-12-19 19:13:09 +00001343 if (isObjCPointerConversion(FromType, ToType, ConvertedType, IncompatibleObjC))
1344 return true;
Douglas Gregor47d3f272008-12-19 17:40:08 +00001345
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001346 // Conversion from a null pointer constant to any Objective-C pointer type.
1347 if (ToType->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
Anders Carlsson759b7892009-08-28 15:55:56 +00001348 isNullPointerConstantForConversion(From, InOverloadResolution, Context)) {
Douglas Gregor79a6b012008-12-22 20:51:52 +00001349 ConvertedType = ToType;
1350 return true;
1351 }
1352
Douglas Gregor231d1c62008-11-27 00:15:41 +00001353 // Blocks: Block pointers can be converted to void*.
1354 if (FromType->isBlockPointerType() && ToType->isPointerType() &&
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001355 ToType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) {
Douglas Gregor231d1c62008-11-27 00:15:41 +00001356 ConvertedType = ToType;
1357 return true;
1358 }
1359 // Blocks: A null pointer constant can be converted to a block
1360 // pointer type.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001361 if (ToType->isBlockPointerType() &&
Anders Carlsson759b7892009-08-28 15:55:56 +00001362 isNullPointerConstantForConversion(From, InOverloadResolution, Context)) {
Douglas Gregor231d1c62008-11-27 00:15:41 +00001363 ConvertedType = ToType;
1364 return true;
1365 }
1366
Sebastian Redl576fd422009-05-10 18:38:11 +00001367 // If the left-hand-side is nullptr_t, the right side can be a null
1368 // pointer constant.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001369 if (ToType->isNullPtrType() &&
Anders Carlsson759b7892009-08-28 15:55:56 +00001370 isNullPointerConstantForConversion(From, InOverloadResolution, Context)) {
Sebastian Redl576fd422009-05-10 18:38:11 +00001371 ConvertedType = ToType;
1372 return true;
1373 }
1374
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001375 const PointerType* ToTypePtr = ToType->getAs<PointerType>();
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001376 if (!ToTypePtr)
1377 return false;
1378
1379 // A null pointer constant can be converted to a pointer type (C++ 4.10p1).
Anders Carlsson759b7892009-08-28 15:55:56 +00001380 if (isNullPointerConstantForConversion(From, InOverloadResolution, Context)) {
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001381 ConvertedType = ToType;
1382 return true;
1383 }
Sebastian Redl72b8aef2008-10-31 14:43:28 +00001384
Fariborz Jahanian01cbe442009-12-16 23:13:33 +00001385 // Beyond this point, both types need to be pointers
1386 // , including objective-c pointers.
1387 QualType ToPointeeType = ToTypePtr->getPointeeType();
1388 if (FromType->isObjCObjectPointerType() && ToPointeeType->isVoidType()) {
1389 ConvertedType = BuildSimilarlyQualifiedObjCObjectPointerType(FromType,
1390 ToType, Context);
1391 return true;
1392
1393 }
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001394 const PointerType *FromTypePtr = FromType->getAs<PointerType>();
Douglas Gregor237f96c2008-11-26 23:31:11 +00001395 if (!FromTypePtr)
1396 return false;
1397
1398 QualType FromPointeeType = FromTypePtr->getPointeeType();
Douglas Gregor237f96c2008-11-26 23:31:11 +00001399
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001400 // An rvalue of type "pointer to cv T," where T is an object type,
1401 // can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to cv void" (C++
1402 // 4.10p2).
Douglas Gregor64259f52009-03-24 20:32:41 +00001403 if (FromPointeeType->isObjectType() && ToPointeeType->isVoidType()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001404 ConvertedType = BuildSimilarlyQualifiedPointerType(FromTypePtr,
Douglas Gregorbb9bf882008-11-27 00:52:49 +00001405 ToPointeeType,
Douglas Gregor237f96c2008-11-26 23:31:11 +00001406 ToType, Context);
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001407 return true;
1408 }
1409
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +00001410 // When we're overloading in C, we allow a special kind of pointer
1411 // conversion for compatible-but-not-identical pointee types.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001412 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +00001413 Context.typesAreCompatible(FromPointeeType, ToPointeeType)) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001414 ConvertedType = BuildSimilarlyQualifiedPointerType(FromTypePtr,
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +00001415 ToPointeeType,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001416 ToType, Context);
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +00001417 return true;
1418 }
1419
Douglas Gregor5c407d92008-10-23 00:40:37 +00001420 // C++ [conv.ptr]p3:
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001421 //
Douglas Gregor5c407d92008-10-23 00:40:37 +00001422 // An rvalue of type "pointer to cv D," where D is a class type,
1423 // can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to cv B," where
1424 // B is a base class (clause 10) of D. If B is an inaccessible
1425 // (clause 11) or ambiguous (10.2) base class of D, a program that
1426 // necessitates this conversion is ill-formed. The result of the
1427 // conversion is a pointer to the base class sub-object of the
1428 // derived class object. The null pointer value is converted to
1429 // the null pointer value of the destination type.
1430 //
Douglas Gregor39c16d42008-10-24 04:54:22 +00001431 // Note that we do not check for ambiguity or inaccessibility
1432 // here. That is handled by CheckPointerConversion.
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +00001433 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
1434 FromPointeeType->isRecordType() && ToPointeeType->isRecordType() &&
Douglas Gregord28f0412010-02-22 17:06:41 +00001435 !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromPointeeType, ToPointeeType) &&
Douglas Gregore6fb91f2009-10-29 23:08:22 +00001436 !RequireCompleteType(From->getLocStart(), FromPointeeType, PDiag()) &&
Douglas Gregor237f96c2008-11-26 23:31:11 +00001437 IsDerivedFrom(FromPointeeType, ToPointeeType)) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001438 ConvertedType = BuildSimilarlyQualifiedPointerType(FromTypePtr,
Douglas Gregorbb9bf882008-11-27 00:52:49 +00001439 ToPointeeType,
Douglas Gregor237f96c2008-11-26 23:31:11 +00001440 ToType, Context);
1441 return true;
1442 }
Douglas Gregor5c407d92008-10-23 00:40:37 +00001443
Douglas Gregora119f102008-12-19 19:13:09 +00001444 return false;
1445}
1446
1447/// isObjCPointerConversion - Determines whether this is an
1448/// Objective-C pointer conversion. Subroutine of IsPointerConversion,
1449/// with the same arguments and return values.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001450bool Sema::isObjCPointerConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
Douglas Gregora119f102008-12-19 19:13:09 +00001451 QualType& ConvertedType,
1452 bool &IncompatibleObjC) {
1453 if (!getLangOptions().ObjC1)
1454 return false;
Fariborz Jahanian42ffdb32010-01-18 22:59:22 +00001455
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001456 // First, we handle all conversions on ObjC object pointer types.
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001457 const ObjCObjectPointerType* ToObjCPtr = ToType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001458 const ObjCObjectPointerType *FromObjCPtr =
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001459 FromType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Douglas Gregora119f102008-12-19 19:13:09 +00001460
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001461 if (ToObjCPtr && FromObjCPtr) {
Steve Naroff1329fa02009-07-15 18:40:39 +00001462 // Objective C++: We're able to convert between "id" or "Class" and a
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001463 // pointer to any interface (in both directions).
Steve Naroff1329fa02009-07-15 18:40:39 +00001464 if (ToObjCPtr->isObjCBuiltinType() && FromObjCPtr->isObjCBuiltinType()) {
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001465 ConvertedType = ToType;
1466 return true;
1467 }
1468 // Conversions with Objective-C's id<...>.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001469 if ((FromObjCPtr->isObjCQualifiedIdType() ||
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001470 ToObjCPtr->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) &&
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001471 Context.ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(ToType, FromType,
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00001472 /*compare=*/false)) {
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001473 ConvertedType = ToType;
1474 return true;
1475 }
1476 // Objective C++: We're able to convert from a pointer to an
1477 // interface to a pointer to a different interface.
1478 if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(ToObjCPtr, FromObjCPtr)) {
Fariborz Jahanianb397e432010-03-15 18:36:00 +00001479 const ObjCInterfaceType* LHS = ToObjCPtr->getInterfaceType();
1480 const ObjCInterfaceType* RHS = FromObjCPtr->getInterfaceType();
1481 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && LHS && RHS &&
1482 !ToObjCPtr->getPointeeType().isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(
1483 FromObjCPtr->getPointeeType()))
1484 return false;
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001485 ConvertedType = ToType;
1486 return true;
1487 }
1488
1489 if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(FromObjCPtr, ToObjCPtr)) {
1490 // Okay: this is some kind of implicit downcast of Objective-C
1491 // interfaces, which is permitted. However, we're going to
1492 // complain about it.
1493 IncompatibleObjC = true;
1494 ConvertedType = FromType;
1495 return true;
1496 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001497 }
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001498 // Beyond this point, both types need to be C pointers or block pointers.
Douglas Gregor033f56d2008-12-23 00:53:59 +00001499 QualType ToPointeeType;
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001500 if (const PointerType *ToCPtr = ToType->getAs<PointerType>())
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001501 ToPointeeType = ToCPtr->getPointeeType();
Fariborz Jahanian4efdec02010-01-20 22:54:38 +00001502 else if (const BlockPointerType *ToBlockPtr =
1503 ToType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()) {
Fariborz Jahanian879cc732010-01-21 00:08:17 +00001504 // Objective C++: We're able to convert from a pointer to any object
Fariborz Jahanian4efdec02010-01-20 22:54:38 +00001505 // to a block pointer type.
1506 if (FromObjCPtr && FromObjCPtr->isObjCBuiltinType()) {
1507 ConvertedType = ToType;
1508 return true;
1509 }
Douglas Gregor033f56d2008-12-23 00:53:59 +00001510 ToPointeeType = ToBlockPtr->getPointeeType();
Fariborz Jahanian4efdec02010-01-20 22:54:38 +00001511 }
Fariborz Jahaniane4951fd2010-01-21 00:05:09 +00001512 else if (FromType->getAs<BlockPointerType>() &&
1513 ToObjCPtr && ToObjCPtr->isObjCBuiltinType()) {
1514 // Objective C++: We're able to convert from a block pointer type to a
Fariborz Jahanian879cc732010-01-21 00:08:17 +00001515 // pointer to any object.
Fariborz Jahaniane4951fd2010-01-21 00:05:09 +00001516 ConvertedType = ToType;
1517 return true;
1518 }
Douglas Gregor033f56d2008-12-23 00:53:59 +00001519 else
Douglas Gregora119f102008-12-19 19:13:09 +00001520 return false;
1521
Douglas Gregor033f56d2008-12-23 00:53:59 +00001522 QualType FromPointeeType;
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001523 if (const PointerType *FromCPtr = FromType->getAs<PointerType>())
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001524 FromPointeeType = FromCPtr->getPointeeType();
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001525 else if (const BlockPointerType *FromBlockPtr = FromType->getAs<BlockPointerType>())
Douglas Gregor033f56d2008-12-23 00:53:59 +00001526 FromPointeeType = FromBlockPtr->getPointeeType();
1527 else
Douglas Gregora119f102008-12-19 19:13:09 +00001528 return false;
1529
Douglas Gregora119f102008-12-19 19:13:09 +00001530 // If we have pointers to pointers, recursively check whether this
1531 // is an Objective-C conversion.
1532 if (FromPointeeType->isPointerType() && ToPointeeType->isPointerType() &&
1533 isObjCPointerConversion(FromPointeeType, ToPointeeType, ConvertedType,
1534 IncompatibleObjC)) {
1535 // We always complain about this conversion.
1536 IncompatibleObjC = true;
1537 ConvertedType = ToType;
1538 return true;
1539 }
Fariborz Jahanian42ffdb32010-01-18 22:59:22 +00001540 // Allow conversion of pointee being objective-c pointer to another one;
1541 // as in I* to id.
1542 if (FromPointeeType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>() &&
1543 ToPointeeType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>() &&
1544 isObjCPointerConversion(FromPointeeType, ToPointeeType, ConvertedType,
1545 IncompatibleObjC)) {
1546 ConvertedType = ToType;
1547 return true;
1548 }
1549
Douglas Gregor033f56d2008-12-23 00:53:59 +00001550 // If we have pointers to functions or blocks, check whether the only
Douglas Gregora119f102008-12-19 19:13:09 +00001551 // differences in the argument and result types are in Objective-C
1552 // pointer conversions. If so, we permit the conversion (but
1553 // complain about it).
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001554 const FunctionProtoType *FromFunctionType
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001555 = FromPointeeType->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001556 const FunctionProtoType *ToFunctionType
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001557 = ToPointeeType->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
Douglas Gregora119f102008-12-19 19:13:09 +00001558 if (FromFunctionType && ToFunctionType) {
1559 // If the function types are exactly the same, this isn't an
1560 // Objective-C pointer conversion.
1561 if (Context.getCanonicalType(FromPointeeType)
1562 == Context.getCanonicalType(ToPointeeType))
1563 return false;
1564
1565 // Perform the quick checks that will tell us whether these
1566 // function types are obviously different.
1567 if (FromFunctionType->getNumArgs() != ToFunctionType->getNumArgs() ||
1568 FromFunctionType->isVariadic() != ToFunctionType->isVariadic() ||
1569 FromFunctionType->getTypeQuals() != ToFunctionType->getTypeQuals())
1570 return false;
1571
1572 bool HasObjCConversion = false;
1573 if (Context.getCanonicalType(FromFunctionType->getResultType())
1574 == Context.getCanonicalType(ToFunctionType->getResultType())) {
1575 // Okay, the types match exactly. Nothing to do.
1576 } else if (isObjCPointerConversion(FromFunctionType->getResultType(),
1577 ToFunctionType->getResultType(),
1578 ConvertedType, IncompatibleObjC)) {
1579 // Okay, we have an Objective-C pointer conversion.
1580 HasObjCConversion = true;
1581 } else {
1582 // Function types are too different. Abort.
1583 return false;
1584 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001585
Douglas Gregora119f102008-12-19 19:13:09 +00001586 // Check argument types.
1587 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0, NumArgs = FromFunctionType->getNumArgs();
1588 ArgIdx != NumArgs; ++ArgIdx) {
1589 QualType FromArgType = FromFunctionType->getArgType(ArgIdx);
1590 QualType ToArgType = ToFunctionType->getArgType(ArgIdx);
1591 if (Context.getCanonicalType(FromArgType)
1592 == Context.getCanonicalType(ToArgType)) {
1593 // Okay, the types match exactly. Nothing to do.
1594 } else if (isObjCPointerConversion(FromArgType, ToArgType,
1595 ConvertedType, IncompatibleObjC)) {
1596 // Okay, we have an Objective-C pointer conversion.
1597 HasObjCConversion = true;
1598 } else {
1599 // Argument types are too different. Abort.
1600 return false;
1601 }
1602 }
1603
1604 if (HasObjCConversion) {
1605 // We had an Objective-C conversion. Allow this pointer
1606 // conversion, but complain about it.
1607 ConvertedType = ToType;
1608 IncompatibleObjC = true;
1609 return true;
1610 }
1611 }
1612
Sebastian Redl72b597d2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001613 return false;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001614}
Fariborz Jahanian5e5998f2010-05-03 21:06:18 +00001615
1616/// FunctionArgTypesAreEqual - This routine checks two function proto types
1617/// for equlity of their argument types. Caller has already checked that
1618/// they have same number of arguments. This routine assumes that Objective-C
1619/// pointer types which only differ in their protocol qualifiers are equal.
1620bool Sema::FunctionArgTypesAreEqual(FunctionProtoType* OldType,
1621 FunctionProtoType* NewType){
1622 if (!getLangOptions().ObjC1)
1623 return std::equal(OldType->arg_type_begin(), OldType->arg_type_end(),
1624 NewType->arg_type_begin());
1625
1626 for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator O = OldType->arg_type_begin(),
1627 N = NewType->arg_type_begin(),
1628 E = OldType->arg_type_end(); O && (O != E); ++O, ++N) {
1629 QualType ToType = (*O);
1630 QualType FromType = (*N);
1631 if (ToType != FromType) {
1632 if (const PointerType *PTTo = ToType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
1633 if (const PointerType *PTFr = FromType->getAs<PointerType>())
Chandler Carruth27c9fe92010-05-06 00:15:06 +00001634 if ((PTTo->getPointeeType()->isObjCQualifiedIdType() &&
1635 PTFr->getPointeeType()->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) ||
1636 (PTTo->getPointeeType()->isObjCQualifiedClassType() &&
1637 PTFr->getPointeeType()->isObjCQualifiedClassType()))
Fariborz Jahanian5e5998f2010-05-03 21:06:18 +00001638 continue;
1639 }
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00001640 else if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *PTTo =
1641 ToType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) {
1642 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *PTFr =
1643 FromType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>())
1644 if (PTTo->getInterfaceDecl() == PTFr->getInterfaceDecl())
1645 continue;
Fariborz Jahanian5e5998f2010-05-03 21:06:18 +00001646 }
1647 return false;
1648 }
1649 }
1650 return true;
1651}
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001652
Douglas Gregor39c16d42008-10-24 04:54:22 +00001653/// CheckPointerConversion - Check the pointer conversion from the
1654/// expression From to the type ToType. This routine checks for
Sebastian Redl9f831db2009-07-25 15:41:38 +00001655/// ambiguous or inaccessible derived-to-base pointer
Douglas Gregor39c16d42008-10-24 04:54:22 +00001656/// conversions for which IsPointerConversion has already returned
1657/// true. It returns true and produces a diagnostic if there was an
1658/// error, or returns false otherwise.
Anders Carlsson7ec8ccd2009-09-12 04:46:44 +00001659bool Sema::CheckPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
Sebastian Redl7c353682009-11-14 21:15:49 +00001660 CastExpr::CastKind &Kind,
Anders Carlssona70cff62010-04-24 19:06:50 +00001661 CXXBaseSpecifierArray& BasePath,
Sebastian Redl7c353682009-11-14 21:15:49 +00001662 bool IgnoreBaseAccess) {
Douglas Gregor39c16d42008-10-24 04:54:22 +00001663 QualType FromType = From->getType();
1664
Douglas Gregor4038cf42010-06-08 17:35:15 +00001665 if (CXXBoolLiteralExpr* LitBool
1666 = dyn_cast<CXXBoolLiteralExpr>(From->IgnoreParens()))
1667 if (LitBool->getValue() == false)
1668 Diag(LitBool->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_init_pointer_from_false)
1669 << ToType;
1670
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001671 if (const PointerType *FromPtrType = FromType->getAs<PointerType>())
1672 if (const PointerType *ToPtrType = ToType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Douglas Gregor39c16d42008-10-24 04:54:22 +00001673 QualType FromPointeeType = FromPtrType->getPointeeType(),
1674 ToPointeeType = ToPtrType->getPointeeType();
Douglas Gregor1e57a3f2008-12-18 23:43:31 +00001675
Douglas Gregorcc3f3252010-03-03 23:55:11 +00001676 if (FromPointeeType->isRecordType() && ToPointeeType->isRecordType() &&
1677 !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromPointeeType, ToPointeeType)) {
Douglas Gregor39c16d42008-10-24 04:54:22 +00001678 // We must have a derived-to-base conversion. Check an
1679 // ambiguous or inaccessible conversion.
Anders Carlsson7ec8ccd2009-09-12 04:46:44 +00001680 if (CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(FromPointeeType, ToPointeeType,
1681 From->getExprLoc(),
Anders Carlssona70cff62010-04-24 19:06:50 +00001682 From->getSourceRange(), &BasePath,
Sebastian Redl7c353682009-11-14 21:15:49 +00001683 IgnoreBaseAccess))
Anders Carlsson7ec8ccd2009-09-12 04:46:44 +00001684 return true;
1685
1686 // The conversion was successful.
1687 Kind = CastExpr::CK_DerivedToBase;
Douglas Gregor39c16d42008-10-24 04:54:22 +00001688 }
1689 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001690 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *FromPtrType =
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001691 FromType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>())
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001692 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *ToPtrType =
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001693 ToType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001694 // Objective-C++ conversions are always okay.
1695 // FIXME: We should have a different class of conversions for the
1696 // Objective-C++ implicit conversions.
Steve Naroff1329fa02009-07-15 18:40:39 +00001697 if (FromPtrType->isObjCBuiltinType() || ToPtrType->isObjCBuiltinType())
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001698 return false;
Douglas Gregor39c16d42008-10-24 04:54:22 +00001699
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001700 }
Douglas Gregor39c16d42008-10-24 04:54:22 +00001701 return false;
1702}
1703
Sebastian Redl72b597d2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001704/// IsMemberPointerConversion - Determines whether the conversion of the
1705/// expression From, which has the (possibly adjusted) type FromType, can be
1706/// converted to the type ToType via a member pointer conversion (C++ 4.11).
1707/// If so, returns true and places the converted type (that might differ from
1708/// ToType in its cv-qualifiers at some level) into ConvertedType.
1709bool Sema::IsMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType,
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00001710 QualType ToType,
1711 bool InOverloadResolution,
1712 QualType &ConvertedType) {
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001713 const MemberPointerType *ToTypePtr = ToType->getAs<MemberPointerType>();
Sebastian Redl72b597d2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001714 if (!ToTypePtr)
1715 return false;
1716
1717 // A null pointer constant can be converted to a member pointer (C++ 4.11p1)
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00001718 if (From->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
1719 InOverloadResolution? Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull
1720 : Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Sebastian Redl72b597d2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001721 ConvertedType = ToType;
1722 return true;
1723 }
1724
1725 // Otherwise, both types have to be member pointers.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001726 const MemberPointerType *FromTypePtr = FromType->getAs<MemberPointerType>();
Sebastian Redl72b597d2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001727 if (!FromTypePtr)
1728 return false;
1729
1730 // A pointer to member of B can be converted to a pointer to member of D,
1731 // where D is derived from B (C++ 4.11p2).
1732 QualType FromClass(FromTypePtr->getClass(), 0);
1733 QualType ToClass(ToTypePtr->getClass(), 0);
1734 // FIXME: What happens when these are dependent? Is this function even called?
1735
1736 if (IsDerivedFrom(ToClass, FromClass)) {
1737 ConvertedType = Context.getMemberPointerType(FromTypePtr->getPointeeType(),
1738 ToClass.getTypePtr());
1739 return true;
1740 }
1741
1742 return false;
1743}
Douglas Gregor40cb9ad2009-12-09 00:47:37 +00001744
Sebastian Redl72b597d2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001745/// CheckMemberPointerConversion - Check the member pointer conversion from the
1746/// expression From to the type ToType. This routine checks for ambiguous or
John McCall5b0829a2010-02-10 09:31:12 +00001747/// virtual or inaccessible base-to-derived member pointer conversions
Sebastian Redl72b597d2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001748/// for which IsMemberPointerConversion has already returned true. It returns
1749/// true and produces a diagnostic if there was an error, or returns false
1750/// otherwise.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001751bool Sema::CheckMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
Sebastian Redl7c353682009-11-14 21:15:49 +00001752 CastExpr::CastKind &Kind,
Anders Carlsson7d3360f2010-04-24 19:36:51 +00001753 CXXBaseSpecifierArray &BasePath,
Sebastian Redl7c353682009-11-14 21:15:49 +00001754 bool IgnoreBaseAccess) {
Sebastian Redl72b597d2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001755 QualType FromType = From->getType();
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001756 const MemberPointerType *FromPtrType = FromType->getAs<MemberPointerType>();
Anders Carlssond7923c62009-08-22 23:33:40 +00001757 if (!FromPtrType) {
1758 // This must be a null pointer to member pointer conversion
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00001759 assert(From->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
1760 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull) &&
Anders Carlssond7923c62009-08-22 23:33:40 +00001761 "Expr must be null pointer constant!");
1762 Kind = CastExpr::CK_NullToMemberPointer;
Sebastian Redled8f2002009-01-28 18:33:18 +00001763 return false;
Anders Carlssond7923c62009-08-22 23:33:40 +00001764 }
Sebastian Redl72b597d2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001765
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001766 const MemberPointerType *ToPtrType = ToType->getAs<MemberPointerType>();
Sebastian Redled8f2002009-01-28 18:33:18 +00001767 assert(ToPtrType && "No member pointer cast has a target type "
1768 "that is not a member pointer.");
Sebastian Redl72b597d2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001769
Sebastian Redled8f2002009-01-28 18:33:18 +00001770 QualType FromClass = QualType(FromPtrType->getClass(), 0);
1771 QualType ToClass = QualType(ToPtrType->getClass(), 0);
Sebastian Redl72b597d2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001772
Sebastian Redled8f2002009-01-28 18:33:18 +00001773 // FIXME: What about dependent types?
1774 assert(FromClass->isRecordType() && "Pointer into non-class.");
1775 assert(ToClass->isRecordType() && "Pointer into non-class.");
Sebastian Redl72b597d2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001776
Anders Carlsson7d3360f2010-04-24 19:36:51 +00001777 CXXBasePaths Paths(/*FindAmbiguities=*/true, /*RecordPaths=*/true,
Douglas Gregor36d1b142009-10-06 17:59:45 +00001778 /*DetectVirtual=*/true);
Sebastian Redled8f2002009-01-28 18:33:18 +00001779 bool DerivationOkay = IsDerivedFrom(ToClass, FromClass, Paths);
1780 assert(DerivationOkay &&
1781 "Should not have been called if derivation isn't OK.");
1782 (void)DerivationOkay;
Sebastian Redl72b597d2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001783
Sebastian Redled8f2002009-01-28 18:33:18 +00001784 if (Paths.isAmbiguous(Context.getCanonicalType(FromClass).
1785 getUnqualifiedType())) {
Sebastian Redled8f2002009-01-28 18:33:18 +00001786 std::string PathDisplayStr = getAmbiguousPathsDisplayString(Paths);
1787 Diag(From->getExprLoc(), diag::err_ambiguous_memptr_conv)
1788 << 0 << FromClass << ToClass << PathDisplayStr << From->getSourceRange();
1789 return true;
Sebastian Redl72b597d2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001790 }
Sebastian Redled8f2002009-01-28 18:33:18 +00001791
Douglas Gregor89ee6822009-02-28 01:32:25 +00001792 if (const RecordType *VBase = Paths.getDetectedVirtual()) {
Sebastian Redled8f2002009-01-28 18:33:18 +00001793 Diag(From->getExprLoc(), diag::err_memptr_conv_via_virtual)
1794 << FromClass << ToClass << QualType(VBase, 0)
1795 << From->getSourceRange();
1796 return true;
1797 }
1798
John McCall5b0829a2010-02-10 09:31:12 +00001799 if (!IgnoreBaseAccess)
John McCall1064d7e2010-03-16 05:22:47 +00001800 CheckBaseClassAccess(From->getExprLoc(), FromClass, ToClass,
1801 Paths.front(),
1802 diag::err_downcast_from_inaccessible_base);
John McCall5b0829a2010-02-10 09:31:12 +00001803
Anders Carlssond7923c62009-08-22 23:33:40 +00001804 // Must be a base to derived member conversion.
Anders Carlsson7d3360f2010-04-24 19:36:51 +00001805 BuildBasePathArray(Paths, BasePath);
Anders Carlssond7923c62009-08-22 23:33:40 +00001806 Kind = CastExpr::CK_BaseToDerivedMemberPointer;
Sebastian Redl72b597d2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001807 return false;
1808}
1809
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00001810/// IsQualificationConversion - Determines whether the conversion from
1811/// an rvalue of type FromType to ToType is a qualification conversion
1812/// (C++ 4.4).
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001813bool
1814Sema::IsQualificationConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType) {
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00001815 FromType = Context.getCanonicalType(FromType);
1816 ToType = Context.getCanonicalType(ToType);
1817
1818 // If FromType and ToType are the same type, this is not a
1819 // qualification conversion.
Sebastian Redlcbdffb12010-02-03 19:36:07 +00001820 if (FromType.getUnqualifiedType() == ToType.getUnqualifiedType())
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00001821 return false;
Sebastian Redled8f2002009-01-28 18:33:18 +00001822
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00001823 // (C++ 4.4p4):
1824 // A conversion can add cv-qualifiers at levels other than the first
1825 // in multi-level pointers, subject to the following rules: [...]
1826 bool PreviousToQualsIncludeConst = true;
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00001827 bool UnwrappedAnyPointer = false;
Douglas Gregor1fc3d662010-06-09 03:53:18 +00001828 while (Context.UnwrapSimilarPointerTypes(FromType, ToType)) {
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00001829 // Within each iteration of the loop, we check the qualifiers to
1830 // determine if this still looks like a qualification
1831 // conversion. Then, if all is well, we unwrap one more level of
Douglas Gregor29a92472008-10-22 17:49:05 +00001832 // pointers or pointers-to-members and do it all again
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00001833 // until there are no more pointers or pointers-to-members left to
1834 // unwrap.
Douglas Gregore1eb9d82008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001835 UnwrappedAnyPointer = true;
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00001836
1837 // -- for every j > 0, if const is in cv 1,j then const is in cv
1838 // 2,j, and similarly for volatile.
Douglas Gregorea2d4212008-10-22 00:38:21 +00001839 if (!ToType.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(FromType))
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00001840 return false;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001841
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00001842 // -- if the cv 1,j and cv 2,j are different, then const is in
1843 // every cv for 0 < k < j.
1844 if (FromType.getCVRQualifiers() != ToType.getCVRQualifiers()
Douglas Gregore1eb9d82008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001845 && !PreviousToQualsIncludeConst)
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00001846 return false;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001847
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00001848 // Keep track of whether all prior cv-qualifiers in the "to" type
1849 // include const.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001850 PreviousToQualsIncludeConst
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00001851 = PreviousToQualsIncludeConst && ToType.isConstQualified();
Douglas Gregore1eb9d82008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001852 }
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00001853
1854 // We are left with FromType and ToType being the pointee types
1855 // after unwrapping the original FromType and ToType the same number
1856 // of types. If we unwrapped any pointers, and if FromType and
1857 // ToType have the same unqualified type (since we checked
1858 // qualifiers above), then this is a qualification conversion.
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +00001859 return UnwrappedAnyPointer && Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromType,ToType);
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00001860}
1861
Douglas Gregor576e98c2009-01-30 23:27:23 +00001862/// Determines whether there is a user-defined conversion sequence
1863/// (C++ [over.ics.user]) that converts expression From to the type
1864/// ToType. If such a conversion exists, User will contain the
1865/// user-defined conversion sequence that performs such a conversion
1866/// and this routine will return true. Otherwise, this routine returns
1867/// false and User is unspecified.
1868///
Douglas Gregor576e98c2009-01-30 23:27:23 +00001869/// \param AllowExplicit true if the conversion should consider C++0x
1870/// "explicit" conversion functions as well as non-explicit conversion
1871/// functions (C++0x [class.conv.fct]p2).
Douglas Gregor3e1e5272009-12-09 23:02:17 +00001872OverloadingResult Sema::IsUserDefinedConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
1873 UserDefinedConversionSequence& User,
Douglas Gregor5ab11652010-04-17 22:01:05 +00001874 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
1875 bool AllowExplicit) {
1876 // Whether we will only visit constructors.
1877 bool ConstructorsOnly = false;
1878
1879 // If the type we are conversion to is a class type, enumerate its
1880 // constructors.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001881 if (const RecordType *ToRecordType = ToType->getAs<RecordType>()) {
Douglas Gregor5ab11652010-04-17 22:01:05 +00001882 // C++ [over.match.ctor]p1:
1883 // When objects of class type are direct-initialized (8.5), or
1884 // copy-initialized from an expression of the same or a
1885 // derived class type (8.5), overload resolution selects the
1886 // constructor. [...] For copy-initialization, the candidate
1887 // functions are all the converting constructors (12.3.1) of
1888 // that class. The argument list is the expression-list within
1889 // the parentheses of the initializer.
1890 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ToType, From->getType()) ||
1891 (From->getType()->getAs<RecordType>() &&
1892 IsDerivedFrom(From->getType(), ToType)))
1893 ConstructorsOnly = true;
1894
Douglas Gregor3ec1bf22009-11-05 13:06:35 +00001895 if (RequireCompleteType(From->getLocStart(), ToType, PDiag())) {
1896 // We're not going to find any constructors.
1897 } else if (CXXRecordDecl *ToRecordDecl
1898 = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(ToRecordType->getDecl())) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001899 DeclarationName ConstructorName
Douglas Gregor89ee6822009-02-28 01:32:25 +00001900 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(
Douglas Gregor5ab11652010-04-17 22:01:05 +00001901 Context.getCanonicalType(ToType).getUnqualifiedType());
Douglas Gregor89ee6822009-02-28 01:32:25 +00001902 DeclContext::lookup_iterator Con, ConEnd;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001903 for (llvm::tie(Con, ConEnd)
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00001904 = ToRecordDecl->lookup(ConstructorName);
Douglas Gregor89ee6822009-02-28 01:32:25 +00001905 Con != ConEnd; ++Con) {
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00001906 NamedDecl *D = *Con;
1907 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl = DeclAccessPair::make(D, D->getAccess());
1908
Douglas Gregor5ed5ae42009-08-21 18:42:58 +00001909 // Find the constructor (which may be a template).
1910 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = 0;
1911 FunctionTemplateDecl *ConstructorTmpl
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00001912 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D);
Douglas Gregor5ed5ae42009-08-21 18:42:58 +00001913 if (ConstructorTmpl)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001914 Constructor
Douglas Gregor5ed5ae42009-08-21 18:42:58 +00001915 = cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(ConstructorTmpl->getTemplatedDecl());
1916 else
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00001917 Constructor = cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D);
Douglas Gregorffe14e32009-11-14 01:20:54 +00001918
Fariborz Jahanian11a8e952009-08-06 17:22:51 +00001919 if (!Constructor->isInvalidDecl() &&
Anders Carlssond20e7952009-08-28 16:57:08 +00001920 Constructor->isConvertingConstructor(AllowExplicit)) {
Douglas Gregor5ed5ae42009-08-21 18:42:58 +00001921 if (ConstructorTmpl)
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00001922 AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(ConstructorTmpl, FoundDecl,
John McCallb89836b2010-01-26 01:37:31 +00001923 /*ExplicitArgs*/ 0,
John McCall6b51f282009-11-23 01:53:49 +00001924 &From, 1, CandidateSet,
Douglas Gregor5ab11652010-04-17 22:01:05 +00001925 /*SuppressUserConversions=*/!ConstructorsOnly);
Douglas Gregor5ed5ae42009-08-21 18:42:58 +00001926 else
Fariborz Jahanianb3c44f92009-10-01 20:39:51 +00001927 // Allow one user-defined conversion when user specifies a
1928 // From->ToType conversion via an static cast (c-style, etc).
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00001929 AddOverloadCandidate(Constructor, FoundDecl,
John McCallb89836b2010-01-26 01:37:31 +00001930 &From, 1, CandidateSet,
Douglas Gregor5ab11652010-04-17 22:01:05 +00001931 /*SuppressUserConversions=*/!ConstructorsOnly);
Douglas Gregor5ed5ae42009-08-21 18:42:58 +00001932 }
Douglas Gregor89ee6822009-02-28 01:32:25 +00001933 }
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001934 }
1935 }
1936
Douglas Gregor5ab11652010-04-17 22:01:05 +00001937 // Enumerate conversion functions, if we're allowed to.
1938 if (ConstructorsOnly) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001939 } else if (RequireCompleteType(From->getLocStart(), From->getType(),
Douglas Gregor5ab11652010-04-17 22:01:05 +00001940 PDiag(0) << From->getSourceRange())) {
Douglas Gregor8a2e6012009-08-24 15:23:48 +00001941 // No conversion functions from incomplete types.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001942 } else if (const RecordType *FromRecordType
Douglas Gregor5ab11652010-04-17 22:01:05 +00001943 = From->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001944 if (CXXRecordDecl *FromRecordDecl
Fariborz Jahanianf9012a32009-09-11 18:46:22 +00001945 = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FromRecordType->getDecl())) {
1946 // Add all of the conversion functions as candidates.
John McCallad371252010-01-20 00:46:10 +00001947 const UnresolvedSetImpl *Conversions
Fariborz Jahanianf4061e32009-09-14 20:41:01 +00001948 = FromRecordDecl->getVisibleConversionFunctions();
John McCallad371252010-01-20 00:46:10 +00001949 for (UnresolvedSetImpl::iterator I = Conversions->begin(),
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001950 E = Conversions->end(); I != E; ++I) {
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00001951 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl = I.getPair();
1952 NamedDecl *D = FoundDecl.getDecl();
John McCall6e9f8f62009-12-03 04:06:58 +00001953 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D->getDeclContext());
1954 if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D))
1955 D = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(D)->getTargetDecl();
1956
Fariborz Jahanianf9012a32009-09-11 18:46:22 +00001957 CXXConversionDecl *Conv;
1958 FunctionTemplateDecl *ConvTemplate;
John McCallda4458e2010-03-31 01:36:47 +00001959 if ((ConvTemplate = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)))
1960 Conv = cast<CXXConversionDecl>(ConvTemplate->getTemplatedDecl());
Fariborz Jahanianf9012a32009-09-11 18:46:22 +00001961 else
John McCallda4458e2010-03-31 01:36:47 +00001962 Conv = cast<CXXConversionDecl>(D);
Fariborz Jahanianf9012a32009-09-11 18:46:22 +00001963
1964 if (AllowExplicit || !Conv->isExplicit()) {
1965 if (ConvTemplate)
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00001966 AddTemplateConversionCandidate(ConvTemplate, FoundDecl,
John McCallb89836b2010-01-26 01:37:31 +00001967 ActingContext, From, ToType,
1968 CandidateSet);
Fariborz Jahanianf9012a32009-09-11 18:46:22 +00001969 else
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00001970 AddConversionCandidate(Conv, FoundDecl, ActingContext,
John McCallb89836b2010-01-26 01:37:31 +00001971 From, ToType, CandidateSet);
Fariborz Jahanianf9012a32009-09-11 18:46:22 +00001972 }
1973 }
1974 }
Douglas Gregora1f013e2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00001975 }
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001976
1977 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00001978 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, From->getLocStart(), Best)) {
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001979 case OR_Success:
1980 // Record the standard conversion we used and the conversion function.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001981 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001982 = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Best->Function)) {
1983 // C++ [over.ics.user]p1:
1984 // If the user-defined conversion is specified by a
1985 // constructor (12.3.1), the initial standard conversion
1986 // sequence converts the source type to the type required by
1987 // the argument of the constructor.
1988 //
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001989 QualType ThisType = Constructor->getThisType(Context);
John McCall0d1da222010-01-12 00:44:57 +00001990 if (Best->Conversions[0].isEllipsis())
Fariborz Jahanian55824512009-11-06 00:23:08 +00001991 User.EllipsisConversion = true;
1992 else {
1993 User.Before = Best->Conversions[0].Standard;
1994 User.EllipsisConversion = false;
1995 }
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001996 User.ConversionFunction = Constructor;
1997 User.After.setAsIdentityConversion();
John McCall0d1da222010-01-12 00:44:57 +00001998 User.After.setFromType(
1999 ThisType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType());
Douglas Gregor3edc4d52010-01-27 03:51:04 +00002000 User.After.setAllToTypes(ToType);
Fariborz Jahanian3e6b57e2009-09-15 19:12:21 +00002001 return OR_Success;
Douglas Gregora1f013e2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00002002 } else if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion
2003 = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(Best->Function)) {
2004 // C++ [over.ics.user]p1:
2005 //
2006 // [...] If the user-defined conversion is specified by a
2007 // conversion function (12.3.2), the initial standard
2008 // conversion sequence converts the source type to the
2009 // implicit object parameter of the conversion function.
2010 User.Before = Best->Conversions[0].Standard;
2011 User.ConversionFunction = Conversion;
Fariborz Jahanian55824512009-11-06 00:23:08 +00002012 User.EllipsisConversion = false;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002013
2014 // C++ [over.ics.user]p2:
Douglas Gregora1f013e2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00002015 // The second standard conversion sequence converts the
2016 // result of the user-defined conversion to the target type
2017 // for the sequence. Since an implicit conversion sequence
2018 // is an initialization, the special rules for
2019 // initialization by user-defined conversion apply when
2020 // selecting the best user-defined conversion for a
2021 // user-defined conversion sequence (see 13.3.3 and
2022 // 13.3.3.1).
2023 User.After = Best->FinalConversion;
Fariborz Jahanian3e6b57e2009-09-15 19:12:21 +00002024 return OR_Success;
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +00002025 } else {
Douglas Gregora1f013e2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00002026 assert(false && "Not a constructor or conversion function?");
Fariborz Jahanian3e6b57e2009-09-15 19:12:21 +00002027 return OR_No_Viable_Function;
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +00002028 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002029
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +00002030 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
Fariborz Jahanian3e6b57e2009-09-15 19:12:21 +00002031 return OR_No_Viable_Function;
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002032 case OR_Deleted:
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +00002033 // No conversion here! We're done.
Fariborz Jahanian3e6b57e2009-09-15 19:12:21 +00002034 return OR_Deleted;
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +00002035
2036 case OR_Ambiguous:
Fariborz Jahanian3e6b57e2009-09-15 19:12:21 +00002037 return OR_Ambiguous;
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +00002038 }
2039
Fariborz Jahanian3e6b57e2009-09-15 19:12:21 +00002040 return OR_No_Viable_Function;
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +00002041}
Fariborz Jahanianf0647a52009-09-22 20:24:30 +00002042
2043bool
Fariborz Jahanian76197412009-11-18 18:26:29 +00002044Sema::DiagnoseMultipleUserDefinedConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType) {
Fariborz Jahanianf0647a52009-09-22 20:24:30 +00002045 ImplicitConversionSequence ICS;
John McCallbc077cf2010-02-08 23:07:23 +00002046 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet(From->getExprLoc());
Fariborz Jahanianf0647a52009-09-22 20:24:30 +00002047 OverloadingResult OvResult =
2048 IsUserDefinedConversion(From, ToType, ICS.UserDefined,
Douglas Gregor5ab11652010-04-17 22:01:05 +00002049 CandidateSet, false);
Fariborz Jahanian76197412009-11-18 18:26:29 +00002050 if (OvResult == OR_Ambiguous)
2051 Diag(From->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2052 diag::err_typecheck_ambiguous_condition)
2053 << From->getType() << ToType << From->getSourceRange();
2054 else if (OvResult == OR_No_Viable_Function && !CandidateSet.empty())
2055 Diag(From->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2056 diag::err_typecheck_nonviable_condition)
2057 << From->getType() << ToType << From->getSourceRange();
2058 else
Fariborz Jahanianf0647a52009-09-22 20:24:30 +00002059 return false;
John McCallad907772010-01-12 07:18:19 +00002060 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, OCD_AllCandidates, &From, 1);
Fariborz Jahanianf0647a52009-09-22 20:24:30 +00002061 return true;
2062}
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +00002063
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002064/// CompareImplicitConversionSequences - Compare two implicit
2065/// conversion sequences to determine whether one is better than the
2066/// other or if they are indistinguishable (C++ 13.3.3.2).
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002067ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002068Sema::CompareImplicitConversionSequences(const ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS1,
2069 const ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS2)
2070{
2071 // (C++ 13.3.3.2p2): When comparing the basic forms of implicit
2072 // conversion sequences (as defined in 13.3.3.1)
2073 // -- a standard conversion sequence (13.3.3.1.1) is a better
2074 // conversion sequence than a user-defined conversion sequence or
2075 // an ellipsis conversion sequence, and
2076 // -- a user-defined conversion sequence (13.3.3.1.2) is a better
2077 // conversion sequence than an ellipsis conversion sequence
2078 // (13.3.3.1.3).
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002079 //
John McCall0d1da222010-01-12 00:44:57 +00002080 // C++0x [over.best.ics]p10:
2081 // For the purpose of ranking implicit conversion sequences as
2082 // described in 13.3.3.2, the ambiguous conversion sequence is
2083 // treated as a user-defined sequence that is indistinguishable
2084 // from any other user-defined conversion sequence.
Douglas Gregor5ab11652010-04-17 22:01:05 +00002085 if (ICS1.getKindRank() < ICS2.getKindRank())
2086 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
2087 else if (ICS2.getKindRank() < ICS1.getKindRank())
2088 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002089
Benjamin Kramer98ff7f82010-04-18 12:05:54 +00002090 // The following checks require both conversion sequences to be of
2091 // the same kind.
2092 if (ICS1.getKind() != ICS2.getKind())
2093 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
2094
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002095 // Two implicit conversion sequences of the same form are
2096 // indistinguishable conversion sequences unless one of the
2097 // following rules apply: (C++ 13.3.3.2p3):
John McCall0d1da222010-01-12 00:44:57 +00002098 if (ICS1.isStandard())
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002099 return CompareStandardConversionSequences(ICS1.Standard, ICS2.Standard);
John McCall0d1da222010-01-12 00:44:57 +00002100 else if (ICS1.isUserDefined()) {
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002101 // User-defined conversion sequence U1 is a better conversion
2102 // sequence than another user-defined conversion sequence U2 if
2103 // they contain the same user-defined conversion function or
2104 // constructor and if the second standard conversion sequence of
2105 // U1 is better than the second standard conversion sequence of
2106 // U2 (C++ 13.3.3.2p3).
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002107 if (ICS1.UserDefined.ConversionFunction ==
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002108 ICS2.UserDefined.ConversionFunction)
2109 return CompareStandardConversionSequences(ICS1.UserDefined.After,
2110 ICS2.UserDefined.After);
2111 }
2112
2113 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
2114}
2115
Douglas Gregor1fc3d662010-06-09 03:53:18 +00002116static bool hasSimilarType(ASTContext &Context, QualType T1, QualType T2) {
2117 while (Context.UnwrapSimilarPointerTypes(T1, T2)) {
2118 Qualifiers Quals;
2119 T1 = Context.getUnqualifiedArrayType(T1, Quals);
2120 T2 = Context.getUnqualifiedArrayType(T2, Quals);
2121 }
2122
2123 return Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(T1, T2);
2124}
2125
Douglas Gregor3edc4d52010-01-27 03:51:04 +00002126// Per 13.3.3.2p3, compare the given standard conversion sequences to
2127// determine if one is a proper subset of the other.
2128static ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind
2129compareStandardConversionSubsets(ASTContext &Context,
2130 const StandardConversionSequence& SCS1,
2131 const StandardConversionSequence& SCS2) {
2132 ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind Result
2133 = ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
2134
Douglas Gregore87561a2010-05-23 22:10:15 +00002135 // the identity conversion sequence is considered to be a subsequence of
2136 // any non-identity conversion sequence
2137 if (SCS1.ReferenceBinding == SCS2.ReferenceBinding) {
2138 if (SCS1.isIdentityConversion() && !SCS2.isIdentityConversion())
2139 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
2140 else if (!SCS1.isIdentityConversion() && SCS2.isIdentityConversion())
2141 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
2142 }
2143
Douglas Gregor3edc4d52010-01-27 03:51:04 +00002144 if (SCS1.Second != SCS2.Second) {
2145 if (SCS1.Second == ICK_Identity)
2146 Result = ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
2147 else if (SCS2.Second == ICK_Identity)
2148 Result = ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
2149 else
2150 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
Douglas Gregor1fc3d662010-06-09 03:53:18 +00002151 } else if (!hasSimilarType(Context, SCS1.getToType(1), SCS2.getToType(1)))
Douglas Gregor3edc4d52010-01-27 03:51:04 +00002152 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
2153
2154 if (SCS1.Third == SCS2.Third) {
2155 return Context.hasSameType(SCS1.getToType(2), SCS2.getToType(2))? Result
2156 : ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
2157 }
2158
2159 if (SCS1.Third == ICK_Identity)
2160 return Result == ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse
2161 ? ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable
2162 : ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
2163
2164 if (SCS2.Third == ICK_Identity)
2165 return Result == ImplicitConversionSequence::Better
2166 ? ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable
2167 : ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
2168
2169 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
2170}
2171
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002172/// CompareStandardConversionSequences - Compare two standard
2173/// conversion sequences to determine whether one is better than the
2174/// other or if they are indistinguishable (C++ 13.3.3.2p3).
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002175ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002176Sema::CompareStandardConversionSequences(const StandardConversionSequence& SCS1,
2177 const StandardConversionSequence& SCS2)
2178{
2179 // Standard conversion sequence S1 is a better conversion sequence
2180 // than standard conversion sequence S2 if (C++ 13.3.3.2p3):
2181
2182 // -- S1 is a proper subsequence of S2 (comparing the conversion
2183 // sequences in the canonical form defined by 13.3.3.1.1,
2184 // excluding any Lvalue Transformation; the identity conversion
2185 // sequence is considered to be a subsequence of any
2186 // non-identity conversion sequence) or, if not that,
Douglas Gregor3edc4d52010-01-27 03:51:04 +00002187 if (ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind CK
2188 = compareStandardConversionSubsets(Context, SCS1, SCS2))
2189 return CK;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002190
2191 // -- the rank of S1 is better than the rank of S2 (by the rules
2192 // defined below), or, if not that,
2193 ImplicitConversionRank Rank1 = SCS1.getRank();
2194 ImplicitConversionRank Rank2 = SCS2.getRank();
2195 if (Rank1 < Rank2)
2196 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
2197 else if (Rank2 < Rank1)
2198 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002199
Douglas Gregore1eb9d82008-10-22 14:17:15 +00002200 // (C++ 13.3.3.2p4): Two conversion sequences with the same rank
2201 // are indistinguishable unless one of the following rules
2202 // applies:
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002203
Douglas Gregore1eb9d82008-10-22 14:17:15 +00002204 // A conversion that is not a conversion of a pointer, or
2205 // pointer to member, to bool is better than another conversion
2206 // that is such a conversion.
2207 if (SCS1.isPointerConversionToBool() != SCS2.isPointerConversionToBool())
2208 return SCS2.isPointerConversionToBool()
2209 ? ImplicitConversionSequence::Better
2210 : ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
2211
Douglas Gregor5c407d92008-10-23 00:40:37 +00002212 // C++ [over.ics.rank]p4b2:
2213 //
2214 // If class B is derived directly or indirectly from class A,
Douglas Gregoref30a5f2008-10-29 14:50:44 +00002215 // conversion of B* to A* is better than conversion of B* to
2216 // void*, and conversion of A* to void* is better than conversion
2217 // of B* to void*.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002218 bool SCS1ConvertsToVoid
Douglas Gregor5c407d92008-10-23 00:40:37 +00002219 = SCS1.isPointerConversionToVoidPointer(Context);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002220 bool SCS2ConvertsToVoid
Douglas Gregor5c407d92008-10-23 00:40:37 +00002221 = SCS2.isPointerConversionToVoidPointer(Context);
Douglas Gregoref30a5f2008-10-29 14:50:44 +00002222 if (SCS1ConvertsToVoid != SCS2ConvertsToVoid) {
2223 // Exactly one of the conversion sequences is a conversion to
2224 // a void pointer; it's the worse conversion.
Douglas Gregor5c407d92008-10-23 00:40:37 +00002225 return SCS2ConvertsToVoid ? ImplicitConversionSequence::Better
2226 : ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
Douglas Gregoref30a5f2008-10-29 14:50:44 +00002227 } else if (!SCS1ConvertsToVoid && !SCS2ConvertsToVoid) {
2228 // Neither conversion sequence converts to a void pointer; compare
2229 // their derived-to-base conversions.
Douglas Gregor5c407d92008-10-23 00:40:37 +00002230 if (ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind DerivedCK
2231 = CompareDerivedToBaseConversions(SCS1, SCS2))
2232 return DerivedCK;
Douglas Gregoref30a5f2008-10-29 14:50:44 +00002233 } else if (SCS1ConvertsToVoid && SCS2ConvertsToVoid) {
2234 // Both conversion sequences are conversions to void
2235 // pointers. Compare the source types to determine if there's an
2236 // inheritance relationship in their sources.
John McCall0d1da222010-01-12 00:44:57 +00002237 QualType FromType1 = SCS1.getFromType();
2238 QualType FromType2 = SCS2.getFromType();
Douglas Gregoref30a5f2008-10-29 14:50:44 +00002239
2240 // Adjust the types we're converting from via the array-to-pointer
2241 // conversion, if we need to.
2242 if (SCS1.First == ICK_Array_To_Pointer)
2243 FromType1 = Context.getArrayDecayedType(FromType1);
2244 if (SCS2.First == ICK_Array_To_Pointer)
2245 FromType2 = Context.getArrayDecayedType(FromType2);
2246
Douglas Gregor1aa450a2009-12-13 21:37:05 +00002247 QualType FromPointee1
2248 = FromType1->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType().getUnqualifiedType();
2249 QualType FromPointee2
2250 = FromType2->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType().getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregoref30a5f2008-10-29 14:50:44 +00002251
Douglas Gregor1aa450a2009-12-13 21:37:05 +00002252 if (IsDerivedFrom(FromPointee2, FromPointee1))
2253 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
2254 else if (IsDerivedFrom(FromPointee1, FromPointee2))
2255 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
2256
2257 // Objective-C++: If one interface is more specific than the
2258 // other, it is the better one.
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002259 const ObjCObjectType* FromIface1 = FromPointee1->getAs<ObjCObjectType>();
2260 const ObjCObjectType* FromIface2 = FromPointee2->getAs<ObjCObjectType>();
Douglas Gregor1aa450a2009-12-13 21:37:05 +00002261 if (FromIface1 && FromIface1) {
2262 if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(FromIface2, FromIface1))
2263 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
2264 else if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(FromIface1, FromIface2))
2265 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
2266 }
Douglas Gregoref30a5f2008-10-29 14:50:44 +00002267 }
Douglas Gregore1eb9d82008-10-22 14:17:15 +00002268
2269 // Compare based on qualification conversions (C++ 13.3.3.2p3,
2270 // bullet 3).
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002271 if (ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind QualCK
Douglas Gregore1eb9d82008-10-22 14:17:15 +00002272 = CompareQualificationConversions(SCS1, SCS2))
Douglas Gregor5c407d92008-10-23 00:40:37 +00002273 return QualCK;
Douglas Gregore1eb9d82008-10-22 14:17:15 +00002274
Douglas Gregoref30a5f2008-10-29 14:50:44 +00002275 if (SCS1.ReferenceBinding && SCS2.ReferenceBinding) {
Sebastian Redlb28b4072009-03-22 23:49:27 +00002276 // C++0x [over.ics.rank]p3b4:
2277 // -- S1 and S2 are reference bindings (8.5.3) and neither refers to an
2278 // implicit object parameter of a non-static member function declared
2279 // without a ref-qualifier, and S1 binds an rvalue reference to an
2280 // rvalue and S2 binds an lvalue reference.
Sebastian Redl4c0cd852009-03-29 15:27:50 +00002281 // FIXME: We don't know if we're dealing with the implicit object parameter,
2282 // or if the member function in this case has a ref qualifier.
2283 // (Of course, we don't have ref qualifiers yet.)
2284 if (SCS1.RRefBinding != SCS2.RRefBinding)
2285 return SCS1.RRefBinding ? ImplicitConversionSequence::Better
2286 : ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
Sebastian Redlb28b4072009-03-22 23:49:27 +00002287
2288 // C++ [over.ics.rank]p3b4:
2289 // -- S1 and S2 are reference bindings (8.5.3), and the types to
2290 // which the references refer are the same type except for
2291 // top-level cv-qualifiers, and the type to which the reference
2292 // initialized by S2 refers is more cv-qualified than the type
2293 // to which the reference initialized by S1 refers.
Douglas Gregor3edc4d52010-01-27 03:51:04 +00002294 QualType T1 = SCS1.getToType(2);
2295 QualType T2 = SCS2.getToType(2);
Douglas Gregoref30a5f2008-10-29 14:50:44 +00002296 T1 = Context.getCanonicalType(T1);
2297 T2 = Context.getCanonicalType(T2);
Chandler Carruth607f38e2009-12-29 07:16:59 +00002298 Qualifiers T1Quals, T2Quals;
2299 QualType UnqualT1 = Context.getUnqualifiedArrayType(T1, T1Quals);
2300 QualType UnqualT2 = Context.getUnqualifiedArrayType(T2, T2Quals);
2301 if (UnqualT1 == UnqualT2) {
2302 // If the type is an array type, promote the element qualifiers to the type
2303 // for comparison.
2304 if (isa<ArrayType>(T1) && T1Quals)
2305 T1 = Context.getQualifiedType(UnqualT1, T1Quals);
2306 if (isa<ArrayType>(T2) && T2Quals)
2307 T2 = Context.getQualifiedType(UnqualT2, T2Quals);
Douglas Gregoref30a5f2008-10-29 14:50:44 +00002308 if (T2.isMoreQualifiedThan(T1))
2309 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
2310 else if (T1.isMoreQualifiedThan(T2))
2311 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
2312 }
2313 }
Douglas Gregore1eb9d82008-10-22 14:17:15 +00002314
2315 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
2316}
2317
2318/// CompareQualificationConversions - Compares two standard conversion
2319/// sequences to determine whether they can be ranked based on their
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002320/// qualification conversions (C++ 13.3.3.2p3 bullet 3).
2321ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind
Douglas Gregore1eb9d82008-10-22 14:17:15 +00002322Sema::CompareQualificationConversions(const StandardConversionSequence& SCS1,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002323 const StandardConversionSequence& SCS2) {
Douglas Gregor4b62ec62008-10-22 15:04:37 +00002324 // C++ 13.3.3.2p3:
Douglas Gregore1eb9d82008-10-22 14:17:15 +00002325 // -- S1 and S2 differ only in their qualification conversion and
2326 // yield similar types T1 and T2 (C++ 4.4), respectively, and the
2327 // cv-qualification signature of type T1 is a proper subset of
2328 // the cv-qualification signature of type T2, and S1 is not the
2329 // deprecated string literal array-to-pointer conversion (4.2).
2330 if (SCS1.First != SCS2.First || SCS1.Second != SCS2.Second ||
2331 SCS1.Third != SCS2.Third || SCS1.Third != ICK_Qualification)
2332 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
2333
2334 // FIXME: the example in the standard doesn't use a qualification
2335 // conversion (!)
Douglas Gregor3edc4d52010-01-27 03:51:04 +00002336 QualType T1 = SCS1.getToType(2);
2337 QualType T2 = SCS2.getToType(2);
Douglas Gregore1eb9d82008-10-22 14:17:15 +00002338 T1 = Context.getCanonicalType(T1);
2339 T2 = Context.getCanonicalType(T2);
Chandler Carruth607f38e2009-12-29 07:16:59 +00002340 Qualifiers T1Quals, T2Quals;
2341 QualType UnqualT1 = Context.getUnqualifiedArrayType(T1, T1Quals);
2342 QualType UnqualT2 = Context.getUnqualifiedArrayType(T2, T2Quals);
Douglas Gregore1eb9d82008-10-22 14:17:15 +00002343
2344 // If the types are the same, we won't learn anything by unwrapped
2345 // them.
Chandler Carruth607f38e2009-12-29 07:16:59 +00002346 if (UnqualT1 == UnqualT2)
Douglas Gregore1eb9d82008-10-22 14:17:15 +00002347 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
2348
Chandler Carruth607f38e2009-12-29 07:16:59 +00002349 // If the type is an array type, promote the element qualifiers to the type
2350 // for comparison.
2351 if (isa<ArrayType>(T1) && T1Quals)
2352 T1 = Context.getQualifiedType(UnqualT1, T1Quals);
2353 if (isa<ArrayType>(T2) && T2Quals)
2354 T2 = Context.getQualifiedType(UnqualT2, T2Quals);
2355
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002356 ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind Result
Douglas Gregore1eb9d82008-10-22 14:17:15 +00002357 = ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
Douglas Gregor1fc3d662010-06-09 03:53:18 +00002358 while (Context.UnwrapSimilarPointerTypes(T1, T2)) {
Douglas Gregore1eb9d82008-10-22 14:17:15 +00002359 // Within each iteration of the loop, we check the qualifiers to
2360 // determine if this still looks like a qualification
2361 // conversion. Then, if all is well, we unwrap one more level of
Douglas Gregor29a92472008-10-22 17:49:05 +00002362 // pointers or pointers-to-members and do it all again
Douglas Gregore1eb9d82008-10-22 14:17:15 +00002363 // until there are no more pointers or pointers-to-members left
2364 // to unwrap. This essentially mimics what
2365 // IsQualificationConversion does, but here we're checking for a
2366 // strict subset of qualifiers.
2367 if (T1.getCVRQualifiers() == T2.getCVRQualifiers())
2368 // The qualifiers are the same, so this doesn't tell us anything
2369 // about how the sequences rank.
2370 ;
2371 else if (T2.isMoreQualifiedThan(T1)) {
2372 // T1 has fewer qualifiers, so it could be the better sequence.
2373 if (Result == ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse)
2374 // Neither has qualifiers that are a subset of the other's
2375 // qualifiers.
2376 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002377
Douglas Gregore1eb9d82008-10-22 14:17:15 +00002378 Result = ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
2379 } else if (T1.isMoreQualifiedThan(T2)) {
2380 // T2 has fewer qualifiers, so it could be the better sequence.
2381 if (Result == ImplicitConversionSequence::Better)
2382 // Neither has qualifiers that are a subset of the other's
2383 // qualifiers.
2384 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002385
Douglas Gregore1eb9d82008-10-22 14:17:15 +00002386 Result = ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
2387 } else {
2388 // Qualifiers are disjoint.
2389 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
2390 }
2391
2392 // If the types after this point are equivalent, we're done.
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +00002393 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(T1, T2))
Douglas Gregore1eb9d82008-10-22 14:17:15 +00002394 break;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002395 }
2396
Douglas Gregore1eb9d82008-10-22 14:17:15 +00002397 // Check that the winning standard conversion sequence isn't using
2398 // the deprecated string literal array to pointer conversion.
2399 switch (Result) {
2400 case ImplicitConversionSequence::Better:
Douglas Gregore489a7d2010-02-28 18:30:25 +00002401 if (SCS1.DeprecatedStringLiteralToCharPtr)
Douglas Gregore1eb9d82008-10-22 14:17:15 +00002402 Result = ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
2403 break;
2404
2405 case ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable:
2406 break;
2407
2408 case ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse:
Douglas Gregore489a7d2010-02-28 18:30:25 +00002409 if (SCS2.DeprecatedStringLiteralToCharPtr)
Douglas Gregore1eb9d82008-10-22 14:17:15 +00002410 Result = ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
2411 break;
2412 }
2413
2414 return Result;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002415}
2416
Douglas Gregor5c407d92008-10-23 00:40:37 +00002417/// CompareDerivedToBaseConversions - Compares two standard conversion
2418/// sequences to determine whether they can be ranked based on their
Douglas Gregor237f96c2008-11-26 23:31:11 +00002419/// various kinds of derived-to-base conversions (C++
2420/// [over.ics.rank]p4b3). As part of these checks, we also look at
2421/// conversions between Objective-C interface types.
Douglas Gregor5c407d92008-10-23 00:40:37 +00002422ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind
2423Sema::CompareDerivedToBaseConversions(const StandardConversionSequence& SCS1,
2424 const StandardConversionSequence& SCS2) {
John McCall0d1da222010-01-12 00:44:57 +00002425 QualType FromType1 = SCS1.getFromType();
Douglas Gregor3edc4d52010-01-27 03:51:04 +00002426 QualType ToType1 = SCS1.getToType(1);
John McCall0d1da222010-01-12 00:44:57 +00002427 QualType FromType2 = SCS2.getFromType();
Douglas Gregor3edc4d52010-01-27 03:51:04 +00002428 QualType ToType2 = SCS2.getToType(1);
Douglas Gregor5c407d92008-10-23 00:40:37 +00002429
2430 // Adjust the types we're converting from via the array-to-pointer
2431 // conversion, if we need to.
2432 if (SCS1.First == ICK_Array_To_Pointer)
2433 FromType1 = Context.getArrayDecayedType(FromType1);
2434 if (SCS2.First == ICK_Array_To_Pointer)
2435 FromType2 = Context.getArrayDecayedType(FromType2);
2436
2437 // Canonicalize all of the types.
2438 FromType1 = Context.getCanonicalType(FromType1);
2439 ToType1 = Context.getCanonicalType(ToType1);
2440 FromType2 = Context.getCanonicalType(FromType2);
2441 ToType2 = Context.getCanonicalType(ToType2);
2442
Douglas Gregoref30a5f2008-10-29 14:50:44 +00002443 // C++ [over.ics.rank]p4b3:
Douglas Gregor5c407d92008-10-23 00:40:37 +00002444 //
2445 // If class B is derived directly or indirectly from class A and
2446 // class C is derived directly or indirectly from B,
Douglas Gregor237f96c2008-11-26 23:31:11 +00002447 //
2448 // For Objective-C, we let A, B, and C also be Objective-C
2449 // interfaces.
Douglas Gregoref30a5f2008-10-29 14:50:44 +00002450
2451 // Compare based on pointer conversions.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002452 if (SCS1.Second == ICK_Pointer_Conversion &&
Douglas Gregora29dc052008-11-27 01:19:21 +00002453 SCS2.Second == ICK_Pointer_Conversion &&
2454 /*FIXME: Remove if Objective-C id conversions get their own rank*/
2455 FromType1->isPointerType() && FromType2->isPointerType() &&
2456 ToType1->isPointerType() && ToType2->isPointerType()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002457 QualType FromPointee1
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002458 = FromType1->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType().getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002459 QualType ToPointee1
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002460 = ToType1->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType().getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregor5c407d92008-10-23 00:40:37 +00002461 QualType FromPointee2
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002462 = FromType2->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType().getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregor5c407d92008-10-23 00:40:37 +00002463 QualType ToPointee2
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002464 = ToType2->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType().getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregor237f96c2008-11-26 23:31:11 +00002465
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002466 const ObjCObjectType* FromIface1 = FromPointee1->getAs<ObjCObjectType>();
2467 const ObjCObjectType* FromIface2 = FromPointee2->getAs<ObjCObjectType>();
2468 const ObjCObjectType* ToIface1 = ToPointee1->getAs<ObjCObjectType>();
2469 const ObjCObjectType* ToIface2 = ToPointee2->getAs<ObjCObjectType>();
Douglas Gregor237f96c2008-11-26 23:31:11 +00002470
Douglas Gregoref30a5f2008-10-29 14:50:44 +00002471 // -- conversion of C* to B* is better than conversion of C* to A*,
Douglas Gregor5c407d92008-10-23 00:40:37 +00002472 if (FromPointee1 == FromPointee2 && ToPointee1 != ToPointee2) {
2473 if (IsDerivedFrom(ToPointee1, ToPointee2))
2474 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
2475 else if (IsDerivedFrom(ToPointee2, ToPointee1))
2476 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
Douglas Gregor237f96c2008-11-26 23:31:11 +00002477
2478 if (ToIface1 && ToIface2) {
2479 if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(ToIface2, ToIface1))
2480 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
2481 else if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(ToIface1, ToIface2))
2482 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
2483 }
Douglas Gregor5c407d92008-10-23 00:40:37 +00002484 }
Douglas Gregoref30a5f2008-10-29 14:50:44 +00002485
2486 // -- conversion of B* to A* is better than conversion of C* to A*,
2487 if (FromPointee1 != FromPointee2 && ToPointee1 == ToPointee2) {
2488 if (IsDerivedFrom(FromPointee2, FromPointee1))
2489 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
2490 else if (IsDerivedFrom(FromPointee1, FromPointee2))
2491 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002492
Douglas Gregor237f96c2008-11-26 23:31:11 +00002493 if (FromIface1 && FromIface2) {
2494 if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(FromIface1, FromIface2))
2495 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
2496 else if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(FromIface2, FromIface1))
2497 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
2498 }
Douglas Gregoref30a5f2008-10-29 14:50:44 +00002499 }
Douglas Gregor5c407d92008-10-23 00:40:37 +00002500 }
2501
Fariborz Jahanianac741ff2009-10-20 20:07:35 +00002502 // Ranking of member-pointer types.
Fariborz Jahanian9a587b02009-10-20 20:04:46 +00002503 if (SCS1.Second == ICK_Pointer_Member && SCS2.Second == ICK_Pointer_Member &&
2504 FromType1->isMemberPointerType() && FromType2->isMemberPointerType() &&
2505 ToType1->isMemberPointerType() && ToType2->isMemberPointerType()) {
2506 const MemberPointerType * FromMemPointer1 =
2507 FromType1->getAs<MemberPointerType>();
2508 const MemberPointerType * ToMemPointer1 =
2509 ToType1->getAs<MemberPointerType>();
2510 const MemberPointerType * FromMemPointer2 =
2511 FromType2->getAs<MemberPointerType>();
2512 const MemberPointerType * ToMemPointer2 =
2513 ToType2->getAs<MemberPointerType>();
2514 const Type *FromPointeeType1 = FromMemPointer1->getClass();
2515 const Type *ToPointeeType1 = ToMemPointer1->getClass();
2516 const Type *FromPointeeType2 = FromMemPointer2->getClass();
2517 const Type *ToPointeeType2 = ToMemPointer2->getClass();
2518 QualType FromPointee1 = QualType(FromPointeeType1, 0).getUnqualifiedType();
2519 QualType ToPointee1 = QualType(ToPointeeType1, 0).getUnqualifiedType();
2520 QualType FromPointee2 = QualType(FromPointeeType2, 0).getUnqualifiedType();
2521 QualType ToPointee2 = QualType(ToPointeeType2, 0).getUnqualifiedType();
Fariborz Jahanianac741ff2009-10-20 20:07:35 +00002522 // conversion of A::* to B::* is better than conversion of A::* to C::*,
Fariborz Jahanian9a587b02009-10-20 20:04:46 +00002523 if (FromPointee1 == FromPointee2 && ToPointee1 != ToPointee2) {
2524 if (IsDerivedFrom(ToPointee1, ToPointee2))
2525 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
2526 else if (IsDerivedFrom(ToPointee2, ToPointee1))
2527 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
2528 }
2529 // conversion of B::* to C::* is better than conversion of A::* to C::*
2530 if (ToPointee1 == ToPointee2 && FromPointee1 != FromPointee2) {
2531 if (IsDerivedFrom(FromPointee1, FromPointee2))
2532 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
2533 else if (IsDerivedFrom(FromPointee2, FromPointee1))
2534 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
2535 }
2536 }
2537
Douglas Gregor5ab11652010-04-17 22:01:05 +00002538 if (SCS1.Second == ICK_Derived_To_Base) {
Douglas Gregor2fe98832008-11-03 19:09:14 +00002539 // -- conversion of C to B is better than conversion of C to A,
Douglas Gregor83af86a2010-02-25 19:01:05 +00002540 // -- binding of an expression of type C to a reference of type
2541 // B& is better than binding an expression of type C to a
2542 // reference of type A&,
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +00002543 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromType1, FromType2) &&
2544 !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ToType1, ToType2)) {
Douglas Gregor2fe98832008-11-03 19:09:14 +00002545 if (IsDerivedFrom(ToType1, ToType2))
2546 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
2547 else if (IsDerivedFrom(ToType2, ToType1))
2548 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
2549 }
Douglas Gregoref30a5f2008-10-29 14:50:44 +00002550
Douglas Gregor2fe98832008-11-03 19:09:14 +00002551 // -- conversion of B to A is better than conversion of C to A.
Douglas Gregor83af86a2010-02-25 19:01:05 +00002552 // -- binding of an expression of type B to a reference of type
2553 // A& is better than binding an expression of type C to a
2554 // reference of type A&,
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +00002555 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromType1, FromType2) &&
2556 Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ToType1, ToType2)) {
Douglas Gregor2fe98832008-11-03 19:09:14 +00002557 if (IsDerivedFrom(FromType2, FromType1))
2558 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
2559 else if (IsDerivedFrom(FromType1, FromType2))
2560 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
2561 }
2562 }
Douglas Gregoref30a5f2008-10-29 14:50:44 +00002563
Douglas Gregor5c407d92008-10-23 00:40:37 +00002564 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
2565}
2566
Douglas Gregor38ae6ab2010-04-13 16:31:36 +00002567/// CompareReferenceRelationship - Compare the two types T1 and T2 to
2568/// determine whether they are reference-related,
2569/// reference-compatible, reference-compatible with added
2570/// qualification, or incompatible, for use in C++ initialization by
2571/// reference (C++ [dcl.ref.init]p4). Neither type can be a reference
2572/// type, and the first type (T1) is the pointee type of the reference
2573/// type being initialized.
2574Sema::ReferenceCompareResult
2575Sema::CompareReferenceRelationship(SourceLocation Loc,
2576 QualType OrigT1, QualType OrigT2,
2577 bool& DerivedToBase) {
2578 assert(!OrigT1->isReferenceType() &&
2579 "T1 must be the pointee type of the reference type");
2580 assert(!OrigT2->isReferenceType() && "T2 cannot be a reference type");
2581
2582 QualType T1 = Context.getCanonicalType(OrigT1);
2583 QualType T2 = Context.getCanonicalType(OrigT2);
2584 Qualifiers T1Quals, T2Quals;
2585 QualType UnqualT1 = Context.getUnqualifiedArrayType(T1, T1Quals);
2586 QualType UnqualT2 = Context.getUnqualifiedArrayType(T2, T2Quals);
2587
2588 // C++ [dcl.init.ref]p4:
2589 // Given types "cv1 T1" and "cv2 T2," "cv1 T1" is
2590 // reference-related to "cv2 T2" if T1 is the same type as T2, or
2591 // T1 is a base class of T2.
2592 if (UnqualT1 == UnqualT2)
2593 DerivedToBase = false;
Douglas Gregor496e8b342010-05-07 19:42:26 +00002594 else if (!RequireCompleteType(Loc, OrigT2, PDiag()) &&
Douglas Gregor38ae6ab2010-04-13 16:31:36 +00002595 IsDerivedFrom(UnqualT2, UnqualT1))
2596 DerivedToBase = true;
2597 else
2598 return Ref_Incompatible;
2599
2600 // At this point, we know that T1 and T2 are reference-related (at
2601 // least).
2602
2603 // If the type is an array type, promote the element qualifiers to the type
2604 // for comparison.
2605 if (isa<ArrayType>(T1) && T1Quals)
2606 T1 = Context.getQualifiedType(UnqualT1, T1Quals);
2607 if (isa<ArrayType>(T2) && T2Quals)
2608 T2 = Context.getQualifiedType(UnqualT2, T2Quals);
2609
2610 // C++ [dcl.init.ref]p4:
2611 // "cv1 T1" is reference-compatible with "cv2 T2" if T1 is
2612 // reference-related to T2 and cv1 is the same cv-qualification
2613 // as, or greater cv-qualification than, cv2. For purposes of
2614 // overload resolution, cases for which cv1 is greater
2615 // cv-qualification than cv2 are identified as
2616 // reference-compatible with added qualification (see 13.3.3.2).
2617 if (T1Quals.getCVRQualifiers() == T2Quals.getCVRQualifiers())
2618 return Ref_Compatible;
2619 else if (T1.isMoreQualifiedThan(T2))
2620 return Ref_Compatible_With_Added_Qualification;
2621 else
2622 return Ref_Related;
2623}
2624
2625/// \brief Compute an implicit conversion sequence for reference
2626/// initialization.
2627static ImplicitConversionSequence
2628TryReferenceInit(Sema &S, Expr *&Init, QualType DeclType,
2629 SourceLocation DeclLoc,
2630 bool SuppressUserConversions,
Douglas Gregoradc7a702010-04-16 17:45:54 +00002631 bool AllowExplicit) {
Douglas Gregor38ae6ab2010-04-13 16:31:36 +00002632 assert(DeclType->isReferenceType() && "Reference init needs a reference");
2633
2634 // Most paths end in a failed conversion.
2635 ImplicitConversionSequence ICS;
2636 ICS.setBad(BadConversionSequence::no_conversion, Init, DeclType);
2637
2638 QualType T1 = DeclType->getAs<ReferenceType>()->getPointeeType();
2639 QualType T2 = Init->getType();
2640
2641 // If the initializer is the address of an overloaded function, try
2642 // to resolve the overloaded function. If all goes well, T2 is the
2643 // type of the resulting function.
2644 if (S.Context.getCanonicalType(T2) == S.Context.OverloadTy) {
2645 DeclAccessPair Found;
2646 if (FunctionDecl *Fn = S.ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction(Init, DeclType,
2647 false, Found))
2648 T2 = Fn->getType();
2649 }
2650
2651 // Compute some basic properties of the types and the initializer.
2652 bool isRValRef = DeclType->isRValueReferenceType();
2653 bool DerivedToBase = false;
Douglas Gregoradc7a702010-04-16 17:45:54 +00002654 Expr::isLvalueResult InitLvalue = Init->isLvalue(S.Context);
Douglas Gregor38ae6ab2010-04-13 16:31:36 +00002655 Sema::ReferenceCompareResult RefRelationship
2656 = S.CompareReferenceRelationship(DeclLoc, T1, T2, DerivedToBase);
2657
Douglas Gregor38ae6ab2010-04-13 16:31:36 +00002658
2659 // C++ [over.ics.ref]p3:
2660 // Except for an implicit object parameter, for which see 13.3.1,
2661 // a standard conversion sequence cannot be formed if it requires
2662 // binding an lvalue reference to non-const to an rvalue or
2663 // binding an rvalue reference to an lvalue.
Douglas Gregor870f3742010-04-18 09:22:00 +00002664 //
2665 // FIXME: DPG doesn't trust this code. It seems far too early to
2666 // abort because of a binding of an rvalue reference to an lvalue.
Douglas Gregor38ae6ab2010-04-13 16:31:36 +00002667 if (isRValRef && InitLvalue == Expr::LV_Valid)
2668 return ICS;
2669
Douglas Gregor870f3742010-04-18 09:22:00 +00002670 // C++0x [dcl.init.ref]p16:
2671 // A reference to type "cv1 T1" is initialized by an expression
2672 // of type "cv2 T2" as follows:
2673
2674 // -- If the initializer expression
Douglas Gregor38ae6ab2010-04-13 16:31:36 +00002675 // -- is an lvalue (but is not a bit-field), and "cv1 T1" is
2676 // reference-compatible with "cv2 T2," or
2677 //
2678 // Per C++ [over.ics.ref]p4, we don't check the bit-field property here.
2679 if (InitLvalue == Expr::LV_Valid &&
2680 RefRelationship >= Sema::Ref_Compatible_With_Added_Qualification) {
2681 // C++ [over.ics.ref]p1:
2682 // When a parameter of reference type binds directly (8.5.3)
2683 // to an argument expression, the implicit conversion sequence
2684 // is the identity conversion, unless the argument expression
2685 // has a type that is a derived class of the parameter type,
2686 // in which case the implicit conversion sequence is a
2687 // derived-to-base Conversion (13.3.3.1).
2688 ICS.setStandard();
2689 ICS.Standard.First = ICK_Identity;
2690 ICS.Standard.Second = DerivedToBase? ICK_Derived_To_Base : ICK_Identity;
2691 ICS.Standard.Third = ICK_Identity;
2692 ICS.Standard.FromTypePtr = T2.getAsOpaquePtr();
2693 ICS.Standard.setToType(0, T2);
2694 ICS.Standard.setToType(1, T1);
2695 ICS.Standard.setToType(2, T1);
2696 ICS.Standard.ReferenceBinding = true;
2697 ICS.Standard.DirectBinding = true;
2698 ICS.Standard.RRefBinding = false;
2699 ICS.Standard.CopyConstructor = 0;
2700
2701 // Nothing more to do: the inaccessibility/ambiguity check for
2702 // derived-to-base conversions is suppressed when we're
2703 // computing the implicit conversion sequence (C++
2704 // [over.best.ics]p2).
2705 return ICS;
2706 }
2707
2708 // -- has a class type (i.e., T2 is a class type), where T1 is
2709 // not reference-related to T2, and can be implicitly
2710 // converted to an lvalue of type "cv3 T3," where "cv1 T1"
2711 // is reference-compatible with "cv3 T3" 92) (this
2712 // conversion is selected by enumerating the applicable
2713 // conversion functions (13.3.1.6) and choosing the best
2714 // one through overload resolution (13.3)),
2715 if (!isRValRef && !SuppressUserConversions && T2->isRecordType() &&
2716 !S.RequireCompleteType(DeclLoc, T2, 0) &&
2717 RefRelationship == Sema::Ref_Incompatible) {
2718 CXXRecordDecl *T2RecordDecl
2719 = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(T2->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl());
2720
2721 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet(DeclLoc);
2722 const UnresolvedSetImpl *Conversions
2723 = T2RecordDecl->getVisibleConversionFunctions();
2724 for (UnresolvedSetImpl::iterator I = Conversions->begin(),
2725 E = Conversions->end(); I != E; ++I) {
2726 NamedDecl *D = *I;
2727 CXXRecordDecl *ActingDC = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D->getDeclContext());
2728 if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D))
2729 D = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(D)->getTargetDecl();
2730
2731 FunctionTemplateDecl *ConvTemplate
2732 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D);
2733 CXXConversionDecl *Conv;
2734 if (ConvTemplate)
2735 Conv = cast<CXXConversionDecl>(ConvTemplate->getTemplatedDecl());
2736 else
2737 Conv = cast<CXXConversionDecl>(D);
2738
2739 // If the conversion function doesn't return a reference type,
2740 // it can't be considered for this conversion.
2741 if (Conv->getConversionType()->isLValueReferenceType() &&
2742 (AllowExplicit || !Conv->isExplicit())) {
2743 if (ConvTemplate)
2744 S.AddTemplateConversionCandidate(ConvTemplate, I.getPair(), ActingDC,
2745 Init, DeclType, CandidateSet);
2746 else
2747 S.AddConversionCandidate(Conv, I.getPair(), ActingDC, Init,
2748 DeclType, CandidateSet);
2749 }
2750 }
2751
2752 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
2753 switch (S.BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, DeclLoc, Best)) {
2754 case OR_Success:
2755 // C++ [over.ics.ref]p1:
2756 //
2757 // [...] If the parameter binds directly to the result of
2758 // applying a conversion function to the argument
2759 // expression, the implicit conversion sequence is a
2760 // user-defined conversion sequence (13.3.3.1.2), with the
2761 // second standard conversion sequence either an identity
2762 // conversion or, if the conversion function returns an
2763 // entity of a type that is a derived class of the parameter
2764 // type, a derived-to-base Conversion.
2765 if (!Best->FinalConversion.DirectBinding)
2766 break;
2767
2768 ICS.setUserDefined();
2769 ICS.UserDefined.Before = Best->Conversions[0].Standard;
2770 ICS.UserDefined.After = Best->FinalConversion;
2771 ICS.UserDefined.ConversionFunction = Best->Function;
2772 ICS.UserDefined.EllipsisConversion = false;
2773 assert(ICS.UserDefined.After.ReferenceBinding &&
2774 ICS.UserDefined.After.DirectBinding &&
2775 "Expected a direct reference binding!");
2776 return ICS;
2777
2778 case OR_Ambiguous:
2779 ICS.setAmbiguous();
2780 for (OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Cand = CandidateSet.begin();
2781 Cand != CandidateSet.end(); ++Cand)
2782 if (Cand->Viable)
2783 ICS.Ambiguous.addConversion(Cand->Function);
2784 return ICS;
2785
2786 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
2787 case OR_Deleted:
2788 // There was no suitable conversion, or we found a deleted
2789 // conversion; continue with other checks.
2790 break;
2791 }
2792 }
2793
2794 // -- Otherwise, the reference shall be to a non-volatile const
2795 // type (i.e., cv1 shall be const), or the reference shall be an
2796 // rvalue reference and the initializer expression shall be an rvalue.
Douglas Gregor870f3742010-04-18 09:22:00 +00002797 //
2798 // We actually handle one oddity of C++ [over.ics.ref] at this
2799 // point, which is that, due to p2 (which short-circuits reference
2800 // binding by only attempting a simple conversion for non-direct
2801 // bindings) and p3's strange wording, we allow a const volatile
2802 // reference to bind to an rvalue. Hence the check for the presence
2803 // of "const" rather than checking for "const" being the only
2804 // qualifier.
2805 if (!isRValRef && !T1.isConstQualified())
Douglas Gregor38ae6ab2010-04-13 16:31:36 +00002806 return ICS;
2807
Douglas Gregorf93df192010-04-18 08:46:23 +00002808 // -- if T2 is a class type and
2809 // -- the initializer expression is an rvalue and "cv1 T1"
2810 // is reference-compatible with "cv2 T2," or
Douglas Gregor38ae6ab2010-04-13 16:31:36 +00002811 //
Douglas Gregorf93df192010-04-18 08:46:23 +00002812 // -- T1 is not reference-related to T2 and the initializer
2813 // expression can be implicitly converted to an rvalue
2814 // of type "cv3 T3" (this conversion is selected by
2815 // enumerating the applicable conversion functions
2816 // (13.3.1.6) and choosing the best one through overload
2817 // resolution (13.3)),
Douglas Gregor38ae6ab2010-04-13 16:31:36 +00002818 //
Douglas Gregorf93df192010-04-18 08:46:23 +00002819 // then the reference is bound to the initializer
2820 // expression rvalue in the first case and to the object
2821 // that is the result of the conversion in the second case
2822 // (or, in either case, to the appropriate base class
2823 // subobject of the object).
Douglas Gregor38ae6ab2010-04-13 16:31:36 +00002824 //
Douglas Gregorf93df192010-04-18 08:46:23 +00002825 // We're only checking the first case here, which is a direct
2826 // binding in C++0x but not in C++03.
Douglas Gregor38ae6ab2010-04-13 16:31:36 +00002827 if (InitLvalue != Expr::LV_Valid && T2->isRecordType() &&
2828 RefRelationship >= Sema::Ref_Compatible_With_Added_Qualification) {
2829 ICS.setStandard();
2830 ICS.Standard.First = ICK_Identity;
2831 ICS.Standard.Second = DerivedToBase? ICK_Derived_To_Base : ICK_Identity;
2832 ICS.Standard.Third = ICK_Identity;
2833 ICS.Standard.FromTypePtr = T2.getAsOpaquePtr();
2834 ICS.Standard.setToType(0, T2);
2835 ICS.Standard.setToType(1, T1);
2836 ICS.Standard.setToType(2, T1);
2837 ICS.Standard.ReferenceBinding = true;
Douglas Gregorf93df192010-04-18 08:46:23 +00002838 ICS.Standard.DirectBinding = S.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x;
Douglas Gregor38ae6ab2010-04-13 16:31:36 +00002839 ICS.Standard.RRefBinding = isRValRef;
2840 ICS.Standard.CopyConstructor = 0;
2841 return ICS;
2842 }
2843
2844 // -- Otherwise, a temporary of type "cv1 T1" is created and
2845 // initialized from the initializer expression using the
2846 // rules for a non-reference copy initialization (8.5). The
2847 // reference is then bound to the temporary. If T1 is
2848 // reference-related to T2, cv1 must be the same
2849 // cv-qualification as, or greater cv-qualification than,
2850 // cv2; otherwise, the program is ill-formed.
2851 if (RefRelationship == Sema::Ref_Related) {
2852 // If cv1 == cv2 or cv1 is a greater cv-qualified than cv2, then
2853 // we would be reference-compatible or reference-compatible with
2854 // added qualification. But that wasn't the case, so the reference
2855 // initialization fails.
2856 return ICS;
2857 }
2858
2859 // If at least one of the types is a class type, the types are not
2860 // related, and we aren't allowed any user conversions, the
2861 // reference binding fails. This case is important for breaking
2862 // recursion, since TryImplicitConversion below will attempt to
2863 // create a temporary through the use of a copy constructor.
2864 if (SuppressUserConversions && RefRelationship == Sema::Ref_Incompatible &&
2865 (T1->isRecordType() || T2->isRecordType()))
2866 return ICS;
2867
2868 // C++ [over.ics.ref]p2:
Douglas Gregor38ae6ab2010-04-13 16:31:36 +00002869 // When a parameter of reference type is not bound directly to
2870 // an argument expression, the conversion sequence is the one
2871 // required to convert the argument expression to the
2872 // underlying type of the reference according to
2873 // 13.3.3.1. Conceptually, this conversion sequence corresponds
2874 // to copy-initializing a temporary of the underlying type with
2875 // the argument expression. Any difference in top-level
2876 // cv-qualification is subsumed by the initialization itself
2877 // and does not constitute a conversion.
2878 ICS = S.TryImplicitConversion(Init, T1, SuppressUserConversions,
2879 /*AllowExplicit=*/false,
Douglas Gregor38ae6ab2010-04-13 16:31:36 +00002880 /*InOverloadResolution=*/false);
2881
2882 // Of course, that's still a reference binding.
2883 if (ICS.isStandard()) {
2884 ICS.Standard.ReferenceBinding = true;
2885 ICS.Standard.RRefBinding = isRValRef;
2886 } else if (ICS.isUserDefined()) {
2887 ICS.UserDefined.After.ReferenceBinding = true;
2888 ICS.UserDefined.After.RRefBinding = isRValRef;
2889 }
2890 return ICS;
2891}
2892
Douglas Gregor8e1cf602008-10-29 00:13:59 +00002893/// TryCopyInitialization - Try to copy-initialize a value of type
2894/// ToType from the expression From. Return the implicit conversion
2895/// sequence required to pass this argument, which may be a bad
2896/// conversion sequence (meaning that the argument cannot be passed to
Douglas Gregor2fe98832008-11-03 19:09:14 +00002897/// a parameter of this type). If @p SuppressUserConversions, then we
Douglas Gregore81335c2010-04-16 18:00:29 +00002898/// do not permit any user-defined conversion sequences.
Douglas Gregorcb13cfc2010-04-16 17:51:22 +00002899static ImplicitConversionSequence
2900TryCopyInitialization(Sema &S, Expr *From, QualType ToType,
Douglas Gregordcd27ff2010-04-16 17:53:55 +00002901 bool SuppressUserConversions,
Douglas Gregorcb13cfc2010-04-16 17:51:22 +00002902 bool InOverloadResolution) {
Douglas Gregor38ae6ab2010-04-13 16:31:36 +00002903 if (ToType->isReferenceType())
Douglas Gregorcb13cfc2010-04-16 17:51:22 +00002904 return TryReferenceInit(S, From, ToType,
Douglas Gregor38ae6ab2010-04-13 16:31:36 +00002905 /*FIXME:*/From->getLocStart(),
2906 SuppressUserConversions,
Douglas Gregoradc7a702010-04-16 17:45:54 +00002907 /*AllowExplicit=*/false);
Douglas Gregor38ae6ab2010-04-13 16:31:36 +00002908
Douglas Gregorcb13cfc2010-04-16 17:51:22 +00002909 return S.TryImplicitConversion(From, ToType,
2910 SuppressUserConversions,
2911 /*AllowExplicit=*/false,
Douglas Gregorcb13cfc2010-04-16 17:51:22 +00002912 InOverloadResolution);
Douglas Gregor8e1cf602008-10-29 00:13:59 +00002913}
2914
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002915/// TryObjectArgumentInitialization - Try to initialize the object
2916/// parameter of the given member function (@c Method) from the
2917/// expression @p From.
2918ImplicitConversionSequence
John McCall47000992010-01-14 03:28:57 +00002919Sema::TryObjectArgumentInitialization(QualType OrigFromType,
John McCall6e9f8f62009-12-03 04:06:58 +00002920 CXXMethodDecl *Method,
2921 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext) {
2922 QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(ActingContext);
Sebastian Redl931e0bd2009-11-18 20:55:52 +00002923 // [class.dtor]p2: A destructor can be invoked for a const, volatile or
2924 // const volatile object.
2925 unsigned Quals = isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(Method) ?
2926 Qualifiers::Const | Qualifiers::Volatile : Method->getTypeQualifiers();
2927 QualType ImplicitParamType = Context.getCVRQualifiedType(ClassType, Quals);
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002928
2929 // Set up the conversion sequence as a "bad" conversion, to allow us
2930 // to exit early.
2931 ImplicitConversionSequence ICS;
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002932
2933 // We need to have an object of class type.
John McCall47000992010-01-14 03:28:57 +00002934 QualType FromType = OrigFromType;
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002935 if (const PointerType *PT = FromType->getAs<PointerType>())
Anders Carlssonbfdea0f2009-05-01 18:34:30 +00002936 FromType = PT->getPointeeType();
2937
2938 assert(FromType->isRecordType());
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002939
Sebastian Redl931e0bd2009-11-18 20:55:52 +00002940 // The implicit object parameter is has the type "reference to cv X",
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002941 // where X is the class of which the function is a member
2942 // (C++ [over.match.funcs]p4). However, when finding an implicit
2943 // conversion sequence for the argument, we are not allowed to
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002944 // create temporaries or perform user-defined conversions
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002945 // (C++ [over.match.funcs]p5). We perform a simplified version of
2946 // reference binding here, that allows class rvalues to bind to
2947 // non-constant references.
2948
2949 // First check the qualifiers. We don't care about lvalue-vs-rvalue
2950 // with the implicit object parameter (C++ [over.match.funcs]p5).
2951 QualType FromTypeCanon = Context.getCanonicalType(FromType);
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +00002952 if (ImplicitParamType.getCVRQualifiers()
2953 != FromTypeCanon.getLocalCVRQualifiers() &&
John McCall6a61b522010-01-13 09:16:55 +00002954 !ImplicitParamType.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(FromTypeCanon)) {
John McCall65eb8792010-02-25 01:37:24 +00002955 ICS.setBad(BadConversionSequence::bad_qualifiers,
2956 OrigFromType, ImplicitParamType);
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002957 return ICS;
John McCall6a61b522010-01-13 09:16:55 +00002958 }
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002959
2960 // Check that we have either the same type or a derived type. It
2961 // affects the conversion rank.
2962 QualType ClassTypeCanon = Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType);
John McCall65eb8792010-02-25 01:37:24 +00002963 ImplicitConversionKind SecondKind;
2964 if (ClassTypeCanon == FromTypeCanon.getLocalUnqualifiedType()) {
2965 SecondKind = ICK_Identity;
2966 } else if (IsDerivedFrom(FromType, ClassType))
2967 SecondKind = ICK_Derived_To_Base;
John McCall6a61b522010-01-13 09:16:55 +00002968 else {
John McCall65eb8792010-02-25 01:37:24 +00002969 ICS.setBad(BadConversionSequence::unrelated_class,
2970 FromType, ImplicitParamType);
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002971 return ICS;
John McCall6a61b522010-01-13 09:16:55 +00002972 }
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002973
2974 // Success. Mark this as a reference binding.
John McCall0d1da222010-01-12 00:44:57 +00002975 ICS.setStandard();
John McCall65eb8792010-02-25 01:37:24 +00002976 ICS.Standard.setAsIdentityConversion();
2977 ICS.Standard.Second = SecondKind;
John McCall0d1da222010-01-12 00:44:57 +00002978 ICS.Standard.setFromType(FromType);
Douglas Gregor3edc4d52010-01-27 03:51:04 +00002979 ICS.Standard.setAllToTypes(ImplicitParamType);
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002980 ICS.Standard.ReferenceBinding = true;
2981 ICS.Standard.DirectBinding = true;
Sebastian Redlf69a94a2009-03-29 22:46:24 +00002982 ICS.Standard.RRefBinding = false;
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002983 return ICS;
2984}
2985
2986/// PerformObjectArgumentInitialization - Perform initialization of
2987/// the implicit object parameter for the given Method with the given
2988/// expression.
2989bool
Douglas Gregorcc3f3252010-03-03 23:55:11 +00002990Sema::PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Expr *&From,
2991 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier,
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +00002992 NamedDecl *FoundDecl,
Douglas Gregorcc3f3252010-03-03 23:55:11 +00002993 CXXMethodDecl *Method) {
Anders Carlssonbfdea0f2009-05-01 18:34:30 +00002994 QualType FromRecordType, DestType;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002995 QualType ImplicitParamRecordType =
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002996 Method->getThisType(Context)->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002997
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002998 if (const PointerType *PT = From->getType()->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Anders Carlssonbfdea0f2009-05-01 18:34:30 +00002999 FromRecordType = PT->getPointeeType();
3000 DestType = Method->getThisType(Context);
3001 } else {
3002 FromRecordType = From->getType();
3003 DestType = ImplicitParamRecordType;
3004 }
3005
John McCall6e9f8f62009-12-03 04:06:58 +00003006 // Note that we always use the true parent context when performing
3007 // the actual argument initialization.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003008 ImplicitConversionSequence ICS
John McCall6e9f8f62009-12-03 04:06:58 +00003009 = TryObjectArgumentInitialization(From->getType(), Method,
3010 Method->getParent());
John McCall0d1da222010-01-12 00:44:57 +00003011 if (ICS.isBad())
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00003012 return Diag(From->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
Chris Lattner3b054132008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003013 diag::err_implicit_object_parameter_init)
Anders Carlssonbfdea0f2009-05-01 18:34:30 +00003014 << ImplicitParamRecordType << FromRecordType << From->getSourceRange();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003015
Douglas Gregorcc3f3252010-03-03 23:55:11 +00003016 if (ICS.Standard.Second == ICK_Derived_To_Base)
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +00003017 return PerformObjectMemberConversion(From, Qualifier, FoundDecl, Method);
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00003018
Douglas Gregorcc3f3252010-03-03 23:55:11 +00003019 if (!Context.hasSameType(From->getType(), DestType))
Anders Carlsson0c509ee2010-04-24 16:57:13 +00003020 ImpCastExprToType(From, DestType, CastExpr::CK_NoOp,
3021 /*isLvalue=*/!From->getType()->isPointerType());
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00003022 return false;
3023}
3024
Douglas Gregor5fb53972009-01-14 15:45:31 +00003025/// TryContextuallyConvertToBool - Attempt to contextually convert the
3026/// expression From to bool (C++0x [conv]p3).
3027ImplicitConversionSequence Sema::TryContextuallyConvertToBool(Expr *From) {
Douglas Gregor0bbe94d2010-05-08 22:41:50 +00003028 // FIXME: This is pretty broken.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003029 return TryImplicitConversion(From, Context.BoolTy,
Anders Carlssonef4c7212009-08-27 17:24:15 +00003030 // FIXME: Are these flags correct?
3031 /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003032 /*AllowExplicit=*/true,
Anders Carlsson228eea32009-08-28 15:33:32 +00003033 /*InOverloadResolution=*/false);
Douglas Gregor5fb53972009-01-14 15:45:31 +00003034}
3035
3036/// PerformContextuallyConvertToBool - Perform a contextual conversion
3037/// of the expression From to bool (C++0x [conv]p3).
3038bool Sema::PerformContextuallyConvertToBool(Expr *&From) {
3039 ImplicitConversionSequence ICS = TryContextuallyConvertToBool(From);
John McCall0d1da222010-01-12 00:44:57 +00003040 if (!ICS.isBad())
3041 return PerformImplicitConversion(From, Context.BoolTy, ICS, AA_Converting);
Fariborz Jahanianf0647a52009-09-22 20:24:30 +00003042
Fariborz Jahanian76197412009-11-18 18:26:29 +00003043 if (!DiagnoseMultipleUserDefinedConversion(From, Context.BoolTy))
Fariborz Jahanianf0647a52009-09-22 20:24:30 +00003044 return Diag(From->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
3045 diag::err_typecheck_bool_condition)
3046 << From->getType() << From->getSourceRange();
3047 return true;
Douglas Gregor5fb53972009-01-14 15:45:31 +00003048}
Fariborz Jahaniancac49a82010-05-12 23:29:11 +00003049
3050/// TryContextuallyConvertToObjCId - Attempt to contextually convert the
3051/// expression From to 'id'.
3052ImplicitConversionSequence Sema::TryContextuallyConvertToObjCId(Expr *From) {
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00003053 QualType Ty = Context.getObjCIdType();
3054 return TryImplicitConversion(From, Ty,
Fariborz Jahaniancac49a82010-05-12 23:29:11 +00003055 // FIXME: Are these flags correct?
3056 /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false,
3057 /*AllowExplicit=*/true,
3058 /*InOverloadResolution=*/false);
3059}
3060
3061/// PerformContextuallyConvertToObjCId - Perform a contextual conversion
3062/// of the expression From to 'id'.
3063bool Sema::PerformContextuallyConvertToObjCId(Expr *&From) {
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00003064 QualType Ty = Context.getObjCIdType();
Fariborz Jahaniancac49a82010-05-12 23:29:11 +00003065 ImplicitConversionSequence ICS = TryContextuallyConvertToObjCId(From);
3066 if (!ICS.isBad())
3067 return PerformImplicitConversion(From, Ty, ICS, AA_Converting);
3068 return true;
3069}
Douglas Gregor5fb53972009-01-14 15:45:31 +00003070
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00003071/// AddOverloadCandidate - Adds the given function to the set of
Douglas Gregor2fe98832008-11-03 19:09:14 +00003072/// candidate functions, using the given function call arguments. If
3073/// @p SuppressUserConversions, then don't allow user-defined
3074/// conversions via constructors or conversion operators.
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00003075///
3076/// \para PartialOverloading true if we are performing "partial" overloading
3077/// based on an incomplete set of function arguments. This feature is used by
3078/// code completion.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003079void
3080Sema::AddOverloadCandidate(FunctionDecl *Function,
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00003081 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00003082 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor2fe98832008-11-03 19:09:14 +00003083 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
Sebastian Redl42e92c42009-04-12 17:16:29 +00003084 bool SuppressUserConversions,
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00003085 bool PartialOverloading) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003086 const FunctionProtoType* Proto
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003087 = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(Function->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>());
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00003088 assert(Proto && "Functions without a prototype cannot be overloaded");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003089 assert(!Function->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() &&
Douglas Gregorad3f2fc2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00003090 "Use AddTemplateOverloadCandidate for function templates");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003091
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003092 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Function)) {
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003093 if (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(Method)) {
3094 // If we get here, it's because we're calling a member function
3095 // that is named without a member access expression (e.g.,
3096 // "this->f") that was either written explicitly or created
3097 // implicitly. This can happen with a qualified call to a member
John McCall6e9f8f62009-12-03 04:06:58 +00003098 // function, e.g., X::f(). We use an empty type for the implied
3099 // object argument (C++ [over.call.func]p3), and the acting context
3100 // is irrelevant.
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00003101 AddMethodCandidate(Method, FoundDecl, Method->getParent(),
John McCall6e9f8f62009-12-03 04:06:58 +00003102 QualType(), Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet,
Douglas Gregorf1e46692010-04-16 17:33:27 +00003103 SuppressUserConversions);
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003104 return;
3105 }
3106 // We treat a constructor like a non-member function, since its object
3107 // argument doesn't participate in overload resolution.
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003108 }
3109
Douglas Gregorff7028a2009-11-13 23:59:09 +00003110 if (!CandidateSet.isNewCandidate(Function))
Douglas Gregor5b0f2a22009-09-28 04:47:19 +00003111 return;
Douglas Gregorffe14e32009-11-14 01:20:54 +00003112
Douglas Gregor27381f32009-11-23 12:27:39 +00003113 // Overload resolution is always an unevaluated context.
3114 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext Unevaluated(*this, Action::Unevaluated);
3115
Douglas Gregorffe14e32009-11-14 01:20:54 +00003116 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Function)){
3117 // C++ [class.copy]p3:
3118 // A member function template is never instantiated to perform the copy
3119 // of a class object to an object of its class type.
3120 QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Constructor->getParent());
3121 if (NumArgs == 1 &&
3122 Constructor->isCopyConstructorLikeSpecialization() &&
Douglas Gregor901e7172010-02-21 18:30:38 +00003123 (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ClassType, Args[0]->getType()) ||
3124 IsDerivedFrom(Args[0]->getType(), ClassType)))
Douglas Gregorffe14e32009-11-14 01:20:54 +00003125 return;
3126 }
3127
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00003128 // Add this candidate
3129 CandidateSet.push_back(OverloadCandidate());
3130 OverloadCandidate& Candidate = CandidateSet.back();
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00003131 Candidate.FoundDecl = FoundDecl;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00003132 Candidate.Function = Function;
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003133 Candidate.Viable = true;
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00003134 Candidate.IsSurrogate = false;
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003135 Candidate.IgnoreObjectArgument = false;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00003136
3137 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
3138
3139 // (C++ 13.3.2p2): A candidate function having fewer than m
3140 // parameters is viable only if it has an ellipsis in its parameter
3141 // list (8.3.5).
Douglas Gregor2a920012009-09-23 14:56:09 +00003142 if ((NumArgs + (PartialOverloading && NumArgs)) > NumArgsInProto &&
3143 !Proto->isVariadic()) {
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00003144 Candidate.Viable = false;
John McCall6a61b522010-01-13 09:16:55 +00003145 Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_too_many_arguments;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00003146 return;
3147 }
3148
3149 // (C++ 13.3.2p2): A candidate function having more than m parameters
3150 // is viable only if the (m+1)st parameter has a default argument
3151 // (8.3.6). For the purposes of overload resolution, the
3152 // parameter list is truncated on the right, so that there are
3153 // exactly m parameters.
3154 unsigned MinRequiredArgs = Function->getMinRequiredArguments();
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00003155 if (NumArgs < MinRequiredArgs && !PartialOverloading) {
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00003156 // Not enough arguments.
3157 Candidate.Viable = false;
John McCall6a61b522010-01-13 09:16:55 +00003158 Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_too_few_arguments;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00003159 return;
3160 }
3161
3162 // Determine the implicit conversion sequences for each of the
3163 // arguments.
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00003164 Candidate.Conversions.resize(NumArgs);
3165 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx < NumArgs; ++ArgIdx) {
3166 if (ArgIdx < NumArgsInProto) {
3167 // (C++ 13.3.2p3): for F to be a viable function, there shall
3168 // exist for each argument an implicit conversion sequence
3169 // (13.3.3.1) that converts that argument to the corresponding
3170 // parameter of F.
3171 QualType ParamType = Proto->getArgType(ArgIdx);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003172 Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx]
Douglas Gregorcb13cfc2010-04-16 17:51:22 +00003173 = TryCopyInitialization(*this, Args[ArgIdx], ParamType,
Douglas Gregorb05275a2010-04-16 17:41:49 +00003174 SuppressUserConversions,
Anders Carlsson20d13322009-08-27 17:37:39 +00003175 /*InOverloadResolution=*/true);
John McCall0d1da222010-01-12 00:44:57 +00003176 if (Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx].isBad()) {
3177 Candidate.Viable = false;
John McCall6a61b522010-01-13 09:16:55 +00003178 Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_bad_conversion;
John McCall0d1da222010-01-12 00:44:57 +00003179 break;
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00003180 }
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00003181 } else {
3182 // (C++ 13.3.2p2): For the purposes of overload resolution, any
3183 // argument for which there is no corresponding parameter is
3184 // considered to ""match the ellipsis" (C+ 13.3.3.1.3).
John McCall0d1da222010-01-12 00:44:57 +00003185 Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx].setEllipsis();
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00003186 }
3187 }
3188}
3189
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00003190/// \brief Add all of the function declarations in the given function set to
3191/// the overload canddiate set.
John McCall4c4c1df2010-01-26 03:27:55 +00003192void Sema::AddFunctionCandidates(const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns,
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00003193 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
3194 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
3195 bool SuppressUserConversions) {
John McCall4c4c1df2010-01-26 03:27:55 +00003196 for (UnresolvedSetIterator F = Fns.begin(), E = Fns.end(); F != E; ++F) {
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00003197 NamedDecl *D = F.getDecl()->getUnderlyingDecl();
3198 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Douglas Gregor5b0f2a22009-09-28 04:47:19 +00003199 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD) && !cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)->isStatic())
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00003200 AddMethodCandidate(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD), F.getPair(),
John McCall6e9f8f62009-12-03 04:06:58 +00003201 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)->getParent(),
3202 Args[0]->getType(), Args + 1, NumArgs - 1,
Douglas Gregor5b0f2a22009-09-28 04:47:19 +00003203 CandidateSet, SuppressUserConversions);
3204 else
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00003205 AddOverloadCandidate(FD, F.getPair(), Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet,
Douglas Gregor5b0f2a22009-09-28 04:47:19 +00003206 SuppressUserConversions);
3207 } else {
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00003208 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D);
Douglas Gregor5b0f2a22009-09-28 04:47:19 +00003209 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl()) &&
3210 !cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl())->isStatic())
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00003211 AddMethodTemplateCandidate(FunTmpl, F.getPair(),
John McCall6e9f8f62009-12-03 04:06:58 +00003212 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FunTmpl->getDeclContext()),
John McCall6b51f282009-11-23 01:53:49 +00003213 /*FIXME: explicit args */ 0,
John McCall6e9f8f62009-12-03 04:06:58 +00003214 Args[0]->getType(), Args + 1, NumArgs - 1,
Douglas Gregor5b0f2a22009-09-28 04:47:19 +00003215 CandidateSet,
Douglas Gregor15448f82009-06-27 21:05:07 +00003216 SuppressUserConversions);
Douglas Gregor5b0f2a22009-09-28 04:47:19 +00003217 else
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00003218 AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(FunTmpl, F.getPair(),
John McCall6b51f282009-11-23 01:53:49 +00003219 /*FIXME: explicit args */ 0,
Douglas Gregor5b0f2a22009-09-28 04:47:19 +00003220 Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet,
3221 SuppressUserConversions);
3222 }
Douglas Gregor15448f82009-06-27 21:05:07 +00003223 }
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00003224}
3225
John McCallf0f1cf02009-11-17 07:50:12 +00003226/// AddMethodCandidate - Adds a named decl (which is some kind of
3227/// method) as a method candidate to the given overload set.
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00003228void Sema::AddMethodCandidate(DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
John McCall6e9f8f62009-12-03 04:06:58 +00003229 QualType ObjectType,
John McCallf0f1cf02009-11-17 07:50:12 +00003230 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
3231 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
Douglas Gregorf1e46692010-04-16 17:33:27 +00003232 bool SuppressUserConversions) {
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00003233 NamedDecl *Decl = FoundDecl.getDecl();
John McCall6e9f8f62009-12-03 04:06:58 +00003234 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Decl->getDeclContext());
John McCallf0f1cf02009-11-17 07:50:12 +00003235
3236 if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(Decl))
3237 Decl = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(Decl)->getTargetDecl();
3238
3239 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *TD = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(Decl)) {
3240 assert(isa<CXXMethodDecl>(TD->getTemplatedDecl()) &&
3241 "Expected a member function template");
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00003242 AddMethodTemplateCandidate(TD, FoundDecl, ActingContext,
3243 /*ExplicitArgs*/ 0,
John McCall6e9f8f62009-12-03 04:06:58 +00003244 ObjectType, Args, NumArgs,
John McCallf0f1cf02009-11-17 07:50:12 +00003245 CandidateSet,
Douglas Gregorf1e46692010-04-16 17:33:27 +00003246 SuppressUserConversions);
John McCallf0f1cf02009-11-17 07:50:12 +00003247 } else {
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00003248 AddMethodCandidate(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Decl), FoundDecl, ActingContext,
John McCall6e9f8f62009-12-03 04:06:58 +00003249 ObjectType, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregorf1e46692010-04-16 17:33:27 +00003250 CandidateSet, SuppressUserConversions);
John McCallf0f1cf02009-11-17 07:50:12 +00003251 }
3252}
3253
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00003254/// AddMethodCandidate - Adds the given C++ member function to the set
3255/// of candidate functions, using the given function call arguments
3256/// and the object argument (@c Object). For example, in a call
3257/// @c o.f(a1,a2), @c Object will contain @c o and @c Args will contain
3258/// both @c a1 and @c a2. If @p SuppressUserConversions, then don't
3259/// allow user-defined conversions via constructors or conversion
Douglas Gregorf1e46692010-04-16 17:33:27 +00003260/// operators.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003261void
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00003262Sema::AddMethodCandidate(CXXMethodDecl *Method, DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
John McCallb89836b2010-01-26 01:37:31 +00003263 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, QualType ObjectType,
3264 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00003265 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
Douglas Gregorf1e46692010-04-16 17:33:27 +00003266 bool SuppressUserConversions) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003267 const FunctionProtoType* Proto
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003268 = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(Method->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>());
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00003269 assert(Proto && "Methods without a prototype cannot be overloaded");
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003270 assert(!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(Method) &&
3271 "Use AddOverloadCandidate for constructors");
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00003272
Douglas Gregor5b0f2a22009-09-28 04:47:19 +00003273 if (!CandidateSet.isNewCandidate(Method))
3274 return;
3275
Douglas Gregor27381f32009-11-23 12:27:39 +00003276 // Overload resolution is always an unevaluated context.
3277 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext Unevaluated(*this, Action::Unevaluated);
3278
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00003279 // Add this candidate
3280 CandidateSet.push_back(OverloadCandidate());
3281 OverloadCandidate& Candidate = CandidateSet.back();
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00003282 Candidate.FoundDecl = FoundDecl;
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00003283 Candidate.Function = Method;
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00003284 Candidate.IsSurrogate = false;
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003285 Candidate.IgnoreObjectArgument = false;
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00003286
3287 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
3288
3289 // (C++ 13.3.2p2): A candidate function having fewer than m
3290 // parameters is viable only if it has an ellipsis in its parameter
3291 // list (8.3.5).
3292 if (NumArgs > NumArgsInProto && !Proto->isVariadic()) {
3293 Candidate.Viable = false;
John McCall6a61b522010-01-13 09:16:55 +00003294 Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_too_many_arguments;
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00003295 return;
3296 }
3297
3298 // (C++ 13.3.2p2): A candidate function having more than m parameters
3299 // is viable only if the (m+1)st parameter has a default argument
3300 // (8.3.6). For the purposes of overload resolution, the
3301 // parameter list is truncated on the right, so that there are
3302 // exactly m parameters.
3303 unsigned MinRequiredArgs = Method->getMinRequiredArguments();
3304 if (NumArgs < MinRequiredArgs) {
3305 // Not enough arguments.
3306 Candidate.Viable = false;
John McCall6a61b522010-01-13 09:16:55 +00003307 Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_too_few_arguments;
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00003308 return;
3309 }
3310
3311 Candidate.Viable = true;
3312 Candidate.Conversions.resize(NumArgs + 1);
3313
John McCall6e9f8f62009-12-03 04:06:58 +00003314 if (Method->isStatic() || ObjectType.isNull())
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003315 // The implicit object argument is ignored.
3316 Candidate.IgnoreObjectArgument = true;
3317 else {
3318 // Determine the implicit conversion sequence for the object
3319 // parameter.
John McCall6e9f8f62009-12-03 04:06:58 +00003320 Candidate.Conversions[0]
3321 = TryObjectArgumentInitialization(ObjectType, Method, ActingContext);
John McCall0d1da222010-01-12 00:44:57 +00003322 if (Candidate.Conversions[0].isBad()) {
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003323 Candidate.Viable = false;
John McCall6a61b522010-01-13 09:16:55 +00003324 Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_bad_conversion;
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003325 return;
3326 }
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00003327 }
3328
3329 // Determine the implicit conversion sequences for each of the
3330 // arguments.
3331 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx < NumArgs; ++ArgIdx) {
3332 if (ArgIdx < NumArgsInProto) {
3333 // (C++ 13.3.2p3): for F to be a viable function, there shall
3334 // exist for each argument an implicit conversion sequence
3335 // (13.3.3.1) that converts that argument to the corresponding
3336 // parameter of F.
3337 QualType ParamType = Proto->getArgType(ArgIdx);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003338 Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx + 1]
Douglas Gregorcb13cfc2010-04-16 17:51:22 +00003339 = TryCopyInitialization(*this, Args[ArgIdx], ParamType,
Douglas Gregorf1e46692010-04-16 17:33:27 +00003340 SuppressUserConversions,
Anders Carlsson228eea32009-08-28 15:33:32 +00003341 /*InOverloadResolution=*/true);
John McCall0d1da222010-01-12 00:44:57 +00003342 if (Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx + 1].isBad()) {
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00003343 Candidate.Viable = false;
John McCall6a61b522010-01-13 09:16:55 +00003344 Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_bad_conversion;
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00003345 break;
3346 }
3347 } else {
3348 // (C++ 13.3.2p2): For the purposes of overload resolution, any
3349 // argument for which there is no corresponding parameter is
3350 // considered to ""match the ellipsis" (C+ 13.3.3.1.3).
John McCall0d1da222010-01-12 00:44:57 +00003351 Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx + 1].setEllipsis();
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00003352 }
3353 }
3354}
Douglas Gregor3626a5c2010-05-08 17:41:32 +00003355
Douglas Gregor97628d62009-08-21 00:16:32 +00003356/// \brief Add a C++ member function template as a candidate to the candidate
3357/// set, using template argument deduction to produce an appropriate member
3358/// function template specialization.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003359void
Douglas Gregor97628d62009-08-21 00:16:32 +00003360Sema::AddMethodTemplateCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *MethodTmpl,
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00003361 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
John McCall6e9f8f62009-12-03 04:06:58 +00003362 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext,
John McCall6b51f282009-11-23 01:53:49 +00003363 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
John McCall6e9f8f62009-12-03 04:06:58 +00003364 QualType ObjectType,
3365 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor97628d62009-08-21 00:16:32 +00003366 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
Douglas Gregorf1e46692010-04-16 17:33:27 +00003367 bool SuppressUserConversions) {
Douglas Gregor5b0f2a22009-09-28 04:47:19 +00003368 if (!CandidateSet.isNewCandidate(MethodTmpl))
3369 return;
3370
Douglas Gregor97628d62009-08-21 00:16:32 +00003371 // C++ [over.match.funcs]p7:
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003372 // In each case where a candidate is a function template, candidate
Douglas Gregor97628d62009-08-21 00:16:32 +00003373 // function template specializations are generated using template argument
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003374 // deduction (14.8.3, 14.8.2). Those candidates are then handled as
Douglas Gregor97628d62009-08-21 00:16:32 +00003375 // candidate functions in the usual way.113) A given name can refer to one
3376 // or more function templates and also to a set of overloaded non-template
3377 // functions. In such a case, the candidate functions generated from each
3378 // function template are combined with the set of non-template candidate
3379 // functions.
John McCallbc077cf2010-02-08 23:07:23 +00003380 TemplateDeductionInfo Info(Context, CandidateSet.getLocation());
Douglas Gregor97628d62009-08-21 00:16:32 +00003381 FunctionDecl *Specialization = 0;
3382 if (TemplateDeductionResult Result
John McCall6b51f282009-11-23 01:53:49 +00003383 = DeduceTemplateArguments(MethodTmpl, ExplicitTemplateArgs,
Douglas Gregor97628d62009-08-21 00:16:32 +00003384 Args, NumArgs, Specialization, Info)) {
Douglas Gregor90cf2c92010-05-08 20:18:54 +00003385 CandidateSet.push_back(OverloadCandidate());
3386 OverloadCandidate &Candidate = CandidateSet.back();
3387 Candidate.FoundDecl = FoundDecl;
3388 Candidate.Function = MethodTmpl->getTemplatedDecl();
3389 Candidate.Viable = false;
3390 Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_bad_deduction;
3391 Candidate.IsSurrogate = false;
3392 Candidate.IgnoreObjectArgument = false;
3393 Candidate.DeductionFailure = MakeDeductionFailureInfo(Context, Result,
3394 Info);
3395 return;
3396 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003397
Douglas Gregor97628d62009-08-21 00:16:32 +00003398 // Add the function template specialization produced by template argument
3399 // deduction as a candidate.
3400 assert(Specialization && "Missing member function template specialization?");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003401 assert(isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Specialization) &&
Douglas Gregor97628d62009-08-21 00:16:32 +00003402 "Specialization is not a member function?");
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00003403 AddMethodCandidate(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Specialization), FoundDecl,
John McCallb89836b2010-01-26 01:37:31 +00003404 ActingContext, ObjectType, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregorf1e46692010-04-16 17:33:27 +00003405 CandidateSet, SuppressUserConversions);
Douglas Gregor97628d62009-08-21 00:16:32 +00003406}
3407
Douglas Gregor05155d82009-08-21 23:19:43 +00003408/// \brief Add a C++ function template specialization as a candidate
3409/// in the candidate set, using template argument deduction to produce
3410/// an appropriate function template specialization.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003411void
Douglas Gregorad3f2fc2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00003412Sema::AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00003413 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
John McCall6b51f282009-11-23 01:53:49 +00003414 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
Douglas Gregorad3f2fc2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00003415 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
3416 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
Douglas Gregorf1e46692010-04-16 17:33:27 +00003417 bool SuppressUserConversions) {
Douglas Gregor5b0f2a22009-09-28 04:47:19 +00003418 if (!CandidateSet.isNewCandidate(FunctionTemplate))
3419 return;
3420
Douglas Gregorad3f2fc2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00003421 // C++ [over.match.funcs]p7:
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003422 // In each case where a candidate is a function template, candidate
Douglas Gregorad3f2fc2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00003423 // function template specializations are generated using template argument
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003424 // deduction (14.8.3, 14.8.2). Those candidates are then handled as
Douglas Gregorad3f2fc2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00003425 // candidate functions in the usual way.113) A given name can refer to one
3426 // or more function templates and also to a set of overloaded non-template
3427 // functions. In such a case, the candidate functions generated from each
3428 // function template are combined with the set of non-template candidate
3429 // functions.
John McCallbc077cf2010-02-08 23:07:23 +00003430 TemplateDeductionInfo Info(Context, CandidateSet.getLocation());
Douglas Gregorad3f2fc2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00003431 FunctionDecl *Specialization = 0;
3432 if (TemplateDeductionResult Result
John McCall6b51f282009-11-23 01:53:49 +00003433 = DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplate, ExplicitTemplateArgs,
Douglas Gregor89026b52009-06-30 23:57:56 +00003434 Args, NumArgs, Specialization, Info)) {
John McCalld681c392009-12-16 08:11:27 +00003435 CandidateSet.push_back(OverloadCandidate());
3436 OverloadCandidate &Candidate = CandidateSet.back();
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00003437 Candidate.FoundDecl = FoundDecl;
John McCalld681c392009-12-16 08:11:27 +00003438 Candidate.Function = FunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl();
3439 Candidate.Viable = false;
John McCall6a61b522010-01-13 09:16:55 +00003440 Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_bad_deduction;
John McCalld681c392009-12-16 08:11:27 +00003441 Candidate.IsSurrogate = false;
3442 Candidate.IgnoreObjectArgument = false;
Douglas Gregor90cf2c92010-05-08 20:18:54 +00003443 Candidate.DeductionFailure = MakeDeductionFailureInfo(Context, Result,
3444 Info);
Douglas Gregorad3f2fc2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00003445 return;
3446 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003447
Douglas Gregorad3f2fc2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00003448 // Add the function template specialization produced by template argument
3449 // deduction as a candidate.
3450 assert(Specialization && "Missing function template specialization?");
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00003451 AddOverloadCandidate(Specialization, FoundDecl, Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet,
Douglas Gregorf1e46692010-04-16 17:33:27 +00003452 SuppressUserConversions);
Douglas Gregorad3f2fc2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00003453}
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003454
Douglas Gregora1f013e2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00003455/// AddConversionCandidate - Add a C++ conversion function as a
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003456/// candidate in the candidate set (C++ [over.match.conv],
Douglas Gregora1f013e2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00003457/// C++ [over.match.copy]). From is the expression we're converting from,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003458/// and ToType is the type that we're eventually trying to convert to
Douglas Gregora1f013e2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00003459/// (which may or may not be the same type as the type that the
3460/// conversion function produces).
3461void
3462Sema::AddConversionCandidate(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion,
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00003463 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
John McCall6e9f8f62009-12-03 04:06:58 +00003464 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext,
Douglas Gregora1f013e2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00003465 Expr *From, QualType ToType,
3466 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet) {
Douglas Gregor05155d82009-08-21 23:19:43 +00003467 assert(!Conversion->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() &&
3468 "Conversion function templates use AddTemplateConversionCandidate");
Douglas Gregor5ab11652010-04-17 22:01:05 +00003469 QualType ConvType = Conversion->getConversionType().getNonReferenceType();
Douglas Gregor5b0f2a22009-09-28 04:47:19 +00003470 if (!CandidateSet.isNewCandidate(Conversion))
3471 return;
3472
Douglas Gregor27381f32009-11-23 12:27:39 +00003473 // Overload resolution is always an unevaluated context.
3474 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext Unevaluated(*this, Action::Unevaluated);
3475
Douglas Gregora1f013e2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00003476 // Add this candidate
3477 CandidateSet.push_back(OverloadCandidate());
3478 OverloadCandidate& Candidate = CandidateSet.back();
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00003479 Candidate.FoundDecl = FoundDecl;
Douglas Gregora1f013e2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00003480 Candidate.Function = Conversion;
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00003481 Candidate.IsSurrogate = false;
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003482 Candidate.IgnoreObjectArgument = false;
Douglas Gregora1f013e2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00003483 Candidate.FinalConversion.setAsIdentityConversion();
Douglas Gregor5ab11652010-04-17 22:01:05 +00003484 Candidate.FinalConversion.setFromType(ConvType);
Douglas Gregor3edc4d52010-01-27 03:51:04 +00003485 Candidate.FinalConversion.setAllToTypes(ToType);
Douglas Gregora1f013e2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00003486
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00003487 // Determine the implicit conversion sequence for the implicit
3488 // object parameter.
Douglas Gregora1f013e2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00003489 Candidate.Viable = true;
3490 Candidate.Conversions.resize(1);
John McCall6e9f8f62009-12-03 04:06:58 +00003491 Candidate.Conversions[0]
3492 = TryObjectArgumentInitialization(From->getType(), Conversion,
3493 ActingContext);
Fariborz Jahanianf4061e32009-09-14 20:41:01 +00003494 // Conversion functions to a different type in the base class is visible in
3495 // the derived class. So, a derived to base conversion should not participate
3496 // in overload resolution.
3497 if (Candidate.Conversions[0].Standard.Second == ICK_Derived_To_Base)
3498 Candidate.Conversions[0].Standard.Second = ICK_Identity;
John McCall0d1da222010-01-12 00:44:57 +00003499 if (Candidate.Conversions[0].isBad()) {
Douglas Gregora1f013e2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00003500 Candidate.Viable = false;
John McCall6a61b522010-01-13 09:16:55 +00003501 Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_bad_conversion;
Douglas Gregora1f013e2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00003502 return;
3503 }
Fariborz Jahanian996a6aa2009-10-19 19:18:20 +00003504
3505 // We won't go through a user-define type conversion function to convert a
3506 // derived to base as such conversions are given Conversion Rank. They only
3507 // go through a copy constructor. 13.3.3.1.2-p4 [over.ics.user]
3508 QualType FromCanon
3509 = Context.getCanonicalType(From->getType().getUnqualifiedType());
3510 QualType ToCanon = Context.getCanonicalType(ToType).getUnqualifiedType();
3511 if (FromCanon == ToCanon || IsDerivedFrom(FromCanon, ToCanon)) {
3512 Candidate.Viable = false;
John McCallfe796dd2010-01-23 05:17:32 +00003513 Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_trivial_conversion;
Fariborz Jahanian996a6aa2009-10-19 19:18:20 +00003514 return;
3515 }
3516
Douglas Gregora1f013e2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00003517 // To determine what the conversion from the result of calling the
3518 // conversion function to the type we're eventually trying to
3519 // convert to (ToType), we need to synthesize a call to the
3520 // conversion function and attempt copy initialization from it. This
3521 // makes sure that we get the right semantics with respect to
3522 // lvalues/rvalues and the type. Fortunately, we can allocate this
3523 // call on the stack and we don't need its arguments to be
3524 // well-formed.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003525 DeclRefExpr ConversionRef(Conversion, Conversion->getType(),
Douglas Gregore8f080122009-11-17 21:16:22 +00003526 From->getLocStart());
Douglas Gregora1f013e2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00003527 ImplicitCastExpr ConversionFn(Context.getPointerType(Conversion->getType()),
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003528 CastExpr::CK_FunctionToPointerDecay,
Anders Carlsson0c509ee2010-04-24 16:57:13 +00003529 &ConversionRef, CXXBaseSpecifierArray(), false);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003530
3531 // Note that it is safe to allocate CallExpr on the stack here because
Ted Kremenekd7b4f402009-02-09 20:51:47 +00003532 // there are 0 arguments (i.e., nothing is allocated using ASTContext's
3533 // allocator).
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003534 CallExpr Call(Context, &ConversionFn, 0, 0,
Douglas Gregora1f013e2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00003535 Conversion->getConversionType().getNonReferenceType(),
Douglas Gregore8f080122009-11-17 21:16:22 +00003536 From->getLocStart());
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003537 ImplicitConversionSequence ICS =
Douglas Gregorcb13cfc2010-04-16 17:51:22 +00003538 TryCopyInitialization(*this, &Call, ToType,
Anders Carlsson03068aa2009-08-27 17:18:13 +00003539 /*SuppressUserConversions=*/true,
Anders Carlsson20d13322009-08-27 17:37:39 +00003540 /*InOverloadResolution=*/false);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003541
John McCall0d1da222010-01-12 00:44:57 +00003542 switch (ICS.getKind()) {
Douglas Gregora1f013e2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00003543 case ImplicitConversionSequence::StandardConversion:
3544 Candidate.FinalConversion = ICS.Standard;
Douglas Gregor2c326bc2010-04-12 23:42:09 +00003545
3546 // C++ [over.ics.user]p3:
3547 // If the user-defined conversion is specified by a specialization of a
3548 // conversion function template, the second standard conversion sequence
3549 // shall have exact match rank.
3550 if (Conversion->getPrimaryTemplate() &&
3551 GetConversionRank(ICS.Standard.Second) != ICR_Exact_Match) {
3552 Candidate.Viable = false;
3553 Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_final_conversion_not_exact;
3554 }
3555
Douglas Gregora1f013e2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00003556 break;
3557
3558 case ImplicitConversionSequence::BadConversion:
3559 Candidate.Viable = false;
John McCallfe796dd2010-01-23 05:17:32 +00003560 Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_bad_final_conversion;
Douglas Gregora1f013e2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00003561 break;
3562
3563 default:
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003564 assert(false &&
Douglas Gregora1f013e2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00003565 "Can only end up with a standard conversion sequence or failure");
3566 }
3567}
3568
Douglas Gregor05155d82009-08-21 23:19:43 +00003569/// \brief Adds a conversion function template specialization
3570/// candidate to the overload set, using template argument deduction
3571/// to deduce the template arguments of the conversion function
3572/// template from the type that we are converting to (C++
3573/// [temp.deduct.conv]).
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003574void
Douglas Gregor05155d82009-08-21 23:19:43 +00003575Sema::AddTemplateConversionCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00003576 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
John McCall6e9f8f62009-12-03 04:06:58 +00003577 CXXRecordDecl *ActingDC,
Douglas Gregor05155d82009-08-21 23:19:43 +00003578 Expr *From, QualType ToType,
3579 OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet) {
3580 assert(isa<CXXConversionDecl>(FunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl()) &&
3581 "Only conversion function templates permitted here");
3582
Douglas Gregor5b0f2a22009-09-28 04:47:19 +00003583 if (!CandidateSet.isNewCandidate(FunctionTemplate))
3584 return;
3585
John McCallbc077cf2010-02-08 23:07:23 +00003586 TemplateDeductionInfo Info(Context, CandidateSet.getLocation());
Douglas Gregor05155d82009-08-21 23:19:43 +00003587 CXXConversionDecl *Specialization = 0;
3588 if (TemplateDeductionResult Result
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003589 = DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplate, ToType,
Douglas Gregor05155d82009-08-21 23:19:43 +00003590 Specialization, Info)) {
Douglas Gregor90cf2c92010-05-08 20:18:54 +00003591 CandidateSet.push_back(OverloadCandidate());
3592 OverloadCandidate &Candidate = CandidateSet.back();
3593 Candidate.FoundDecl = FoundDecl;
3594 Candidate.Function = FunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl();
3595 Candidate.Viable = false;
3596 Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_bad_deduction;
3597 Candidate.IsSurrogate = false;
3598 Candidate.IgnoreObjectArgument = false;
3599 Candidate.DeductionFailure = MakeDeductionFailureInfo(Context, Result,
3600 Info);
Douglas Gregor05155d82009-08-21 23:19:43 +00003601 return;
3602 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003603
Douglas Gregor05155d82009-08-21 23:19:43 +00003604 // Add the conversion function template specialization produced by
3605 // template argument deduction as a candidate.
3606 assert(Specialization && "Missing function template specialization?");
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00003607 AddConversionCandidate(Specialization, FoundDecl, ActingDC, From, ToType,
John McCallb89836b2010-01-26 01:37:31 +00003608 CandidateSet);
Douglas Gregor05155d82009-08-21 23:19:43 +00003609}
3610
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00003611/// AddSurrogateCandidate - Adds a "surrogate" candidate function that
3612/// converts the given @c Object to a function pointer via the
3613/// conversion function @c Conversion, and then attempts to call it
3614/// with the given arguments (C++ [over.call.object]p2-4). Proto is
3615/// the type of function that we'll eventually be calling.
3616void Sema::AddSurrogateCandidate(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion,
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00003617 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
John McCall6e9f8f62009-12-03 04:06:58 +00003618 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext,
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00003619 const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
John McCall6e9f8f62009-12-03 04:06:58 +00003620 QualType ObjectType,
3621 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00003622 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet) {
Douglas Gregor5b0f2a22009-09-28 04:47:19 +00003623 if (!CandidateSet.isNewCandidate(Conversion))
3624 return;
3625
Douglas Gregor27381f32009-11-23 12:27:39 +00003626 // Overload resolution is always an unevaluated context.
3627 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext Unevaluated(*this, Action::Unevaluated);
3628
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00003629 CandidateSet.push_back(OverloadCandidate());
3630 OverloadCandidate& Candidate = CandidateSet.back();
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00003631 Candidate.FoundDecl = FoundDecl;
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00003632 Candidate.Function = 0;
3633 Candidate.Surrogate = Conversion;
3634 Candidate.Viable = true;
3635 Candidate.IsSurrogate = true;
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003636 Candidate.IgnoreObjectArgument = false;
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00003637 Candidate.Conversions.resize(NumArgs + 1);
3638
3639 // Determine the implicit conversion sequence for the implicit
3640 // object parameter.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003641 ImplicitConversionSequence ObjectInit
John McCall6e9f8f62009-12-03 04:06:58 +00003642 = TryObjectArgumentInitialization(ObjectType, Conversion, ActingContext);
John McCall0d1da222010-01-12 00:44:57 +00003643 if (ObjectInit.isBad()) {
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00003644 Candidate.Viable = false;
John McCall6a61b522010-01-13 09:16:55 +00003645 Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_bad_conversion;
John McCallfe796dd2010-01-23 05:17:32 +00003646 Candidate.Conversions[0] = ObjectInit;
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00003647 return;
3648 }
3649
3650 // The first conversion is actually a user-defined conversion whose
3651 // first conversion is ObjectInit's standard conversion (which is
3652 // effectively a reference binding). Record it as such.
John McCall0d1da222010-01-12 00:44:57 +00003653 Candidate.Conversions[0].setUserDefined();
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00003654 Candidate.Conversions[0].UserDefined.Before = ObjectInit.Standard;
Fariborz Jahanian55824512009-11-06 00:23:08 +00003655 Candidate.Conversions[0].UserDefined.EllipsisConversion = false;
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00003656 Candidate.Conversions[0].UserDefined.ConversionFunction = Conversion;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003657 Candidate.Conversions[0].UserDefined.After
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00003658 = Candidate.Conversions[0].UserDefined.Before;
3659 Candidate.Conversions[0].UserDefined.After.setAsIdentityConversion();
3660
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003661 // Find the
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00003662 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
3663
3664 // (C++ 13.3.2p2): A candidate function having fewer than m
3665 // parameters is viable only if it has an ellipsis in its parameter
3666 // list (8.3.5).
3667 if (NumArgs > NumArgsInProto && !Proto->isVariadic()) {
3668 Candidate.Viable = false;
John McCall6a61b522010-01-13 09:16:55 +00003669 Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_too_many_arguments;
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00003670 return;
3671 }
3672
3673 // Function types don't have any default arguments, so just check if
3674 // we have enough arguments.
3675 if (NumArgs < NumArgsInProto) {
3676 // Not enough arguments.
3677 Candidate.Viable = false;
John McCall6a61b522010-01-13 09:16:55 +00003678 Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_too_few_arguments;
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00003679 return;
3680 }
3681
3682 // Determine the implicit conversion sequences for each of the
3683 // arguments.
3684 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx < NumArgs; ++ArgIdx) {
3685 if (ArgIdx < NumArgsInProto) {
3686 // (C++ 13.3.2p3): for F to be a viable function, there shall
3687 // exist for each argument an implicit conversion sequence
3688 // (13.3.3.1) that converts that argument to the corresponding
3689 // parameter of F.
3690 QualType ParamType = Proto->getArgType(ArgIdx);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003691 Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx + 1]
Douglas Gregorcb13cfc2010-04-16 17:51:22 +00003692 = TryCopyInitialization(*this, Args[ArgIdx], ParamType,
Anders Carlsson03068aa2009-08-27 17:18:13 +00003693 /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false,
Anders Carlsson20d13322009-08-27 17:37:39 +00003694 /*InOverloadResolution=*/false);
John McCall0d1da222010-01-12 00:44:57 +00003695 if (Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx + 1].isBad()) {
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00003696 Candidate.Viable = false;
John McCall6a61b522010-01-13 09:16:55 +00003697 Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_bad_conversion;
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00003698 break;
3699 }
3700 } else {
3701 // (C++ 13.3.2p2): For the purposes of overload resolution, any
3702 // argument for which there is no corresponding parameter is
3703 // considered to ""match the ellipsis" (C+ 13.3.3.1.3).
John McCall0d1da222010-01-12 00:44:57 +00003704 Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx + 1].setEllipsis();
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00003705 }
3706 }
3707}
3708
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00003709/// \brief Add overload candidates for overloaded operators that are
3710/// member functions.
3711///
3712/// Add the overloaded operator candidates that are member functions
3713/// for the operator Op that was used in an operator expression such
3714/// as "x Op y". , Args/NumArgs provides the operator arguments, and
3715/// CandidateSet will store the added overload candidates. (C++
3716/// [over.match.oper]).
3717void Sema::AddMemberOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op,
3718 SourceLocation OpLoc,
3719 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
3720 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
3721 SourceRange OpRange) {
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00003722 DeclarationName OpName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(Op);
3723
3724 // C++ [over.match.oper]p3:
3725 // For a unary operator @ with an operand of a type whose
3726 // cv-unqualified version is T1, and for a binary operator @ with
3727 // a left operand of a type whose cv-unqualified version is T1 and
3728 // a right operand of a type whose cv-unqualified version is T2,
3729 // three sets of candidate functions, designated member
3730 // candidates, non-member candidates and built-in candidates, are
3731 // constructed as follows:
3732 QualType T1 = Args[0]->getType();
3733 QualType T2;
3734 if (NumArgs > 1)
3735 T2 = Args[1]->getType();
3736
3737 // -- If T1 is a class type, the set of member candidates is the
3738 // result of the qualified lookup of T1::operator@
3739 // (13.3.1.1.1); otherwise, the set of member candidates is
3740 // empty.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003741 if (const RecordType *T1Rec = T1->getAs<RecordType>()) {
Douglas Gregor6a1f9652009-08-27 23:35:55 +00003742 // Complete the type if it can be completed. Otherwise, we're done.
Anders Carlsson7f84ed92009-10-09 23:51:55 +00003743 if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, T1, PDiag()))
Douglas Gregor6a1f9652009-08-27 23:35:55 +00003744 return;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003745
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00003746 LookupResult Operators(*this, OpName, OpLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
3747 LookupQualifiedName(Operators, T1Rec->getDecl());
3748 Operators.suppressDiagnostics();
3749
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003750 for (LookupResult::iterator Oper = Operators.begin(),
Douglas Gregor6a1f9652009-08-27 23:35:55 +00003751 OperEnd = Operators.end();
3752 Oper != OperEnd;
John McCallf0f1cf02009-11-17 07:50:12 +00003753 ++Oper)
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00003754 AddMethodCandidate(Oper.getPair(), Args[0]->getType(),
John McCall6e9f8f62009-12-03 04:06:58 +00003755 Args + 1, NumArgs - 1, CandidateSet,
John McCallf0f1cf02009-11-17 07:50:12 +00003756 /* SuppressUserConversions = */ false);
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00003757 }
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00003758}
3759
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003760/// AddBuiltinCandidate - Add a candidate for a built-in
3761/// operator. ResultTy and ParamTys are the result and parameter types
3762/// of the built-in candidate, respectively. Args and NumArgs are the
Douglas Gregorc5e61072009-01-13 00:52:54 +00003763/// arguments being passed to the candidate. IsAssignmentOperator
3764/// should be true when this built-in candidate is an assignment
Douglas Gregor5fb53972009-01-14 15:45:31 +00003765/// operator. NumContextualBoolArguments is the number of arguments
3766/// (at the beginning of the argument list) that will be contextually
3767/// converted to bool.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003768void Sema::AddBuiltinCandidate(QualType ResultTy, QualType *ParamTys,
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003769 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
Douglas Gregorc5e61072009-01-13 00:52:54 +00003770 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
Douglas Gregor5fb53972009-01-14 15:45:31 +00003771 bool IsAssignmentOperator,
3772 unsigned NumContextualBoolArguments) {
Douglas Gregor27381f32009-11-23 12:27:39 +00003773 // Overload resolution is always an unevaluated context.
3774 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext Unevaluated(*this, Action::Unevaluated);
3775
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003776 // Add this candidate
3777 CandidateSet.push_back(OverloadCandidate());
3778 OverloadCandidate& Candidate = CandidateSet.back();
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00003779 Candidate.FoundDecl = DeclAccessPair::make(0, AS_none);
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003780 Candidate.Function = 0;
Douglas Gregor1d248c52008-12-12 02:00:36 +00003781 Candidate.IsSurrogate = false;
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003782 Candidate.IgnoreObjectArgument = false;
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003783 Candidate.BuiltinTypes.ResultTy = ResultTy;
3784 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx < NumArgs; ++ArgIdx)
3785 Candidate.BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[ArgIdx] = ParamTys[ArgIdx];
3786
3787 // Determine the implicit conversion sequences for each of the
3788 // arguments.
3789 Candidate.Viable = true;
3790 Candidate.Conversions.resize(NumArgs);
3791 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx < NumArgs; ++ArgIdx) {
Douglas Gregorc5e61072009-01-13 00:52:54 +00003792 // C++ [over.match.oper]p4:
3793 // For the built-in assignment operators, conversions of the
3794 // left operand are restricted as follows:
3795 // -- no temporaries are introduced to hold the left operand, and
3796 // -- no user-defined conversions are applied to the left
3797 // operand to achieve a type match with the left-most
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003798 // parameter of a built-in candidate.
Douglas Gregorc5e61072009-01-13 00:52:54 +00003799 //
3800 // We block these conversions by turning off user-defined
3801 // conversions, since that is the only way that initialization of
3802 // a reference to a non-class type can occur from something that
3803 // is not of the same type.
Douglas Gregor5fb53972009-01-14 15:45:31 +00003804 if (ArgIdx < NumContextualBoolArguments) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003805 assert(ParamTys[ArgIdx] == Context.BoolTy &&
Douglas Gregor5fb53972009-01-14 15:45:31 +00003806 "Contextual conversion to bool requires bool type");
3807 Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx] = TryContextuallyConvertToBool(Args[ArgIdx]);
3808 } else {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003809 Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx]
Douglas Gregorcb13cfc2010-04-16 17:51:22 +00003810 = TryCopyInitialization(*this, Args[ArgIdx], ParamTys[ArgIdx],
Anders Carlsson03068aa2009-08-27 17:18:13 +00003811 ArgIdx == 0 && IsAssignmentOperator,
Anders Carlsson20d13322009-08-27 17:37:39 +00003812 /*InOverloadResolution=*/false);
Douglas Gregor5fb53972009-01-14 15:45:31 +00003813 }
John McCall0d1da222010-01-12 00:44:57 +00003814 if (Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx].isBad()) {
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003815 Candidate.Viable = false;
John McCall6a61b522010-01-13 09:16:55 +00003816 Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_bad_conversion;
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00003817 break;
3818 }
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003819 }
3820}
3821
3822/// BuiltinCandidateTypeSet - A set of types that will be used for the
3823/// candidate operator functions for built-in operators (C++
3824/// [over.built]). The types are separated into pointer types and
3825/// enumeration types.
3826class BuiltinCandidateTypeSet {
3827 /// TypeSet - A set of types.
Chris Lattnera59a3e22009-03-29 00:04:01 +00003828 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<QualType, 8> TypeSet;
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003829
3830 /// PointerTypes - The set of pointer types that will be used in the
3831 /// built-in candidates.
3832 TypeSet PointerTypes;
3833
Sebastian Redl8ce189f2009-04-19 21:53:20 +00003834 /// MemberPointerTypes - The set of member pointer types that will be
3835 /// used in the built-in candidates.
3836 TypeSet MemberPointerTypes;
3837
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003838 /// EnumerationTypes - The set of enumeration types that will be
3839 /// used in the built-in candidates.
3840 TypeSet EnumerationTypes;
3841
Douglas Gregorcbfbca12010-05-19 03:21:00 +00003842 /// \brief The set of vector types that will be used in the built-in
3843 /// candidates.
3844 TypeSet VectorTypes;
3845
Douglas Gregor8a2e6012009-08-24 15:23:48 +00003846 /// Sema - The semantic analysis instance where we are building the
3847 /// candidate type set.
3848 Sema &SemaRef;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003849
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003850 /// Context - The AST context in which we will build the type sets.
3851 ASTContext &Context;
3852
Fariborz Jahanianb06ec052009-10-16 22:08:05 +00003853 bool AddPointerWithMoreQualifiedTypeVariants(QualType Ty,
3854 const Qualifiers &VisibleQuals);
Sebastian Redl8ce189f2009-04-19 21:53:20 +00003855 bool AddMemberPointerWithMoreQualifiedTypeVariants(QualType Ty);
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003856
3857public:
3858 /// iterator - Iterates through the types that are part of the set.
Chris Lattnera59a3e22009-03-29 00:04:01 +00003859 typedef TypeSet::iterator iterator;
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003860
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003861 BuiltinCandidateTypeSet(Sema &SemaRef)
Douglas Gregor8a2e6012009-08-24 15:23:48 +00003862 : SemaRef(SemaRef), Context(SemaRef.Context) { }
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003863
Douglas Gregorc02cfe22009-10-21 23:19:44 +00003864 void AddTypesConvertedFrom(QualType Ty,
3865 SourceLocation Loc,
3866 bool AllowUserConversions,
Fariborz Jahanian3b937fa2009-10-15 17:14:05 +00003867 bool AllowExplicitConversions,
3868 const Qualifiers &VisibleTypeConversionsQuals);
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003869
3870 /// pointer_begin - First pointer type found;
3871 iterator pointer_begin() { return PointerTypes.begin(); }
3872
Sebastian Redl8ce189f2009-04-19 21:53:20 +00003873 /// pointer_end - Past the last pointer type found;
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003874 iterator pointer_end() { return PointerTypes.end(); }
3875
Sebastian Redl8ce189f2009-04-19 21:53:20 +00003876 /// member_pointer_begin - First member pointer type found;
3877 iterator member_pointer_begin() { return MemberPointerTypes.begin(); }
3878
3879 /// member_pointer_end - Past the last member pointer type found;
3880 iterator member_pointer_end() { return MemberPointerTypes.end(); }
3881
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003882 /// enumeration_begin - First enumeration type found;
3883 iterator enumeration_begin() { return EnumerationTypes.begin(); }
3884
Sebastian Redl8ce189f2009-04-19 21:53:20 +00003885 /// enumeration_end - Past the last enumeration type found;
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003886 iterator enumeration_end() { return EnumerationTypes.end(); }
Douglas Gregorcbfbca12010-05-19 03:21:00 +00003887
3888 iterator vector_begin() { return VectorTypes.begin(); }
3889 iterator vector_end() { return VectorTypes.end(); }
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003890};
3891
Sebastian Redl8ce189f2009-04-19 21:53:20 +00003892/// AddPointerWithMoreQualifiedTypeVariants - Add the pointer type @p Ty to
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003893/// the set of pointer types along with any more-qualified variants of
3894/// that type. For example, if @p Ty is "int const *", this routine
3895/// will add "int const *", "int const volatile *", "int const
3896/// restrict *", and "int const volatile restrict *" to the set of
3897/// pointer types. Returns true if the add of @p Ty itself succeeded,
3898/// false otherwise.
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003899///
3900/// FIXME: what to do about extended qualifiers?
Sebastian Redl8ce189f2009-04-19 21:53:20 +00003901bool
Douglas Gregorc02cfe22009-10-21 23:19:44 +00003902BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::AddPointerWithMoreQualifiedTypeVariants(QualType Ty,
3903 const Qualifiers &VisibleQuals) {
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003904
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003905 // Insert this type.
Chris Lattnera59a3e22009-03-29 00:04:01 +00003906 if (!PointerTypes.insert(Ty))
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003907 return false;
3908
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003909 const PointerType *PointerTy = Ty->getAs<PointerType>();
3910 assert(PointerTy && "type was not a pointer type!");
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003911
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003912 QualType PointeeTy = PointerTy->getPointeeType();
Sebastian Redl4990a632009-11-18 20:39:26 +00003913 // Don't add qualified variants of arrays. For one, they're not allowed
3914 // (the qualifier would sink to the element type), and for another, the
3915 // only overload situation where it matters is subscript or pointer +- int,
3916 // and those shouldn't have qualifier variants anyway.
3917 if (PointeeTy->isArrayType())
3918 return true;
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003919 unsigned BaseCVR = PointeeTy.getCVRQualifiers();
Douglas Gregor4ef1d402009-11-09 22:08:55 +00003920 if (const ConstantArrayType *Array =Context.getAsConstantArrayType(PointeeTy))
Fariborz Jahanianfacfdd42009-11-09 21:02:05 +00003921 BaseCVR = Array->getElementType().getCVRQualifiers();
Fariborz Jahanianb06ec052009-10-16 22:08:05 +00003922 bool hasVolatile = VisibleQuals.hasVolatile();
3923 bool hasRestrict = VisibleQuals.hasRestrict();
3924
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003925 // Iterate through all strict supersets of BaseCVR.
3926 for (unsigned CVR = BaseCVR+1; CVR <= Qualifiers::CVRMask; ++CVR) {
3927 if ((CVR | BaseCVR) != CVR) continue;
Fariborz Jahanianb06ec052009-10-16 22:08:05 +00003928 // Skip over Volatile/Restrict if no Volatile/Restrict found anywhere
3929 // in the types.
3930 if ((CVR & Qualifiers::Volatile) && !hasVolatile) continue;
3931 if ((CVR & Qualifiers::Restrict) && !hasRestrict) continue;
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003932 QualType QPointeeTy = Context.getCVRQualifiedType(PointeeTy, CVR);
3933 PointerTypes.insert(Context.getPointerType(QPointeeTy));
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003934 }
3935
3936 return true;
3937}
3938
Sebastian Redl8ce189f2009-04-19 21:53:20 +00003939/// AddMemberPointerWithMoreQualifiedTypeVariants - Add the pointer type @p Ty
3940/// to the set of pointer types along with any more-qualified variants of
3941/// that type. For example, if @p Ty is "int const *", this routine
3942/// will add "int const *", "int const volatile *", "int const
3943/// restrict *", and "int const volatile restrict *" to the set of
3944/// pointer types. Returns true if the add of @p Ty itself succeeded,
3945/// false otherwise.
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003946///
3947/// FIXME: what to do about extended qualifiers?
Sebastian Redl8ce189f2009-04-19 21:53:20 +00003948bool
3949BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::AddMemberPointerWithMoreQualifiedTypeVariants(
3950 QualType Ty) {
3951 // Insert this type.
3952 if (!MemberPointerTypes.insert(Ty))
3953 return false;
3954
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003955 const MemberPointerType *PointerTy = Ty->getAs<MemberPointerType>();
3956 assert(PointerTy && "type was not a member pointer type!");
Sebastian Redl8ce189f2009-04-19 21:53:20 +00003957
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003958 QualType PointeeTy = PointerTy->getPointeeType();
Sebastian Redl4990a632009-11-18 20:39:26 +00003959 // Don't add qualified variants of arrays. For one, they're not allowed
3960 // (the qualifier would sink to the element type), and for another, the
3961 // only overload situation where it matters is subscript or pointer +- int,
3962 // and those shouldn't have qualifier variants anyway.
3963 if (PointeeTy->isArrayType())
3964 return true;
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003965 const Type *ClassTy = PointerTy->getClass();
3966
3967 // Iterate through all strict supersets of the pointee type's CVR
3968 // qualifiers.
3969 unsigned BaseCVR = PointeeTy.getCVRQualifiers();
3970 for (unsigned CVR = BaseCVR+1; CVR <= Qualifiers::CVRMask; ++CVR) {
3971 if ((CVR | BaseCVR) != CVR) continue;
3972
3973 QualType QPointeeTy = Context.getCVRQualifiedType(PointeeTy, CVR);
3974 MemberPointerTypes.insert(Context.getMemberPointerType(QPointeeTy, ClassTy));
Sebastian Redl8ce189f2009-04-19 21:53:20 +00003975 }
3976
3977 return true;
3978}
3979
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003980/// AddTypesConvertedFrom - Add each of the types to which the type @p
3981/// Ty can be implicit converted to the given set of @p Types. We're
Sebastian Redl8ce189f2009-04-19 21:53:20 +00003982/// primarily interested in pointer types and enumeration types. We also
3983/// take member pointer types, for the conditional operator.
Douglas Gregor5fb53972009-01-14 15:45:31 +00003984/// AllowUserConversions is true if we should look at the conversion
3985/// functions of a class type, and AllowExplicitConversions if we
3986/// should also include the explicit conversion functions of a class
3987/// type.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003988void
Douglas Gregor5fb53972009-01-14 15:45:31 +00003989BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::AddTypesConvertedFrom(QualType Ty,
Douglas Gregorc02cfe22009-10-21 23:19:44 +00003990 SourceLocation Loc,
Douglas Gregor5fb53972009-01-14 15:45:31 +00003991 bool AllowUserConversions,
Fariborz Jahanian3b937fa2009-10-15 17:14:05 +00003992 bool AllowExplicitConversions,
3993 const Qualifiers &VisibleQuals) {
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003994 // Only deal with canonical types.
3995 Ty = Context.getCanonicalType(Ty);
3996
3997 // Look through reference types; they aren't part of the type of an
3998 // expression for the purposes of conversions.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003999 if (const ReferenceType *RefTy = Ty->getAs<ReferenceType>())
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004000 Ty = RefTy->getPointeeType();
4001
4002 // We don't care about qualifiers on the type.
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +00004003 Ty = Ty.getLocalUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004004
Sebastian Redl65ae2002009-11-05 16:36:20 +00004005 // If we're dealing with an array type, decay to the pointer.
4006 if (Ty->isArrayType())
4007 Ty = SemaRef.Context.getArrayDecayedType(Ty);
4008
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004009 if (const PointerType *PointerTy = Ty->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004010 QualType PointeeTy = PointerTy->getPointeeType();
4011
4012 // Insert our type, and its more-qualified variants, into the set
4013 // of types.
Fariborz Jahanianb06ec052009-10-16 22:08:05 +00004014 if (!AddPointerWithMoreQualifiedTypeVariants(Ty, VisibleQuals))
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004015 return;
Sebastian Redl8ce189f2009-04-19 21:53:20 +00004016 } else if (Ty->isMemberPointerType()) {
4017 // Member pointers are far easier, since the pointee can't be converted.
4018 if (!AddMemberPointerWithMoreQualifiedTypeVariants(Ty))
4019 return;
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004020 } else if (Ty->isEnumeralType()) {
Chris Lattnera59a3e22009-03-29 00:04:01 +00004021 EnumerationTypes.insert(Ty);
Douglas Gregorcbfbca12010-05-19 03:21:00 +00004022 } else if (Ty->isVectorType()) {
4023 VectorTypes.insert(Ty);
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004024 } else if (AllowUserConversions) {
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004025 if (const RecordType *TyRec = Ty->getAs<RecordType>()) {
Douglas Gregorc02cfe22009-10-21 23:19:44 +00004026 if (SemaRef.RequireCompleteType(Loc, Ty, 0)) {
Douglas Gregor8a2e6012009-08-24 15:23:48 +00004027 // No conversion functions in incomplete types.
4028 return;
4029 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004030
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004031 CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TyRec->getDecl());
John McCallad371252010-01-20 00:46:10 +00004032 const UnresolvedSetImpl *Conversions
Fariborz Jahanianae01f782009-10-07 17:26:09 +00004033 = ClassDecl->getVisibleConversionFunctions();
John McCallad371252010-01-20 00:46:10 +00004034 for (UnresolvedSetImpl::iterator I = Conversions->begin(),
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00004035 E = Conversions->end(); I != E; ++I) {
John McCallda4458e2010-03-31 01:36:47 +00004036 NamedDecl *D = I.getDecl();
4037 if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D))
4038 D = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(D)->getTargetDecl();
Douglas Gregor05155d82009-08-21 23:19:43 +00004039
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004040 // Skip conversion function templates; they don't tell us anything
Douglas Gregor05155d82009-08-21 23:19:43 +00004041 // about which builtin types we can convert to.
John McCallda4458e2010-03-31 01:36:47 +00004042 if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))
Douglas Gregor05155d82009-08-21 23:19:43 +00004043 continue;
4044
John McCallda4458e2010-03-31 01:36:47 +00004045 CXXConversionDecl *Conv = cast<CXXConversionDecl>(D);
Fariborz Jahanian3b937fa2009-10-15 17:14:05 +00004046 if (AllowExplicitConversions || !Conv->isExplicit()) {
Douglas Gregorc02cfe22009-10-21 23:19:44 +00004047 AddTypesConvertedFrom(Conv->getConversionType(), Loc, false, false,
Fariborz Jahanian3b937fa2009-10-15 17:14:05 +00004048 VisibleQuals);
4049 }
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004050 }
4051 }
4052 }
4053}
4054
Douglas Gregor84605ae2009-08-24 13:43:27 +00004055/// \brief Helper function for AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates() that adds
4056/// the volatile- and non-volatile-qualified assignment operators for the
4057/// given type to the candidate set.
4058static void AddBuiltinAssignmentOperatorCandidates(Sema &S,
4059 QualType T,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004060 Expr **Args,
Douglas Gregor84605ae2009-08-24 13:43:27 +00004061 unsigned NumArgs,
4062 OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet) {
4063 QualType ParamTypes[2];
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004064
Douglas Gregor84605ae2009-08-24 13:43:27 +00004065 // T& operator=(T&, T)
4066 ParamTypes[0] = S.Context.getLValueReferenceType(T);
4067 ParamTypes[1] = T;
4068 S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet,
4069 /*IsAssignmentOperator=*/true);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004070
Douglas Gregor84605ae2009-08-24 13:43:27 +00004071 if (!S.Context.getCanonicalType(T).isVolatileQualified()) {
4072 // volatile T& operator=(volatile T&, T)
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00004073 ParamTypes[0]
4074 = S.Context.getLValueReferenceType(S.Context.getVolatileType(T));
Douglas Gregor84605ae2009-08-24 13:43:27 +00004075 ParamTypes[1] = T;
4076 S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004077 /*IsAssignmentOperator=*/true);
Douglas Gregor84605ae2009-08-24 13:43:27 +00004078 }
4079}
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004080
Sebastian Redl1054fae2009-10-25 17:03:50 +00004081/// CollectVRQualifiers - This routine returns Volatile/Restrict qualifiers,
4082/// if any, found in visible type conversion functions found in ArgExpr's type.
Fariborz Jahanian3b937fa2009-10-15 17:14:05 +00004083static Qualifiers CollectVRQualifiers(ASTContext &Context, Expr* ArgExpr) {
4084 Qualifiers VRQuals;
4085 const RecordType *TyRec;
4086 if (const MemberPointerType *RHSMPType =
4087 ArgExpr->getType()->getAs<MemberPointerType>())
Douglas Gregord0ace022010-04-25 00:55:24 +00004088 TyRec = RHSMPType->getClass()->getAs<RecordType>();
Fariborz Jahanian3b937fa2009-10-15 17:14:05 +00004089 else
4090 TyRec = ArgExpr->getType()->getAs<RecordType>();
4091 if (!TyRec) {
Fariborz Jahanianb06ec052009-10-16 22:08:05 +00004092 // Just to be safe, assume the worst case.
Fariborz Jahanian3b937fa2009-10-15 17:14:05 +00004093 VRQuals.addVolatile();
4094 VRQuals.addRestrict();
4095 return VRQuals;
4096 }
4097
4098 CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TyRec->getDecl());
John McCall67da35c2010-02-04 22:26:26 +00004099 if (!ClassDecl->hasDefinition())
4100 return VRQuals;
4101
John McCallad371252010-01-20 00:46:10 +00004102 const UnresolvedSetImpl *Conversions =
Sebastian Redl1054fae2009-10-25 17:03:50 +00004103 ClassDecl->getVisibleConversionFunctions();
Fariborz Jahanian3b937fa2009-10-15 17:14:05 +00004104
John McCallad371252010-01-20 00:46:10 +00004105 for (UnresolvedSetImpl::iterator I = Conversions->begin(),
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00004106 E = Conversions->end(); I != E; ++I) {
John McCallda4458e2010-03-31 01:36:47 +00004107 NamedDecl *D = I.getDecl();
4108 if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D))
4109 D = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(D)->getTargetDecl();
4110 if (CXXConversionDecl *Conv = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(D)) {
Fariborz Jahanian3b937fa2009-10-15 17:14:05 +00004111 QualType CanTy = Context.getCanonicalType(Conv->getConversionType());
4112 if (const ReferenceType *ResTypeRef = CanTy->getAs<ReferenceType>())
4113 CanTy = ResTypeRef->getPointeeType();
4114 // Need to go down the pointer/mempointer chain and add qualifiers
4115 // as see them.
4116 bool done = false;
4117 while (!done) {
4118 if (const PointerType *ResTypePtr = CanTy->getAs<PointerType>())
4119 CanTy = ResTypePtr->getPointeeType();
4120 else if (const MemberPointerType *ResTypeMPtr =
4121 CanTy->getAs<MemberPointerType>())
4122 CanTy = ResTypeMPtr->getPointeeType();
4123 else
4124 done = true;
4125 if (CanTy.isVolatileQualified())
4126 VRQuals.addVolatile();
4127 if (CanTy.isRestrictQualified())
4128 VRQuals.addRestrict();
4129 if (VRQuals.hasRestrict() && VRQuals.hasVolatile())
4130 return VRQuals;
4131 }
4132 }
4133 }
4134 return VRQuals;
4135}
4136
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00004137/// AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates - Add the appropriate built-in
4138/// operator overloads to the candidate set (C++ [over.built]), based
4139/// on the operator @p Op and the arguments given. For example, if the
4140/// operator is a binary '+', this routine might add "int
4141/// operator+(int, int)" to cover integer addition.
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004142void
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004143Sema::AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op,
Douglas Gregorc02cfe22009-10-21 23:19:44 +00004144 SourceLocation OpLoc,
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00004145 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
4146 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet) {
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004147 // The set of "promoted arithmetic types", which are the arithmetic
4148 // types are that preserved by promotion (C++ [over.built]p2). Note
4149 // that the first few of these types are the promoted integral
4150 // types; these types need to be first.
4151 // FIXME: What about complex?
4152 const unsigned FirstIntegralType = 0;
4153 const unsigned LastIntegralType = 13;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004154 const unsigned FirstPromotedIntegralType = 7,
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004155 LastPromotedIntegralType = 13;
4156 const unsigned FirstPromotedArithmeticType = 7,
4157 LastPromotedArithmeticType = 16;
4158 const unsigned NumArithmeticTypes = 16;
4159 QualType ArithmeticTypes[NumArithmeticTypes] = {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004160 Context.BoolTy, Context.CharTy, Context.WCharTy,
4161// FIXME: Context.Char16Ty, Context.Char32Ty,
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004162 Context.SignedCharTy, Context.ShortTy,
4163 Context.UnsignedCharTy, Context.UnsignedShortTy,
4164 Context.IntTy, Context.LongTy, Context.LongLongTy,
4165 Context.UnsignedIntTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy, Context.UnsignedLongLongTy,
4166 Context.FloatTy, Context.DoubleTy, Context.LongDoubleTy
4167 };
Douglas Gregorb8440a72009-10-21 22:01:30 +00004168 assert(ArithmeticTypes[FirstPromotedIntegralType] == Context.IntTy &&
4169 "Invalid first promoted integral type");
4170 assert(ArithmeticTypes[LastPromotedIntegralType - 1]
4171 == Context.UnsignedLongLongTy &&
4172 "Invalid last promoted integral type");
4173 assert(ArithmeticTypes[FirstPromotedArithmeticType] == Context.IntTy &&
4174 "Invalid first promoted arithmetic type");
4175 assert(ArithmeticTypes[LastPromotedArithmeticType - 1]
4176 == Context.LongDoubleTy &&
4177 "Invalid last promoted arithmetic type");
4178
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004179 // Find all of the types that the arguments can convert to, but only
4180 // if the operator we're looking at has built-in operator candidates
4181 // that make use of these types.
Fariborz Jahanian3b937fa2009-10-15 17:14:05 +00004182 Qualifiers VisibleTypeConversionsQuals;
4183 VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.addConst();
Fariborz Jahanianb9e8c422009-10-19 21:30:45 +00004184 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx < NumArgs; ++ArgIdx)
4185 VisibleTypeConversionsQuals += CollectVRQualifiers(Context, Args[ArgIdx]);
4186
Douglas Gregor8a2e6012009-08-24 15:23:48 +00004187 BuiltinCandidateTypeSet CandidateTypes(*this);
Douglas Gregorcbfbca12010-05-19 03:21:00 +00004188 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx < NumArgs; ++ArgIdx)
4189 CandidateTypes.AddTypesConvertedFrom(Args[ArgIdx]->getType(),
4190 OpLoc,
4191 true,
4192 (Op == OO_Exclaim ||
4193 Op == OO_AmpAmp ||
4194 Op == OO_PipePipe),
4195 VisibleTypeConversionsQuals);
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004196
4197 bool isComparison = false;
4198 switch (Op) {
4199 case OO_None:
4200 case NUM_OVERLOADED_OPERATORS:
4201 assert(false && "Expected an overloaded operator");
4202 break;
4203
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00004204 case OO_Star: // '*' is either unary or binary
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004205 if (NumArgs == 1)
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00004206 goto UnaryStar;
4207 else
4208 goto BinaryStar;
4209 break;
4210
4211 case OO_Plus: // '+' is either unary or binary
4212 if (NumArgs == 1)
4213 goto UnaryPlus;
4214 else
4215 goto BinaryPlus;
4216 break;
4217
4218 case OO_Minus: // '-' is either unary or binary
4219 if (NumArgs == 1)
4220 goto UnaryMinus;
4221 else
4222 goto BinaryMinus;
4223 break;
4224
4225 case OO_Amp: // '&' is either unary or binary
4226 if (NumArgs == 1)
4227 goto UnaryAmp;
4228 else
4229 goto BinaryAmp;
4230
4231 case OO_PlusPlus:
4232 case OO_MinusMinus:
4233 // C++ [over.built]p3:
4234 //
4235 // For every pair (T, VQ), where T is an arithmetic type, and VQ
4236 // is either volatile or empty, there exist candidate operator
4237 // functions of the form
4238 //
4239 // VQ T& operator++(VQ T&);
4240 // T operator++(VQ T&, int);
4241 //
4242 // C++ [over.built]p4:
4243 //
4244 // For every pair (T, VQ), where T is an arithmetic type other
4245 // than bool, and VQ is either volatile or empty, there exist
4246 // candidate operator functions of the form
4247 //
4248 // VQ T& operator--(VQ T&);
4249 // T operator--(VQ T&, int);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004250 for (unsigned Arith = (Op == OO_PlusPlus? 0 : 1);
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00004251 Arith < NumArithmeticTypes; ++Arith) {
4252 QualType ArithTy = ArithmeticTypes[Arith];
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004253 QualType ParamTypes[2]
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00004254 = { Context.getLValueReferenceType(ArithTy), Context.IntTy };
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00004255
4256 // Non-volatile version.
4257 if (NumArgs == 1)
4258 AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes, Args, 1, CandidateSet);
4259 else
4260 AddBuiltinCandidate(ArithTy, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
Fariborz Jahanian3b937fa2009-10-15 17:14:05 +00004261 // heuristic to reduce number of builtin candidates in the set.
4262 // Add volatile version only if there are conversions to a volatile type.
4263 if (VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasVolatile()) {
4264 // Volatile version
4265 ParamTypes[0]
4266 = Context.getLValueReferenceType(Context.getVolatileType(ArithTy));
4267 if (NumArgs == 1)
4268 AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes, Args, 1, CandidateSet);
4269 else
4270 AddBuiltinCandidate(ArithTy, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
4271 }
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00004272 }
4273
4274 // C++ [over.built]p5:
4275 //
4276 // For every pair (T, VQ), where T is a cv-qualified or
4277 // cv-unqualified object type, and VQ is either volatile or
4278 // empty, there exist candidate operator functions of the form
4279 //
4280 // T*VQ& operator++(T*VQ&);
4281 // T*VQ& operator--(T*VQ&);
4282 // T* operator++(T*VQ&, int);
4283 // T* operator--(T*VQ&, int);
4284 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator Ptr = CandidateTypes.pointer_begin();
4285 Ptr != CandidateTypes.pointer_end(); ++Ptr) {
4286 // Skip pointer types that aren't pointers to object types.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004287 if (!(*Ptr)->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isObjectType())
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00004288 continue;
4289
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004290 QualType ParamTypes[2] = {
4291 Context.getLValueReferenceType(*Ptr), Context.IntTy
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00004292 };
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004293
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00004294 // Without volatile
4295 if (NumArgs == 1)
4296 AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes, Args, 1, CandidateSet);
4297 else
4298 AddBuiltinCandidate(*Ptr, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
4299
Fariborz Jahanian3b937fa2009-10-15 17:14:05 +00004300 if (!Context.getCanonicalType(*Ptr).isVolatileQualified() &&
4301 VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasVolatile()) {
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00004302 // With volatile
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00004303 ParamTypes[0]
4304 = Context.getLValueReferenceType(Context.getVolatileType(*Ptr));
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00004305 if (NumArgs == 1)
4306 AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes, Args, 1, CandidateSet);
4307 else
4308 AddBuiltinCandidate(*Ptr, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
4309 }
4310 }
4311 break;
4312
4313 UnaryStar:
4314 // C++ [over.built]p6:
4315 // For every cv-qualified or cv-unqualified object type T, there
4316 // exist candidate operator functions of the form
4317 //
4318 // T& operator*(T*);
4319 //
4320 // C++ [over.built]p7:
4321 // For every function type T, there exist candidate operator
4322 // functions of the form
4323 // T& operator*(T*);
4324 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator Ptr = CandidateTypes.pointer_begin();
4325 Ptr != CandidateTypes.pointer_end(); ++Ptr) {
4326 QualType ParamTy = *Ptr;
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004327 QualType PointeeTy = ParamTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004328 AddBuiltinCandidate(Context.getLValueReferenceType(PointeeTy),
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00004329 &ParamTy, Args, 1, CandidateSet);
4330 }
4331 break;
4332
4333 UnaryPlus:
4334 // C++ [over.built]p8:
4335 // For every type T, there exist candidate operator functions of
4336 // the form
4337 //
4338 // T* operator+(T*);
4339 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator Ptr = CandidateTypes.pointer_begin();
4340 Ptr != CandidateTypes.pointer_end(); ++Ptr) {
4341 QualType ParamTy = *Ptr;
4342 AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTy, &ParamTy, Args, 1, CandidateSet);
4343 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004344
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00004345 // Fall through
4346
4347 UnaryMinus:
4348 // C++ [over.built]p9:
4349 // For every promoted arithmetic type T, there exist candidate
4350 // operator functions of the form
4351 //
4352 // T operator+(T);
4353 // T operator-(T);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004354 for (unsigned Arith = FirstPromotedArithmeticType;
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00004355 Arith < LastPromotedArithmeticType; ++Arith) {
4356 QualType ArithTy = ArithmeticTypes[Arith];
4357 AddBuiltinCandidate(ArithTy, &ArithTy, Args, 1, CandidateSet);
4358 }
Douglas Gregorcbfbca12010-05-19 03:21:00 +00004359
4360 // Extension: We also add these operators for vector types.
4361 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator Vec = CandidateTypes.vector_begin(),
4362 VecEnd = CandidateTypes.vector_end();
4363 Vec != VecEnd; ++Vec) {
4364 QualType VecTy = *Vec;
4365 AddBuiltinCandidate(VecTy, &VecTy, Args, 1, CandidateSet);
4366 }
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00004367 break;
4368
4369 case OO_Tilde:
4370 // C++ [over.built]p10:
4371 // For every promoted integral type T, there exist candidate
4372 // operator functions of the form
4373 //
4374 // T operator~(T);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004375 for (unsigned Int = FirstPromotedIntegralType;
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00004376 Int < LastPromotedIntegralType; ++Int) {
4377 QualType IntTy = ArithmeticTypes[Int];
4378 AddBuiltinCandidate(IntTy, &IntTy, Args, 1, CandidateSet);
4379 }
Douglas Gregorcbfbca12010-05-19 03:21:00 +00004380
4381 // Extension: We also add this operator for vector types.
4382 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator Vec = CandidateTypes.vector_begin(),
4383 VecEnd = CandidateTypes.vector_end();
4384 Vec != VecEnd; ++Vec) {
4385 QualType VecTy = *Vec;
4386 AddBuiltinCandidate(VecTy, &VecTy, Args, 1, CandidateSet);
4387 }
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00004388 break;
4389
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004390 case OO_New:
4391 case OO_Delete:
4392 case OO_Array_New:
4393 case OO_Array_Delete:
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004394 case OO_Call:
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00004395 assert(false && "Special operators don't use AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates");
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004396 break;
4397
4398 case OO_Comma:
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00004399 UnaryAmp:
4400 case OO_Arrow:
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004401 // C++ [over.match.oper]p3:
4402 // -- For the operator ',', the unary operator '&', or the
4403 // operator '->', the built-in candidates set is empty.
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004404 break;
4405
Douglas Gregor84605ae2009-08-24 13:43:27 +00004406 case OO_EqualEqual:
4407 case OO_ExclaimEqual:
4408 // C++ [over.match.oper]p16:
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004409 // For every pointer to member type T, there exist candidate operator
4410 // functions of the form
Douglas Gregor84605ae2009-08-24 13:43:27 +00004411 //
4412 // bool operator==(T,T);
4413 // bool operator!=(T,T);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004414 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator
Douglas Gregor84605ae2009-08-24 13:43:27 +00004415 MemPtr = CandidateTypes.member_pointer_begin(),
4416 MemPtrEnd = CandidateTypes.member_pointer_end();
4417 MemPtr != MemPtrEnd;
4418 ++MemPtr) {
4419 QualType ParamTypes[2] = { *MemPtr, *MemPtr };
4420 AddBuiltinCandidate(Context.BoolTy, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
4421 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004422
Douglas Gregor84605ae2009-08-24 13:43:27 +00004423 // Fall through
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004424
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004425 case OO_Less:
4426 case OO_Greater:
4427 case OO_LessEqual:
4428 case OO_GreaterEqual:
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004429 // C++ [over.built]p15:
4430 //
4431 // For every pointer or enumeration type T, there exist
4432 // candidate operator functions of the form
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004433 //
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004434 // bool operator<(T, T);
4435 // bool operator>(T, T);
4436 // bool operator<=(T, T);
4437 // bool operator>=(T, T);
4438 // bool operator==(T, T);
4439 // bool operator!=(T, T);
4440 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator Ptr = CandidateTypes.pointer_begin();
4441 Ptr != CandidateTypes.pointer_end(); ++Ptr) {
4442 QualType ParamTypes[2] = { *Ptr, *Ptr };
4443 AddBuiltinCandidate(Context.BoolTy, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
4444 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004445 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator Enum
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004446 = CandidateTypes.enumeration_begin();
4447 Enum != CandidateTypes.enumeration_end(); ++Enum) {
4448 QualType ParamTypes[2] = { *Enum, *Enum };
4449 AddBuiltinCandidate(Context.BoolTy, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
4450 }
4451
4452 // Fall through.
4453 isComparison = true;
4454
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00004455 BinaryPlus:
4456 BinaryMinus:
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004457 if (!isComparison) {
4458 // We didn't fall through, so we must have OO_Plus or OO_Minus.
4459
4460 // C++ [over.built]p13:
4461 //
4462 // For every cv-qualified or cv-unqualified object type T
4463 // there exist candidate operator functions of the form
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004464 //
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004465 // T* operator+(T*, ptrdiff_t);
4466 // T& operator[](T*, ptrdiff_t); [BELOW]
4467 // T* operator-(T*, ptrdiff_t);
4468 // T* operator+(ptrdiff_t, T*);
4469 // T& operator[](ptrdiff_t, T*); [BELOW]
4470 //
4471 // C++ [over.built]p14:
4472 //
4473 // For every T, where T is a pointer to object type, there
4474 // exist candidate operator functions of the form
4475 //
4476 // ptrdiff_t operator-(T, T);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004477 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator Ptr
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004478 = CandidateTypes.pointer_begin();
4479 Ptr != CandidateTypes.pointer_end(); ++Ptr) {
4480 QualType ParamTypes[2] = { *Ptr, Context.getPointerDiffType() };
4481
4482 // operator+(T*, ptrdiff_t) or operator-(T*, ptrdiff_t)
4483 AddBuiltinCandidate(*Ptr, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
4484
4485 if (Op == OO_Plus) {
4486 // T* operator+(ptrdiff_t, T*);
4487 ParamTypes[0] = ParamTypes[1];
4488 ParamTypes[1] = *Ptr;
4489 AddBuiltinCandidate(*Ptr, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
4490 } else {
4491 // ptrdiff_t operator-(T, T);
4492 ParamTypes[1] = *Ptr;
4493 AddBuiltinCandidate(Context.getPointerDiffType(), ParamTypes,
4494 Args, 2, CandidateSet);
4495 }
4496 }
4497 }
4498 // Fall through
4499
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004500 case OO_Slash:
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00004501 BinaryStar:
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00004502 Conditional:
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004503 // C++ [over.built]p12:
4504 //
4505 // For every pair of promoted arithmetic types L and R, there
4506 // exist candidate operator functions of the form
4507 //
4508 // LR operator*(L, R);
4509 // LR operator/(L, R);
4510 // LR operator+(L, R);
4511 // LR operator-(L, R);
4512 // bool operator<(L, R);
4513 // bool operator>(L, R);
4514 // bool operator<=(L, R);
4515 // bool operator>=(L, R);
4516 // bool operator==(L, R);
4517 // bool operator!=(L, R);
4518 //
4519 // where LR is the result of the usual arithmetic conversions
4520 // between types L and R.
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00004521 //
4522 // C++ [over.built]p24:
4523 //
4524 // For every pair of promoted arithmetic types L and R, there exist
4525 // candidate operator functions of the form
4526 //
4527 // LR operator?(bool, L, R);
4528 //
4529 // where LR is the result of the usual arithmetic conversions
4530 // between types L and R.
4531 // Our candidates ignore the first parameter.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004532 for (unsigned Left = FirstPromotedArithmeticType;
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004533 Left < LastPromotedArithmeticType; ++Left) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004534 for (unsigned Right = FirstPromotedArithmeticType;
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004535 Right < LastPromotedArithmeticType; ++Right) {
4536 QualType LandR[2] = { ArithmeticTypes[Left], ArithmeticTypes[Right] };
Eli Friedman5ae98ee2009-08-19 07:44:53 +00004537 QualType Result
4538 = isComparison
4539 ? Context.BoolTy
4540 : Context.UsualArithmeticConversionsType(LandR[0], LandR[1]);
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004541 AddBuiltinCandidate(Result, LandR, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
4542 }
4543 }
Douglas Gregorcbfbca12010-05-19 03:21:00 +00004544
4545 // Extension: Add the binary operators ==, !=, <, <=, >=, >, *, /, and the
4546 // conditional operator for vector types.
4547 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator Vec1 = CandidateTypes.vector_begin(),
4548 Vec1End = CandidateTypes.vector_end();
4549 Vec1 != Vec1End; ++Vec1)
4550 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator
4551 Vec2 = CandidateTypes.vector_begin(),
4552 Vec2End = CandidateTypes.vector_end();
4553 Vec2 != Vec2End; ++Vec2) {
4554 QualType LandR[2] = { *Vec1, *Vec2 };
4555 QualType Result;
4556 if (isComparison)
4557 Result = Context.BoolTy;
4558 else {
4559 if ((*Vec1)->isExtVectorType() || !(*Vec2)->isExtVectorType())
4560 Result = *Vec1;
4561 else
4562 Result = *Vec2;
4563 }
4564
4565 AddBuiltinCandidate(Result, LandR, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
4566 }
4567
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004568 break;
4569
4570 case OO_Percent:
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00004571 BinaryAmp:
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004572 case OO_Caret:
4573 case OO_Pipe:
4574 case OO_LessLess:
4575 case OO_GreaterGreater:
4576 // C++ [over.built]p17:
4577 //
4578 // For every pair of promoted integral types L and R, there
4579 // exist candidate operator functions of the form
4580 //
4581 // LR operator%(L, R);
4582 // LR operator&(L, R);
4583 // LR operator^(L, R);
4584 // LR operator|(L, R);
4585 // L operator<<(L, R);
4586 // L operator>>(L, R);
4587 //
4588 // where LR is the result of the usual arithmetic conversions
4589 // between types L and R.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004590 for (unsigned Left = FirstPromotedIntegralType;
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004591 Left < LastPromotedIntegralType; ++Left) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004592 for (unsigned Right = FirstPromotedIntegralType;
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004593 Right < LastPromotedIntegralType; ++Right) {
4594 QualType LandR[2] = { ArithmeticTypes[Left], ArithmeticTypes[Right] };
4595 QualType Result = (Op == OO_LessLess || Op == OO_GreaterGreater)
4596 ? LandR[0]
Eli Friedman5ae98ee2009-08-19 07:44:53 +00004597 : Context.UsualArithmeticConversionsType(LandR[0], LandR[1]);
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004598 AddBuiltinCandidate(Result, LandR, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
4599 }
4600 }
4601 break;
4602
4603 case OO_Equal:
4604 // C++ [over.built]p20:
4605 //
4606 // For every pair (T, VQ), where T is an enumeration or
Douglas Gregor84605ae2009-08-24 13:43:27 +00004607 // pointer to member type and VQ is either volatile or
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004608 // empty, there exist candidate operator functions of the form
4609 //
4610 // VQ T& operator=(VQ T&, T);
Douglas Gregor84605ae2009-08-24 13:43:27 +00004611 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator
4612 Enum = CandidateTypes.enumeration_begin(),
4613 EnumEnd = CandidateTypes.enumeration_end();
4614 Enum != EnumEnd; ++Enum)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004615 AddBuiltinAssignmentOperatorCandidates(*this, *Enum, Args, 2,
Douglas Gregor84605ae2009-08-24 13:43:27 +00004616 CandidateSet);
4617 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator
4618 MemPtr = CandidateTypes.member_pointer_begin(),
4619 MemPtrEnd = CandidateTypes.member_pointer_end();
4620 MemPtr != MemPtrEnd; ++MemPtr)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004621 AddBuiltinAssignmentOperatorCandidates(*this, *MemPtr, Args, 2,
Douglas Gregor84605ae2009-08-24 13:43:27 +00004622 CandidateSet);
Douglas Gregorcbfbca12010-05-19 03:21:00 +00004623
4624 // Fall through.
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004625
4626 case OO_PlusEqual:
4627 case OO_MinusEqual:
4628 // C++ [over.built]p19:
4629 //
4630 // For every pair (T, VQ), where T is any type and VQ is either
4631 // volatile or empty, there exist candidate operator functions
4632 // of the form
4633 //
4634 // T*VQ& operator=(T*VQ&, T*);
4635 //
4636 // C++ [over.built]p21:
4637 //
4638 // For every pair (T, VQ), where T is a cv-qualified or
4639 // cv-unqualified object type and VQ is either volatile or
4640 // empty, there exist candidate operator functions of the form
4641 //
4642 // T*VQ& operator+=(T*VQ&, ptrdiff_t);
4643 // T*VQ& operator-=(T*VQ&, ptrdiff_t);
4644 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator Ptr = CandidateTypes.pointer_begin();
4645 Ptr != CandidateTypes.pointer_end(); ++Ptr) {
4646 QualType ParamTypes[2];
4647 ParamTypes[1] = (Op == OO_Equal)? *Ptr : Context.getPointerDiffType();
4648
4649 // non-volatile version
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00004650 ParamTypes[0] = Context.getLValueReferenceType(*Ptr);
Douglas Gregorc5e61072009-01-13 00:52:54 +00004651 AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet,
4652 /*IsAssigmentOperator=*/Op == OO_Equal);
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004653
Fariborz Jahanianb9e8c422009-10-19 21:30:45 +00004654 if (!Context.getCanonicalType(*Ptr).isVolatileQualified() &&
4655 VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasVolatile()) {
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00004656 // volatile version
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00004657 ParamTypes[0]
4658 = Context.getLValueReferenceType(Context.getVolatileType(*Ptr));
Douglas Gregorc5e61072009-01-13 00:52:54 +00004659 AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet,
4660 /*IsAssigmentOperator=*/Op == OO_Equal);
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00004661 }
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004662 }
4663 // Fall through.
4664
4665 case OO_StarEqual:
4666 case OO_SlashEqual:
4667 // C++ [over.built]p18:
4668 //
4669 // For every triple (L, VQ, R), where L is an arithmetic type,
4670 // VQ is either volatile or empty, and R is a promoted
4671 // arithmetic type, there exist candidate operator functions of
4672 // the form
4673 //
4674 // VQ L& operator=(VQ L&, R);
4675 // VQ L& operator*=(VQ L&, R);
4676 // VQ L& operator/=(VQ L&, R);
4677 // VQ L& operator+=(VQ L&, R);
4678 // VQ L& operator-=(VQ L&, R);
4679 for (unsigned Left = 0; Left < NumArithmeticTypes; ++Left) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004680 for (unsigned Right = FirstPromotedArithmeticType;
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004681 Right < LastPromotedArithmeticType; ++Right) {
4682 QualType ParamTypes[2];
4683 ParamTypes[1] = ArithmeticTypes[Right];
4684
4685 // Add this built-in operator as a candidate (VQ is empty).
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00004686 ParamTypes[0] = Context.getLValueReferenceType(ArithmeticTypes[Left]);
Douglas Gregorc5e61072009-01-13 00:52:54 +00004687 AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet,
4688 /*IsAssigmentOperator=*/Op == OO_Equal);
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004689
4690 // Add this built-in operator as a candidate (VQ is 'volatile').
Fariborz Jahanianb9e8c422009-10-19 21:30:45 +00004691 if (VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasVolatile()) {
4692 ParamTypes[0] = Context.getVolatileType(ArithmeticTypes[Left]);
4693 ParamTypes[0] = Context.getLValueReferenceType(ParamTypes[0]);
4694 AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet,
4695 /*IsAssigmentOperator=*/Op == OO_Equal);
4696 }
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004697 }
4698 }
Douglas Gregorcbfbca12010-05-19 03:21:00 +00004699
4700 // Extension: Add the binary operators =, +=, -=, *=, /= for vector types.
4701 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator Vec1 = CandidateTypes.vector_begin(),
4702 Vec1End = CandidateTypes.vector_end();
4703 Vec1 != Vec1End; ++Vec1)
4704 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator
4705 Vec2 = CandidateTypes.vector_begin(),
4706 Vec2End = CandidateTypes.vector_end();
4707 Vec2 != Vec2End; ++Vec2) {
4708 QualType ParamTypes[2];
4709 ParamTypes[1] = *Vec2;
4710 // Add this built-in operator as a candidate (VQ is empty).
4711 ParamTypes[0] = Context.getLValueReferenceType(*Vec1);
4712 AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet,
4713 /*IsAssigmentOperator=*/Op == OO_Equal);
4714
4715 // Add this built-in operator as a candidate (VQ is 'volatile').
4716 if (VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasVolatile()) {
4717 ParamTypes[0] = Context.getVolatileType(*Vec1);
4718 ParamTypes[0] = Context.getLValueReferenceType(ParamTypes[0]);
4719 AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet,
4720 /*IsAssigmentOperator=*/Op == OO_Equal);
4721 }
4722 }
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004723 break;
4724
4725 case OO_PercentEqual:
4726 case OO_LessLessEqual:
4727 case OO_GreaterGreaterEqual:
4728 case OO_AmpEqual:
4729 case OO_CaretEqual:
4730 case OO_PipeEqual:
4731 // C++ [over.built]p22:
4732 //
4733 // For every triple (L, VQ, R), where L is an integral type, VQ
4734 // is either volatile or empty, and R is a promoted integral
4735 // type, there exist candidate operator functions of the form
4736 //
4737 // VQ L& operator%=(VQ L&, R);
4738 // VQ L& operator<<=(VQ L&, R);
4739 // VQ L& operator>>=(VQ L&, R);
4740 // VQ L& operator&=(VQ L&, R);
4741 // VQ L& operator^=(VQ L&, R);
4742 // VQ L& operator|=(VQ L&, R);
4743 for (unsigned Left = FirstIntegralType; Left < LastIntegralType; ++Left) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004744 for (unsigned Right = FirstPromotedIntegralType;
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004745 Right < LastPromotedIntegralType; ++Right) {
4746 QualType ParamTypes[2];
4747 ParamTypes[1] = ArithmeticTypes[Right];
4748
4749 // Add this built-in operator as a candidate (VQ is empty).
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00004750 ParamTypes[0] = Context.getLValueReferenceType(ArithmeticTypes[Left]);
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004751 AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
Fariborz Jahaniana4a93342009-10-20 00:04:40 +00004752 if (VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasVolatile()) {
4753 // Add this built-in operator as a candidate (VQ is 'volatile').
4754 ParamTypes[0] = ArithmeticTypes[Left];
4755 ParamTypes[0] = Context.getVolatileType(ParamTypes[0]);
4756 ParamTypes[0] = Context.getLValueReferenceType(ParamTypes[0]);
4757 AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
4758 }
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004759 }
4760 }
4761 break;
4762
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00004763 case OO_Exclaim: {
4764 // C++ [over.operator]p23:
4765 //
4766 // There also exist candidate operator functions of the form
4767 //
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004768 // bool operator!(bool);
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00004769 // bool operator&&(bool, bool); [BELOW]
4770 // bool operator||(bool, bool); [BELOW]
4771 QualType ParamTy = Context.BoolTy;
Douglas Gregor5fb53972009-01-14 15:45:31 +00004772 AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTy, &ParamTy, Args, 1, CandidateSet,
4773 /*IsAssignmentOperator=*/false,
4774 /*NumContextualBoolArguments=*/1);
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00004775 break;
4776 }
4777
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004778 case OO_AmpAmp:
4779 case OO_PipePipe: {
4780 // C++ [over.operator]p23:
4781 //
4782 // There also exist candidate operator functions of the form
4783 //
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00004784 // bool operator!(bool); [ABOVE]
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004785 // bool operator&&(bool, bool);
4786 // bool operator||(bool, bool);
4787 QualType ParamTypes[2] = { Context.BoolTy, Context.BoolTy };
Douglas Gregor5fb53972009-01-14 15:45:31 +00004788 AddBuiltinCandidate(Context.BoolTy, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet,
4789 /*IsAssignmentOperator=*/false,
4790 /*NumContextualBoolArguments=*/2);
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004791 break;
4792 }
4793
4794 case OO_Subscript:
4795 // C++ [over.built]p13:
4796 //
4797 // For every cv-qualified or cv-unqualified object type T there
4798 // exist candidate operator functions of the form
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004799 //
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004800 // T* operator+(T*, ptrdiff_t); [ABOVE]
4801 // T& operator[](T*, ptrdiff_t);
4802 // T* operator-(T*, ptrdiff_t); [ABOVE]
4803 // T* operator+(ptrdiff_t, T*); [ABOVE]
4804 // T& operator[](ptrdiff_t, T*);
4805 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator Ptr = CandidateTypes.pointer_begin();
4806 Ptr != CandidateTypes.pointer_end(); ++Ptr) {
4807 QualType ParamTypes[2] = { *Ptr, Context.getPointerDiffType() };
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004808 QualType PointeeType = (*Ptr)->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00004809 QualType ResultTy = Context.getLValueReferenceType(PointeeType);
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004810
4811 // T& operator[](T*, ptrdiff_t)
4812 AddBuiltinCandidate(ResultTy, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
4813
4814 // T& operator[](ptrdiff_t, T*);
4815 ParamTypes[0] = ParamTypes[1];
4816 ParamTypes[1] = *Ptr;
4817 AddBuiltinCandidate(ResultTy, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
Douglas Gregorcbfbca12010-05-19 03:21:00 +00004818 }
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004819 break;
4820
4821 case OO_ArrowStar:
Fariborz Jahanian34d93dc2009-10-06 23:08:05 +00004822 // C++ [over.built]p11:
4823 // For every quintuple (C1, C2, T, CV1, CV2), where C2 is a class type,
4824 // C1 is the same type as C2 or is a derived class of C2, T is an object
4825 // type or a function type, and CV1 and CV2 are cv-qualifier-seqs,
4826 // there exist candidate operator functions of the form
4827 // CV12 T& operator->*(CV1 C1*, CV2 T C2::*);
4828 // where CV12 is the union of CV1 and CV2.
4829 {
4830 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator Ptr =
4831 CandidateTypes.pointer_begin();
4832 Ptr != CandidateTypes.pointer_end(); ++Ptr) {
4833 QualType C1Ty = (*Ptr);
4834 QualType C1;
Fariborz Jahanian4dc12462009-10-09 16:34:40 +00004835 QualifierCollector Q1;
Fariborz Jahanian34d93dc2009-10-06 23:08:05 +00004836 if (const PointerType *PointerTy = C1Ty->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Fariborz Jahanian4dc12462009-10-09 16:34:40 +00004837 C1 = QualType(Q1.strip(PointerTy->getPointeeType()), 0);
Fariborz Jahanian34d93dc2009-10-06 23:08:05 +00004838 if (!isa<RecordType>(C1))
4839 continue;
Fariborz Jahanian3b937fa2009-10-15 17:14:05 +00004840 // heuristic to reduce number of builtin candidates in the set.
4841 // Add volatile/restrict version only if there are conversions to a
4842 // volatile/restrict type.
4843 if (!VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasVolatile() && Q1.hasVolatile())
4844 continue;
4845 if (!VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasRestrict() && Q1.hasRestrict())
4846 continue;
Fariborz Jahanian34d93dc2009-10-06 23:08:05 +00004847 }
4848 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator
4849 MemPtr = CandidateTypes.member_pointer_begin(),
4850 MemPtrEnd = CandidateTypes.member_pointer_end();
4851 MemPtr != MemPtrEnd; ++MemPtr) {
4852 const MemberPointerType *mptr = cast<MemberPointerType>(*MemPtr);
4853 QualType C2 = QualType(mptr->getClass(), 0);
Fariborz Jahanian12df37c2009-10-07 16:56:50 +00004854 C2 = C2.getUnqualifiedType();
Fariborz Jahanian34d93dc2009-10-06 23:08:05 +00004855 if (C1 != C2 && !IsDerivedFrom(C1, C2))
4856 break;
4857 QualType ParamTypes[2] = { *Ptr, *MemPtr };
4858 // build CV12 T&
4859 QualType T = mptr->getPointeeType();
Fariborz Jahanian3b937fa2009-10-15 17:14:05 +00004860 if (!VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasVolatile() &&
4861 T.isVolatileQualified())
4862 continue;
4863 if (!VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasRestrict() &&
4864 T.isRestrictQualified())
4865 continue;
Fariborz Jahanian4dc12462009-10-09 16:34:40 +00004866 T = Q1.apply(T);
Fariborz Jahanian34d93dc2009-10-06 23:08:05 +00004867 QualType ResultTy = Context.getLValueReferenceType(T);
4868 AddBuiltinCandidate(ResultTy, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
4869 }
4870 }
4871 }
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004872 break;
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00004873
4874 case OO_Conditional:
4875 // Note that we don't consider the first argument, since it has been
4876 // contextually converted to bool long ago. The candidates below are
4877 // therefore added as binary.
4878 //
4879 // C++ [over.built]p24:
4880 // For every type T, where T is a pointer or pointer-to-member type,
4881 // there exist candidate operator functions of the form
4882 //
4883 // T operator?(bool, T, T);
4884 //
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00004885 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator Ptr = CandidateTypes.pointer_begin(),
4886 E = CandidateTypes.pointer_end(); Ptr != E; ++Ptr) {
4887 QualType ParamTypes[2] = { *Ptr, *Ptr };
4888 AddBuiltinCandidate(*Ptr, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
4889 }
Sebastian Redl8ce189f2009-04-19 21:53:20 +00004890 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator Ptr =
4891 CandidateTypes.member_pointer_begin(),
4892 E = CandidateTypes.member_pointer_end(); Ptr != E; ++Ptr) {
4893 QualType ParamTypes[2] = { *Ptr, *Ptr };
4894 AddBuiltinCandidate(*Ptr, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
4895 }
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00004896 goto Conditional;
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004897 }
4898}
4899
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00004900/// \brief Add function candidates found via argument-dependent lookup
4901/// to the set of overloading candidates.
4902///
4903/// This routine performs argument-dependent name lookup based on the
4904/// given function name (which may also be an operator name) and adds
4905/// all of the overload candidates found by ADL to the overload
4906/// candidate set (C++ [basic.lookup.argdep]).
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004907void
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00004908Sema::AddArgumentDependentLookupCandidates(DeclarationName Name,
John McCall4c4c1df2010-01-26 03:27:55 +00004909 bool Operator,
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00004910 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
John McCall6b51f282009-11-23 01:53:49 +00004911 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00004912 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
4913 bool PartialOverloading) {
John McCall8fe68082010-01-26 07:16:45 +00004914 ADLResult Fns;
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00004915
John McCall91f61fc2010-01-26 06:04:06 +00004916 // FIXME: This approach for uniquing ADL results (and removing
4917 // redundant candidates from the set) relies on pointer-equality,
4918 // which means we need to key off the canonical decl. However,
4919 // always going back to the canonical decl might not get us the
4920 // right set of default arguments. What default arguments are
4921 // we supposed to consider on ADL candidates, anyway?
4922
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00004923 // FIXME: Pass in the explicit template arguments?
John McCall8fe68082010-01-26 07:16:45 +00004924 ArgumentDependentLookup(Name, Operator, Args, NumArgs, Fns);
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00004925
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00004926 // Erase all of the candidates we already knew about.
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00004927 for (OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Cand = CandidateSet.begin(),
4928 CandEnd = CandidateSet.end();
4929 Cand != CandEnd; ++Cand)
Douglas Gregor15448f82009-06-27 21:05:07 +00004930 if (Cand->Function) {
John McCall8fe68082010-01-26 07:16:45 +00004931 Fns.erase(Cand->Function);
Douglas Gregor15448f82009-06-27 21:05:07 +00004932 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = Cand->Function->getPrimaryTemplate())
John McCall8fe68082010-01-26 07:16:45 +00004933 Fns.erase(FunTmpl);
Douglas Gregor15448f82009-06-27 21:05:07 +00004934 }
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00004935
4936 // For each of the ADL candidates we found, add it to the overload
4937 // set.
John McCall8fe68082010-01-26 07:16:45 +00004938 for (ADLResult::iterator I = Fns.begin(), E = Fns.end(); I != E; ++I) {
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00004939 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl = DeclAccessPair::make(*I, AS_none);
John McCall4c4c1df2010-01-26 03:27:55 +00004940 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*I)) {
John McCall6b51f282009-11-23 01:53:49 +00004941 if (ExplicitTemplateArgs)
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00004942 continue;
4943
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00004944 AddOverloadCandidate(FD, FoundDecl, Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet,
Douglas Gregorb05275a2010-04-16 17:41:49 +00004945 false, PartialOverloading);
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00004946 } else
John McCall4c4c1df2010-01-26 03:27:55 +00004947 AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*I),
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00004948 FoundDecl, ExplicitTemplateArgs,
Douglas Gregor89026b52009-06-30 23:57:56 +00004949 Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet);
Douglas Gregor15448f82009-06-27 21:05:07 +00004950 }
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00004951}
4952
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004953/// isBetterOverloadCandidate - Determines whether the first overload
4954/// candidate is a better candidate than the second (C++ 13.3.3p1).
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004955bool
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004956Sema::isBetterOverloadCandidate(const OverloadCandidate& Cand1,
John McCallbc077cf2010-02-08 23:07:23 +00004957 const OverloadCandidate& Cand2,
4958 SourceLocation Loc) {
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004959 // Define viable functions to be better candidates than non-viable
4960 // functions.
4961 if (!Cand2.Viable)
4962 return Cand1.Viable;
4963 else if (!Cand1.Viable)
4964 return false;
4965
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00004966 // C++ [over.match.best]p1:
4967 //
4968 // -- if F is a static member function, ICS1(F) is defined such
4969 // that ICS1(F) is neither better nor worse than ICS1(G) for
4970 // any function G, and, symmetrically, ICS1(G) is neither
4971 // better nor worse than ICS1(F).
4972 unsigned StartArg = 0;
4973 if (Cand1.IgnoreObjectArgument || Cand2.IgnoreObjectArgument)
4974 StartArg = 1;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004975
Douglas Gregord3cb3562009-07-07 23:38:56 +00004976 // C++ [over.match.best]p1:
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004977 // A viable function F1 is defined to be a better function than another
4978 // viable function F2 if for all arguments i, ICSi(F1) is not a worse
Douglas Gregord3cb3562009-07-07 23:38:56 +00004979 // conversion sequence than ICSi(F2), and then...
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004980 unsigned NumArgs = Cand1.Conversions.size();
4981 assert(Cand2.Conversions.size() == NumArgs && "Overload candidate mismatch");
4982 bool HasBetterConversion = false;
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00004983 for (unsigned ArgIdx = StartArg; ArgIdx < NumArgs; ++ArgIdx) {
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004984 switch (CompareImplicitConversionSequences(Cand1.Conversions[ArgIdx],
4985 Cand2.Conversions[ArgIdx])) {
4986 case ImplicitConversionSequence::Better:
4987 // Cand1 has a better conversion sequence.
4988 HasBetterConversion = true;
4989 break;
4990
4991 case ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse:
4992 // Cand1 can't be better than Cand2.
4993 return false;
4994
4995 case ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable:
4996 // Do nothing.
4997 break;
4998 }
4999 }
5000
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005001 // -- for some argument j, ICSj(F1) is a better conversion sequence than
Douglas Gregord3cb3562009-07-07 23:38:56 +00005002 // ICSj(F2), or, if not that,
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00005003 if (HasBetterConversion)
5004 return true;
5005
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005006 // - F1 is a non-template function and F2 is a function template
Douglas Gregord3cb3562009-07-07 23:38:56 +00005007 // specialization, or, if not that,
Douglas Gregorce21919b2010-06-08 21:03:17 +00005008 if ((!Cand1.Function || !Cand1.Function->getPrimaryTemplate()) &&
Douglas Gregord3cb3562009-07-07 23:38:56 +00005009 Cand2.Function && Cand2.Function->getPrimaryTemplate())
5010 return true;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005011
5012 // -- F1 and F2 are function template specializations, and the function
5013 // template for F1 is more specialized than the template for F2
5014 // according to the partial ordering rules described in 14.5.5.2, or,
Douglas Gregord3cb3562009-07-07 23:38:56 +00005015 // if not that,
Douglas Gregor55137cb2009-08-02 23:46:29 +00005016 if (Cand1.Function && Cand1.Function->getPrimaryTemplate() &&
5017 Cand2.Function && Cand2.Function->getPrimaryTemplate())
Douglas Gregor05155d82009-08-21 23:19:43 +00005018 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *BetterTemplate
5019 = getMoreSpecializedTemplate(Cand1.Function->getPrimaryTemplate(),
5020 Cand2.Function->getPrimaryTemplate(),
John McCallbc077cf2010-02-08 23:07:23 +00005021 Loc,
Douglas Gregor6010da02009-09-14 23:02:14 +00005022 isa<CXXConversionDecl>(Cand1.Function)? TPOC_Conversion
5023 : TPOC_Call))
Douglas Gregor05155d82009-08-21 23:19:43 +00005024 return BetterTemplate == Cand1.Function->getPrimaryTemplate();
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00005025
Douglas Gregora1f013e2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00005026 // -- the context is an initialization by user-defined conversion
5027 // (see 8.5, 13.3.1.5) and the standard conversion sequence
5028 // from the return type of F1 to the destination type (i.e.,
5029 // the type of the entity being initialized) is a better
5030 // conversion sequence than the standard conversion sequence
5031 // from the return type of F2 to the destination type.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005032 if (Cand1.Function && Cand2.Function &&
5033 isa<CXXConversionDecl>(Cand1.Function) &&
Douglas Gregora1f013e2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00005034 isa<CXXConversionDecl>(Cand2.Function)) {
5035 switch (CompareStandardConversionSequences(Cand1.FinalConversion,
5036 Cand2.FinalConversion)) {
5037 case ImplicitConversionSequence::Better:
5038 // Cand1 has a better conversion sequence.
5039 return true;
5040
5041 case ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse:
5042 // Cand1 can't be better than Cand2.
5043 return false;
5044
5045 case ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable:
5046 // Do nothing
5047 break;
5048 }
5049 }
5050
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00005051 return false;
5052}
5053
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005054/// \brief Computes the best viable function (C++ 13.3.3)
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005055/// within an overload candidate set.
5056///
5057/// \param CandidateSet the set of candidate functions.
5058///
5059/// \param Loc the location of the function name (or operator symbol) for
5060/// which overload resolution occurs.
5061///
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005062/// \param Best f overload resolution was successful or found a deleted
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005063/// function, Best points to the candidate function found.
5064///
5065/// \returns The result of overload resolution.
Douglas Gregor3e1e5272009-12-09 23:02:17 +00005066OverloadingResult Sema::BestViableFunction(OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
5067 SourceLocation Loc,
5068 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator& Best) {
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00005069 // Find the best viable function.
5070 Best = CandidateSet.end();
5071 for (OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Cand = CandidateSet.begin();
5072 Cand != CandidateSet.end(); ++Cand) {
5073 if (Cand->Viable) {
John McCallbc077cf2010-02-08 23:07:23 +00005074 if (Best == CandidateSet.end() ||
5075 isBetterOverloadCandidate(*Cand, *Best, Loc))
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00005076 Best = Cand;
5077 }
5078 }
5079
5080 // If we didn't find any viable functions, abort.
5081 if (Best == CandidateSet.end())
5082 return OR_No_Viable_Function;
5083
5084 // Make sure that this function is better than every other viable
5085 // function. If not, we have an ambiguity.
5086 for (OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Cand = CandidateSet.begin();
5087 Cand != CandidateSet.end(); ++Cand) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005088 if (Cand->Viable &&
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00005089 Cand != Best &&
John McCallbc077cf2010-02-08 23:07:23 +00005090 !isBetterOverloadCandidate(*Best, *Cand, Loc)) {
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00005091 Best = CandidateSet.end();
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00005092 return OR_Ambiguous;
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00005093 }
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00005094 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005095
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00005096 // Best is the best viable function.
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00005097 if (Best->Function &&
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005098 (Best->Function->isDeleted() ||
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4b64ca2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00005099 Best->Function->getAttr<UnavailableAttr>()))
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00005100 return OR_Deleted;
5101
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005102 // C++ [basic.def.odr]p2:
5103 // An overloaded function is used if it is selected by overload resolution
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005104 // when referred to from a potentially-evaluated expression. [Note: this
5105 // covers calls to named functions (5.2.2), operator overloading
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005106 // (clause 13), user-defined conversions (12.3.2), allocation function for
5107 // placement new (5.3.4), as well as non-default initialization (8.5).
5108 if (Best->Function)
5109 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, Best->Function);
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00005110 return OR_Success;
5111}
5112
John McCall53262c92010-01-12 02:15:36 +00005113namespace {
5114
5115enum OverloadCandidateKind {
5116 oc_function,
5117 oc_method,
5118 oc_constructor,
John McCalle1ac8d12010-01-13 00:25:19 +00005119 oc_function_template,
5120 oc_method_template,
5121 oc_constructor_template,
John McCall53262c92010-01-12 02:15:36 +00005122 oc_implicit_default_constructor,
5123 oc_implicit_copy_constructor,
John McCalle1ac8d12010-01-13 00:25:19 +00005124 oc_implicit_copy_assignment
John McCall53262c92010-01-12 02:15:36 +00005125};
5126
John McCalle1ac8d12010-01-13 00:25:19 +00005127OverloadCandidateKind ClassifyOverloadCandidate(Sema &S,
5128 FunctionDecl *Fn,
5129 std::string &Description) {
5130 bool isTemplate = false;
5131
5132 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = Fn->getPrimaryTemplate()) {
5133 isTemplate = true;
5134 Description = S.getTemplateArgumentBindingsText(
5135 FunTmpl->getTemplateParameters(), *Fn->getTemplateSpecializationArgs());
5136 }
John McCallfd0b2f82010-01-06 09:43:14 +00005137
5138 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Fn)) {
John McCall53262c92010-01-12 02:15:36 +00005139 if (!Ctor->isImplicit())
John McCalle1ac8d12010-01-13 00:25:19 +00005140 return isTemplate ? oc_constructor_template : oc_constructor;
John McCallfd0b2f82010-01-06 09:43:14 +00005141
John McCall53262c92010-01-12 02:15:36 +00005142 return Ctor->isCopyConstructor() ? oc_implicit_copy_constructor
5143 : oc_implicit_default_constructor;
John McCallfd0b2f82010-01-06 09:43:14 +00005144 }
5145
5146 if (CXXMethodDecl *Meth = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Fn)) {
5147 // This actually gets spelled 'candidate function' for now, but
5148 // it doesn't hurt to split it out.
John McCall53262c92010-01-12 02:15:36 +00005149 if (!Meth->isImplicit())
John McCalle1ac8d12010-01-13 00:25:19 +00005150 return isTemplate ? oc_method_template : oc_method;
John McCallfd0b2f82010-01-06 09:43:14 +00005151
5152 assert(Meth->isCopyAssignment()
5153 && "implicit method is not copy assignment operator?");
John McCall53262c92010-01-12 02:15:36 +00005154 return oc_implicit_copy_assignment;
5155 }
5156
John McCalle1ac8d12010-01-13 00:25:19 +00005157 return isTemplate ? oc_function_template : oc_function;
John McCall53262c92010-01-12 02:15:36 +00005158}
5159
5160} // end anonymous namespace
5161
5162// Notes the location of an overload candidate.
5163void Sema::NoteOverloadCandidate(FunctionDecl *Fn) {
John McCalle1ac8d12010-01-13 00:25:19 +00005164 std::string FnDesc;
5165 OverloadCandidateKind K = ClassifyOverloadCandidate(*this, Fn, FnDesc);
5166 Diag(Fn->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate)
5167 << (unsigned) K << FnDesc;
John McCallfd0b2f82010-01-06 09:43:14 +00005168}
5169
John McCall0d1da222010-01-12 00:44:57 +00005170/// Diagnoses an ambiguous conversion. The partial diagnostic is the
5171/// "lead" diagnostic; it will be given two arguments, the source and
5172/// target types of the conversion.
5173void Sema::DiagnoseAmbiguousConversion(const ImplicitConversionSequence &ICS,
5174 SourceLocation CaretLoc,
5175 const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag) {
5176 Diag(CaretLoc, PDiag)
5177 << ICS.Ambiguous.getFromType() << ICS.Ambiguous.getToType();
5178 for (AmbiguousConversionSequence::const_iterator
5179 I = ICS.Ambiguous.begin(), E = ICS.Ambiguous.end(); I != E; ++I) {
5180 NoteOverloadCandidate(*I);
5181 }
John McCall12f97bc2010-01-08 04:41:39 +00005182}
5183
John McCall0d1da222010-01-12 00:44:57 +00005184namespace {
5185
John McCall6a61b522010-01-13 09:16:55 +00005186void DiagnoseBadConversion(Sema &S, OverloadCandidate *Cand, unsigned I) {
5187 const ImplicitConversionSequence &Conv = Cand->Conversions[I];
5188 assert(Conv.isBad());
John McCalle1ac8d12010-01-13 00:25:19 +00005189 assert(Cand->Function && "for now, candidate must be a function");
5190 FunctionDecl *Fn = Cand->Function;
5191
5192 // There's a conversion slot for the object argument if this is a
5193 // non-constructor method. Note that 'I' corresponds the
5194 // conversion-slot index.
John McCall6a61b522010-01-13 09:16:55 +00005195 bool isObjectArgument = false;
John McCalle1ac8d12010-01-13 00:25:19 +00005196 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Fn) && !isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(Fn)) {
John McCall6a61b522010-01-13 09:16:55 +00005197 if (I == 0)
5198 isObjectArgument = true;
5199 else
5200 I--;
John McCalle1ac8d12010-01-13 00:25:19 +00005201 }
5202
John McCalle1ac8d12010-01-13 00:25:19 +00005203 std::string FnDesc;
5204 OverloadCandidateKind FnKind = ClassifyOverloadCandidate(S, Fn, FnDesc);
5205
John McCall6a61b522010-01-13 09:16:55 +00005206 Expr *FromExpr = Conv.Bad.FromExpr;
5207 QualType FromTy = Conv.Bad.getFromType();
5208 QualType ToTy = Conv.Bad.getToType();
John McCalle1ac8d12010-01-13 00:25:19 +00005209
John McCallfb7ad0f2010-02-02 02:42:52 +00005210 if (FromTy == S.Context.OverloadTy) {
John McCall65eb8792010-02-25 01:37:24 +00005211 assert(FromExpr && "overload set argument came from implicit argument?");
John McCallfb7ad0f2010-02-02 02:42:52 +00005212 Expr *E = FromExpr->IgnoreParens();
5213 if (isa<UnaryOperator>(E))
5214 E = cast<UnaryOperator>(E)->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens();
John McCall1acbbb52010-02-02 06:20:04 +00005215 DeclarationName Name = cast<OverloadExpr>(E)->getName();
John McCallfb7ad0f2010-02-02 02:42:52 +00005216
5217 S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_bad_overload)
5218 << (unsigned) FnKind << FnDesc
5219 << (FromExpr ? FromExpr->getSourceRange() : SourceRange())
5220 << ToTy << Name << I+1;
5221 return;
5222 }
5223
John McCall6d174642010-01-23 08:10:49 +00005224 // Do some hand-waving analysis to see if the non-viability is due
5225 // to a qualifier mismatch.
John McCall47000992010-01-14 03:28:57 +00005226 CanQualType CFromTy = S.Context.getCanonicalType(FromTy);
5227 CanQualType CToTy = S.Context.getCanonicalType(ToTy);
5228 if (CanQual<ReferenceType> RT = CToTy->getAs<ReferenceType>())
5229 CToTy = RT->getPointeeType();
5230 else {
5231 // TODO: detect and diagnose the full richness of const mismatches.
5232 if (CanQual<PointerType> FromPT = CFromTy->getAs<PointerType>())
5233 if (CanQual<PointerType> ToPT = CToTy->getAs<PointerType>())
5234 CFromTy = FromPT->getPointeeType(), CToTy = ToPT->getPointeeType();
5235 }
5236
5237 if (CToTy.getUnqualifiedType() == CFromTy.getUnqualifiedType() &&
5238 !CToTy.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(CFromTy)) {
5239 // It is dumb that we have to do this here.
5240 while (isa<ArrayType>(CFromTy))
5241 CFromTy = CFromTy->getAs<ArrayType>()->getElementType();
5242 while (isa<ArrayType>(CToTy))
5243 CToTy = CFromTy->getAs<ArrayType>()->getElementType();
5244
5245 Qualifiers FromQs = CFromTy.getQualifiers();
5246 Qualifiers ToQs = CToTy.getQualifiers();
5247
5248 if (FromQs.getAddressSpace() != ToQs.getAddressSpace()) {
5249 S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_bad_addrspace)
5250 << (unsigned) FnKind << FnDesc
5251 << (FromExpr ? FromExpr->getSourceRange() : SourceRange())
5252 << FromTy
5253 << FromQs.getAddressSpace() << ToQs.getAddressSpace()
5254 << (unsigned) isObjectArgument << I+1;
5255 return;
5256 }
5257
5258 unsigned CVR = FromQs.getCVRQualifiers() & ~ToQs.getCVRQualifiers();
5259 assert(CVR && "unexpected qualifiers mismatch");
5260
5261 if (isObjectArgument) {
5262 S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_bad_cvr_this)
5263 << (unsigned) FnKind << FnDesc
5264 << (FromExpr ? FromExpr->getSourceRange() : SourceRange())
5265 << FromTy << (CVR - 1);
5266 } else {
5267 S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_bad_cvr)
5268 << (unsigned) FnKind << FnDesc
5269 << (FromExpr ? FromExpr->getSourceRange() : SourceRange())
5270 << FromTy << (CVR - 1) << I+1;
5271 }
5272 return;
5273 }
5274
John McCall6d174642010-01-23 08:10:49 +00005275 // Diagnose references or pointers to incomplete types differently,
5276 // since it's far from impossible that the incompleteness triggered
5277 // the failure.
5278 QualType TempFromTy = FromTy.getNonReferenceType();
5279 if (const PointerType *PTy = TempFromTy->getAs<PointerType>())
5280 TempFromTy = PTy->getPointeeType();
5281 if (TempFromTy->isIncompleteType()) {
5282 S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_bad_conv_incomplete)
5283 << (unsigned) FnKind << FnDesc
5284 << (FromExpr ? FromExpr->getSourceRange() : SourceRange())
5285 << FromTy << ToTy << (unsigned) isObjectArgument << I+1;
5286 return;
5287 }
5288
John McCall47000992010-01-14 03:28:57 +00005289 // TODO: specialize more based on the kind of mismatch
John McCalle1ac8d12010-01-13 00:25:19 +00005290 S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_bad_conv)
5291 << (unsigned) FnKind << FnDesc
John McCall6a61b522010-01-13 09:16:55 +00005292 << (FromExpr ? FromExpr->getSourceRange() : SourceRange())
John McCalla1709fd2010-01-14 00:56:20 +00005293 << FromTy << ToTy << (unsigned) isObjectArgument << I+1;
John McCall6a61b522010-01-13 09:16:55 +00005294}
5295
5296void DiagnoseArityMismatch(Sema &S, OverloadCandidate *Cand,
5297 unsigned NumFormalArgs) {
5298 // TODO: treat calls to a missing default constructor as a special case
5299
5300 FunctionDecl *Fn = Cand->Function;
5301 const FunctionProtoType *FnTy = Fn->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
5302
5303 unsigned MinParams = Fn->getMinRequiredArguments();
5304
5305 // at least / at most / exactly
Douglas Gregor02eb4832010-05-08 18:13:28 +00005306 // FIXME: variadic templates "at most" should account for parameter packs
John McCall6a61b522010-01-13 09:16:55 +00005307 unsigned mode, modeCount;
5308 if (NumFormalArgs < MinParams) {
Douglas Gregor02eb4832010-05-08 18:13:28 +00005309 assert((Cand->FailureKind == ovl_fail_too_few_arguments) ||
5310 (Cand->FailureKind == ovl_fail_bad_deduction &&
5311 Cand->DeductionFailure.Result == Sema::TDK_TooFewArguments));
John McCall6a61b522010-01-13 09:16:55 +00005312 if (MinParams != FnTy->getNumArgs() || FnTy->isVariadic())
5313 mode = 0; // "at least"
5314 else
5315 mode = 2; // "exactly"
5316 modeCount = MinParams;
5317 } else {
Douglas Gregor02eb4832010-05-08 18:13:28 +00005318 assert((Cand->FailureKind == ovl_fail_too_many_arguments) ||
5319 (Cand->FailureKind == ovl_fail_bad_deduction &&
5320 Cand->DeductionFailure.Result == Sema::TDK_TooManyArguments));
John McCall6a61b522010-01-13 09:16:55 +00005321 if (MinParams != FnTy->getNumArgs())
5322 mode = 1; // "at most"
5323 else
5324 mode = 2; // "exactly"
5325 modeCount = FnTy->getNumArgs();
5326 }
5327
5328 std::string Description;
5329 OverloadCandidateKind FnKind = ClassifyOverloadCandidate(S, Fn, Description);
5330
5331 S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_arity)
Douglas Gregor02eb4832010-05-08 18:13:28 +00005332 << (unsigned) FnKind << (Fn->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() != 0) << mode
5333 << modeCount << NumFormalArgs;
John McCalle1ac8d12010-01-13 00:25:19 +00005334}
5335
John McCall8b9ed552010-02-01 18:53:26 +00005336/// Diagnose a failed template-argument deduction.
5337void DiagnoseBadDeduction(Sema &S, OverloadCandidate *Cand,
5338 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs) {
5339 FunctionDecl *Fn = Cand->Function; // pattern
5340
Douglas Gregor3626a5c2010-05-08 17:41:32 +00005341 TemplateParameter Param = Cand->DeductionFailure.getTemplateParameter();
Douglas Gregor1d72edd2010-05-08 19:15:54 +00005342 NamedDecl *ParamD;
5343 (ParamD = Param.dyn_cast<TemplateTypeParmDecl*>()) ||
5344 (ParamD = Param.dyn_cast<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl*>()) ||
5345 (ParamD = Param.dyn_cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl*>());
John McCall8b9ed552010-02-01 18:53:26 +00005346 switch (Cand->DeductionFailure.Result) {
5347 case Sema::TDK_Success:
5348 llvm_unreachable("TDK_success while diagnosing bad deduction");
5349
5350 case Sema::TDK_Incomplete: {
John McCall8b9ed552010-02-01 18:53:26 +00005351 assert(ParamD && "no parameter found for incomplete deduction result");
5352 S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_incomplete_deduction)
5353 << ParamD->getDeclName();
5354 return;
5355 }
5356
Douglas Gregor3626a5c2010-05-08 17:41:32 +00005357 case Sema::TDK_Inconsistent:
5358 case Sema::TDK_InconsistentQuals: {
Douglas Gregor1d72edd2010-05-08 19:15:54 +00005359 assert(ParamD && "no parameter found for inconsistent deduction result");
Douglas Gregor3626a5c2010-05-08 17:41:32 +00005360 int which = 0;
Douglas Gregor1d72edd2010-05-08 19:15:54 +00005361 if (isa<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(ParamD))
Douglas Gregor3626a5c2010-05-08 17:41:32 +00005362 which = 0;
Douglas Gregor1d72edd2010-05-08 19:15:54 +00005363 else if (isa<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(ParamD))
Douglas Gregor3626a5c2010-05-08 17:41:32 +00005364 which = 1;
5365 else {
Douglas Gregor3626a5c2010-05-08 17:41:32 +00005366 which = 2;
5367 }
5368
5369 S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_inconsistent_deduction)
5370 << which << ParamD->getDeclName()
5371 << *Cand->DeductionFailure.getFirstArg()
5372 << *Cand->DeductionFailure.getSecondArg();
5373 return;
5374 }
Douglas Gregor02eb4832010-05-08 18:13:28 +00005375
Douglas Gregor1d72edd2010-05-08 19:15:54 +00005376 case Sema::TDK_InvalidExplicitArguments:
5377 assert(ParamD && "no parameter found for invalid explicit arguments");
5378 if (ParamD->getDeclName())
5379 S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(),
5380 diag::note_ovl_candidate_explicit_arg_mismatch_named)
5381 << ParamD->getDeclName();
5382 else {
5383 int index = 0;
5384 if (TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTP = dyn_cast<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(ParamD))
5385 index = TTP->getIndex();
5386 else if (NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *NTTP
5387 = dyn_cast<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(ParamD))
5388 index = NTTP->getIndex();
5389 else
5390 index = cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(ParamD)->getIndex();
5391 S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(),
5392 diag::note_ovl_candidate_explicit_arg_mismatch_unnamed)
5393 << (index + 1);
5394 }
5395 return;
5396
Douglas Gregor02eb4832010-05-08 18:13:28 +00005397 case Sema::TDK_TooManyArguments:
5398 case Sema::TDK_TooFewArguments:
5399 DiagnoseArityMismatch(S, Cand, NumArgs);
5400 return;
Douglas Gregord09efd42010-05-08 20:07:26 +00005401
5402 case Sema::TDK_InstantiationDepth:
5403 S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_instantiation_depth);
5404 return;
5405
5406 case Sema::TDK_SubstitutionFailure: {
5407 std::string ArgString;
5408 if (TemplateArgumentList *Args
5409 = Cand->DeductionFailure.getTemplateArgumentList())
5410 ArgString = S.getTemplateArgumentBindingsText(
5411 Fn->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()->getTemplateParameters(),
5412 *Args);
5413 S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_substitution_failure)
5414 << ArgString;
5415 return;
5416 }
Douglas Gregor3626a5c2010-05-08 17:41:32 +00005417
John McCall8b9ed552010-02-01 18:53:26 +00005418 // TODO: diagnose these individually, then kill off
5419 // note_ovl_candidate_bad_deduction, which is uselessly vague.
John McCall8b9ed552010-02-01 18:53:26 +00005420 case Sema::TDK_NonDeducedMismatch:
John McCall8b9ed552010-02-01 18:53:26 +00005421 case Sema::TDK_FailedOverloadResolution:
5422 S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_bad_deduction);
5423 return;
5424 }
5425}
5426
5427/// Generates a 'note' diagnostic for an overload candidate. We've
5428/// already generated a primary error at the call site.
5429///
5430/// It really does need to be a single diagnostic with its caret
5431/// pointed at the candidate declaration. Yes, this creates some
5432/// major challenges of technical writing. Yes, this makes pointing
5433/// out problems with specific arguments quite awkward. It's still
5434/// better than generating twenty screens of text for every failed
5435/// overload.
5436///
5437/// It would be great to be able to express per-candidate problems
5438/// more richly for those diagnostic clients that cared, but we'd
5439/// still have to be just as careful with the default diagnostics.
John McCalle1ac8d12010-01-13 00:25:19 +00005440void NoteFunctionCandidate(Sema &S, OverloadCandidate *Cand,
5441 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs) {
John McCall53262c92010-01-12 02:15:36 +00005442 FunctionDecl *Fn = Cand->Function;
5443
John McCall12f97bc2010-01-08 04:41:39 +00005444 // Note deleted candidates, but only if they're viable.
John McCall53262c92010-01-12 02:15:36 +00005445 if (Cand->Viable && (Fn->isDeleted() || Fn->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>())) {
John McCalle1ac8d12010-01-13 00:25:19 +00005446 std::string FnDesc;
5447 OverloadCandidateKind FnKind = ClassifyOverloadCandidate(S, Fn, FnDesc);
John McCall53262c92010-01-12 02:15:36 +00005448
5449 S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_deleted)
John McCalle1ac8d12010-01-13 00:25:19 +00005450 << FnKind << FnDesc << Fn->isDeleted();
John McCalld3224162010-01-08 00:58:21 +00005451 return;
John McCall12f97bc2010-01-08 04:41:39 +00005452 }
5453
John McCalle1ac8d12010-01-13 00:25:19 +00005454 // We don't really have anything else to say about viable candidates.
5455 if (Cand->Viable) {
5456 S.NoteOverloadCandidate(Fn);
5457 return;
5458 }
John McCall0d1da222010-01-12 00:44:57 +00005459
John McCall6a61b522010-01-13 09:16:55 +00005460 switch (Cand->FailureKind) {
5461 case ovl_fail_too_many_arguments:
5462 case ovl_fail_too_few_arguments:
5463 return DiagnoseArityMismatch(S, Cand, NumArgs);
John McCalle1ac8d12010-01-13 00:25:19 +00005464
John McCall6a61b522010-01-13 09:16:55 +00005465 case ovl_fail_bad_deduction:
John McCall8b9ed552010-02-01 18:53:26 +00005466 return DiagnoseBadDeduction(S, Cand, Args, NumArgs);
5467
John McCallfe796dd2010-01-23 05:17:32 +00005468 case ovl_fail_trivial_conversion:
5469 case ovl_fail_bad_final_conversion:
Douglas Gregor2c326bc2010-04-12 23:42:09 +00005470 case ovl_fail_final_conversion_not_exact:
John McCall6a61b522010-01-13 09:16:55 +00005471 return S.NoteOverloadCandidate(Fn);
John McCalle1ac8d12010-01-13 00:25:19 +00005472
John McCall65eb8792010-02-25 01:37:24 +00005473 case ovl_fail_bad_conversion: {
5474 unsigned I = (Cand->IgnoreObjectArgument ? 1 : 0);
5475 for (unsigned N = Cand->Conversions.size(); I != N; ++I)
John McCall6a61b522010-01-13 09:16:55 +00005476 if (Cand->Conversions[I].isBad())
5477 return DiagnoseBadConversion(S, Cand, I);
5478
5479 // FIXME: this currently happens when we're called from SemaInit
5480 // when user-conversion overload fails. Figure out how to handle
5481 // those conditions and diagnose them well.
5482 return S.NoteOverloadCandidate(Fn);
John McCalle1ac8d12010-01-13 00:25:19 +00005483 }
John McCall65eb8792010-02-25 01:37:24 +00005484 }
John McCalld3224162010-01-08 00:58:21 +00005485}
5486
5487void NoteSurrogateCandidate(Sema &S, OverloadCandidate *Cand) {
5488 // Desugar the type of the surrogate down to a function type,
5489 // retaining as many typedefs as possible while still showing
5490 // the function type (and, therefore, its parameter types).
5491 QualType FnType = Cand->Surrogate->getConversionType();
5492 bool isLValueReference = false;
5493 bool isRValueReference = false;
5494 bool isPointer = false;
5495 if (const LValueReferenceType *FnTypeRef =
5496 FnType->getAs<LValueReferenceType>()) {
5497 FnType = FnTypeRef->getPointeeType();
5498 isLValueReference = true;
5499 } else if (const RValueReferenceType *FnTypeRef =
5500 FnType->getAs<RValueReferenceType>()) {
5501 FnType = FnTypeRef->getPointeeType();
5502 isRValueReference = true;
5503 }
5504 if (const PointerType *FnTypePtr = FnType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
5505 FnType = FnTypePtr->getPointeeType();
5506 isPointer = true;
5507 }
5508 // Desugar down to a function type.
5509 FnType = QualType(FnType->getAs<FunctionType>(), 0);
5510 // Reconstruct the pointer/reference as appropriate.
5511 if (isPointer) FnType = S.Context.getPointerType(FnType);
5512 if (isRValueReference) FnType = S.Context.getRValueReferenceType(FnType);
5513 if (isLValueReference) FnType = S.Context.getLValueReferenceType(FnType);
5514
5515 S.Diag(Cand->Surrogate->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_surrogate_cand)
5516 << FnType;
5517}
5518
5519void NoteBuiltinOperatorCandidate(Sema &S,
5520 const char *Opc,
5521 SourceLocation OpLoc,
5522 OverloadCandidate *Cand) {
5523 assert(Cand->Conversions.size() <= 2 && "builtin operator is not binary");
5524 std::string TypeStr("operator");
5525 TypeStr += Opc;
5526 TypeStr += "(";
5527 TypeStr += Cand->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0].getAsString();
5528 if (Cand->Conversions.size() == 1) {
5529 TypeStr += ")";
5530 S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::note_ovl_builtin_unary_candidate) << TypeStr;
5531 } else {
5532 TypeStr += ", ";
5533 TypeStr += Cand->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[1].getAsString();
5534 TypeStr += ")";
5535 S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::note_ovl_builtin_binary_candidate) << TypeStr;
5536 }
5537}
5538
5539void NoteAmbiguousUserConversions(Sema &S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
5540 OverloadCandidate *Cand) {
5541 unsigned NoOperands = Cand->Conversions.size();
5542 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx < NoOperands; ++ArgIdx) {
5543 const ImplicitConversionSequence &ICS = Cand->Conversions[ArgIdx];
John McCall0d1da222010-01-12 00:44:57 +00005544 if (ICS.isBad()) break; // all meaningless after first invalid
5545 if (!ICS.isAmbiguous()) continue;
5546
5547 S.DiagnoseAmbiguousConversion(ICS, OpLoc,
Douglas Gregor89336232010-03-29 23:34:08 +00005548 S.PDiag(diag::note_ambiguous_type_conversion));
John McCalld3224162010-01-08 00:58:21 +00005549 }
5550}
5551
John McCall3712d9e2010-01-15 23:32:50 +00005552SourceLocation GetLocationForCandidate(const OverloadCandidate *Cand) {
5553 if (Cand->Function)
5554 return Cand->Function->getLocation();
John McCall982adb52010-01-16 03:50:16 +00005555 if (Cand->IsSurrogate)
John McCall3712d9e2010-01-15 23:32:50 +00005556 return Cand->Surrogate->getLocation();
5557 return SourceLocation();
5558}
5559
John McCallad2587a2010-01-12 00:48:53 +00005560struct CompareOverloadCandidatesForDisplay {
5561 Sema &S;
5562 CompareOverloadCandidatesForDisplay(Sema &S) : S(S) {}
John McCall12f97bc2010-01-08 04:41:39 +00005563
5564 bool operator()(const OverloadCandidate *L,
5565 const OverloadCandidate *R) {
John McCall982adb52010-01-16 03:50:16 +00005566 // Fast-path this check.
5567 if (L == R) return false;
5568
John McCall12f97bc2010-01-08 04:41:39 +00005569 // Order first by viability.
John McCallad2587a2010-01-12 00:48:53 +00005570 if (L->Viable) {
5571 if (!R->Viable) return true;
5572
5573 // TODO: introduce a tri-valued comparison for overload
5574 // candidates. Would be more worthwhile if we had a sort
5575 // that could exploit it.
John McCallbc077cf2010-02-08 23:07:23 +00005576 if (S.isBetterOverloadCandidate(*L, *R, SourceLocation())) return true;
5577 if (S.isBetterOverloadCandidate(*R, *L, SourceLocation())) return false;
John McCallad2587a2010-01-12 00:48:53 +00005578 } else if (R->Viable)
5579 return false;
John McCall12f97bc2010-01-08 04:41:39 +00005580
John McCall3712d9e2010-01-15 23:32:50 +00005581 assert(L->Viable == R->Viable);
John McCall12f97bc2010-01-08 04:41:39 +00005582
John McCall3712d9e2010-01-15 23:32:50 +00005583 // Criteria by which we can sort non-viable candidates:
5584 if (!L->Viable) {
5585 // 1. Arity mismatches come after other candidates.
5586 if (L->FailureKind == ovl_fail_too_many_arguments ||
5587 L->FailureKind == ovl_fail_too_few_arguments)
5588 return false;
5589 if (R->FailureKind == ovl_fail_too_many_arguments ||
5590 R->FailureKind == ovl_fail_too_few_arguments)
5591 return true;
John McCall12f97bc2010-01-08 04:41:39 +00005592
John McCallfe796dd2010-01-23 05:17:32 +00005593 // 2. Bad conversions come first and are ordered by the number
5594 // of bad conversions and quality of good conversions.
5595 if (L->FailureKind == ovl_fail_bad_conversion) {
5596 if (R->FailureKind != ovl_fail_bad_conversion)
5597 return true;
5598
5599 // If there's any ordering between the defined conversions...
5600 // FIXME: this might not be transitive.
5601 assert(L->Conversions.size() == R->Conversions.size());
5602
5603 int leftBetter = 0;
John McCall21b57fa2010-02-25 10:46:05 +00005604 unsigned I = (L->IgnoreObjectArgument || R->IgnoreObjectArgument);
5605 for (unsigned E = L->Conversions.size(); I != E; ++I) {
John McCallfe796dd2010-01-23 05:17:32 +00005606 switch (S.CompareImplicitConversionSequences(L->Conversions[I],
5607 R->Conversions[I])) {
5608 case ImplicitConversionSequence::Better:
5609 leftBetter++;
5610 break;
5611
5612 case ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse:
5613 leftBetter--;
5614 break;
5615
5616 case ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable:
5617 break;
5618 }
5619 }
5620 if (leftBetter > 0) return true;
5621 if (leftBetter < 0) return false;
5622
5623 } else if (R->FailureKind == ovl_fail_bad_conversion)
5624 return false;
5625
John McCall3712d9e2010-01-15 23:32:50 +00005626 // TODO: others?
5627 }
5628
5629 // Sort everything else by location.
5630 SourceLocation LLoc = GetLocationForCandidate(L);
5631 SourceLocation RLoc = GetLocationForCandidate(R);
5632
5633 // Put candidates without locations (e.g. builtins) at the end.
5634 if (LLoc.isInvalid()) return false;
5635 if (RLoc.isInvalid()) return true;
5636
5637 return S.SourceMgr.isBeforeInTranslationUnit(LLoc, RLoc);
John McCall12f97bc2010-01-08 04:41:39 +00005638 }
5639};
5640
John McCallfe796dd2010-01-23 05:17:32 +00005641/// CompleteNonViableCandidate - Normally, overload resolution only
5642/// computes up to the first
5643void CompleteNonViableCandidate(Sema &S, OverloadCandidate *Cand,
5644 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs) {
5645 assert(!Cand->Viable);
5646
5647 // Don't do anything on failures other than bad conversion.
5648 if (Cand->FailureKind != ovl_fail_bad_conversion) return;
5649
5650 // Skip forward to the first bad conversion.
John McCall65eb8792010-02-25 01:37:24 +00005651 unsigned ConvIdx = (Cand->IgnoreObjectArgument ? 1 : 0);
John McCallfe796dd2010-01-23 05:17:32 +00005652 unsigned ConvCount = Cand->Conversions.size();
5653 while (true) {
5654 assert(ConvIdx != ConvCount && "no bad conversion in candidate");
5655 ConvIdx++;
5656 if (Cand->Conversions[ConvIdx - 1].isBad())
5657 break;
5658 }
5659
5660 if (ConvIdx == ConvCount)
5661 return;
5662
John McCall65eb8792010-02-25 01:37:24 +00005663 assert(!Cand->Conversions[ConvIdx].isInitialized() &&
5664 "remaining conversion is initialized?");
5665
Douglas Gregoradc7a702010-04-16 17:45:54 +00005666 // FIXME: this should probably be preserved from the overload
John McCallfe796dd2010-01-23 05:17:32 +00005667 // operation somehow.
5668 bool SuppressUserConversions = false;
John McCallfe796dd2010-01-23 05:17:32 +00005669
5670 const FunctionProtoType* Proto;
5671 unsigned ArgIdx = ConvIdx;
5672
5673 if (Cand->IsSurrogate) {
5674 QualType ConvType
5675 = Cand->Surrogate->getConversionType().getNonReferenceType();
5676 if (const PointerType *ConvPtrType = ConvType->getAs<PointerType>())
5677 ConvType = ConvPtrType->getPointeeType();
5678 Proto = ConvType->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
5679 ArgIdx--;
5680 } else if (Cand->Function) {
5681 Proto = Cand->Function->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
5682 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Cand->Function) &&
5683 !isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(Cand->Function))
5684 ArgIdx--;
5685 } else {
5686 // Builtin binary operator with a bad first conversion.
5687 assert(ConvCount <= 3);
5688 for (; ConvIdx != ConvCount; ++ConvIdx)
5689 Cand->Conversions[ConvIdx]
Douglas Gregorcb13cfc2010-04-16 17:51:22 +00005690 = TryCopyInitialization(S, Args[ConvIdx],
5691 Cand->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[ConvIdx],
5692 SuppressUserConversions,
Douglas Gregorcb13cfc2010-04-16 17:51:22 +00005693 /*InOverloadResolution*/ true);
John McCallfe796dd2010-01-23 05:17:32 +00005694 return;
5695 }
5696
5697 // Fill in the rest of the conversions.
5698 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
5699 for (; ConvIdx != ConvCount; ++ConvIdx, ++ArgIdx) {
5700 if (ArgIdx < NumArgsInProto)
5701 Cand->Conversions[ConvIdx]
Douglas Gregorcb13cfc2010-04-16 17:51:22 +00005702 = TryCopyInitialization(S, Args[ArgIdx], Proto->getArgType(ArgIdx),
5703 SuppressUserConversions,
Douglas Gregorcb13cfc2010-04-16 17:51:22 +00005704 /*InOverloadResolution=*/true);
John McCallfe796dd2010-01-23 05:17:32 +00005705 else
5706 Cand->Conversions[ConvIdx].setEllipsis();
5707 }
5708}
5709
John McCalld3224162010-01-08 00:58:21 +00005710} // end anonymous namespace
5711
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00005712/// PrintOverloadCandidates - When overload resolution fails, prints
5713/// diagnostic messages containing the candidates in the candidate
John McCall12f97bc2010-01-08 04:41:39 +00005714/// set.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005715void
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00005716Sema::PrintOverloadCandidates(OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
John McCall12f97bc2010-01-08 04:41:39 +00005717 OverloadCandidateDisplayKind OCD,
John McCallad907772010-01-12 07:18:19 +00005718 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
Fariborz Jahaniane7196432009-10-12 20:11:40 +00005719 const char *Opc,
Fariborz Jahanian29f9d392009-10-09 00:13:15 +00005720 SourceLocation OpLoc) {
John McCall12f97bc2010-01-08 04:41:39 +00005721 // Sort the candidates by viability and position. Sorting directly would
5722 // be prohibitive, so we make a set of pointers and sort those.
5723 llvm::SmallVector<OverloadCandidate*, 32> Cands;
5724 if (OCD == OCD_AllCandidates) Cands.reserve(CandidateSet.size());
5725 for (OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Cand = CandidateSet.begin(),
5726 LastCand = CandidateSet.end();
John McCallfe796dd2010-01-23 05:17:32 +00005727 Cand != LastCand; ++Cand) {
5728 if (Cand->Viable)
John McCall12f97bc2010-01-08 04:41:39 +00005729 Cands.push_back(Cand);
John McCallfe796dd2010-01-23 05:17:32 +00005730 else if (OCD == OCD_AllCandidates) {
5731 CompleteNonViableCandidate(*this, Cand, Args, NumArgs);
Jeffrey Yasskin2b99c6f2010-06-11 05:57:47 +00005732 if (Cand->Function || Cand->IsSurrogate)
5733 Cands.push_back(Cand);
5734 // Otherwise, this a non-viable builtin candidate. We do not, in general,
5735 // want to list every possible builtin candidate.
John McCallfe796dd2010-01-23 05:17:32 +00005736 }
5737 }
5738
John McCallad2587a2010-01-12 00:48:53 +00005739 std::sort(Cands.begin(), Cands.end(),
5740 CompareOverloadCandidatesForDisplay(*this));
John McCall12f97bc2010-01-08 04:41:39 +00005741
John McCall0d1da222010-01-12 00:44:57 +00005742 bool ReportedAmbiguousConversions = false;
John McCalld3224162010-01-08 00:58:21 +00005743
John McCall12f97bc2010-01-08 04:41:39 +00005744 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<OverloadCandidate*>::iterator I, E;
Jeffrey Yasskin2b99c6f2010-06-11 05:57:47 +00005745 const Diagnostic::OverloadsShown ShowOverloads = Diags.getShowOverloads();
5746 unsigned CandsShown = 0;
John McCall12f97bc2010-01-08 04:41:39 +00005747 for (I = Cands.begin(), E = Cands.end(); I != E; ++I) {
5748 OverloadCandidate *Cand = *I;
Douglas Gregor4fc308b2008-11-21 02:54:28 +00005749
Jeffrey Yasskin2b99c6f2010-06-11 05:57:47 +00005750 // Set an arbitrary limit on the number of candidate functions we'll spam
5751 // the user with. FIXME: This limit should depend on details of the
5752 // candidate list.
5753 if (CandsShown >= 4 && ShowOverloads == Diagnostic::Ovl_Best) {
5754 break;
5755 }
5756 ++CandsShown;
5757
John McCalld3224162010-01-08 00:58:21 +00005758 if (Cand->Function)
John McCalle1ac8d12010-01-13 00:25:19 +00005759 NoteFunctionCandidate(*this, Cand, Args, NumArgs);
John McCalld3224162010-01-08 00:58:21 +00005760 else if (Cand->IsSurrogate)
5761 NoteSurrogateCandidate(*this, Cand);
Jeffrey Yasskin2b99c6f2010-06-11 05:57:47 +00005762 else {
5763 assert(Cand->Viable &&
5764 "Non-viable built-in candidates are not added to Cands.");
John McCall0d1da222010-01-12 00:44:57 +00005765 // Generally we only see ambiguities including viable builtin
5766 // operators if overload resolution got screwed up by an
5767 // ambiguous user-defined conversion.
5768 //
5769 // FIXME: It's quite possible for different conversions to see
5770 // different ambiguities, though.
5771 if (!ReportedAmbiguousConversions) {
5772 NoteAmbiguousUserConversions(*this, OpLoc, Cand);
5773 ReportedAmbiguousConversions = true;
5774 }
John McCalld3224162010-01-08 00:58:21 +00005775
John McCall0d1da222010-01-12 00:44:57 +00005776 // If this is a viable builtin, print it.
John McCalld3224162010-01-08 00:58:21 +00005777 NoteBuiltinOperatorCandidate(*this, Opc, OpLoc, Cand);
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00005778 }
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00005779 }
Jeffrey Yasskin2b99c6f2010-06-11 05:57:47 +00005780
5781 if (I != E)
Jeffrey Yasskin5d474d02010-06-11 06:58:43 +00005782 Diag(OpLoc, diag::note_ovl_too_many_candidates) << int(E - I);
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00005783}
5784
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00005785static bool CheckUnresolvedAccess(Sema &S, OverloadExpr *E, DeclAccessPair D) {
John McCall58cc69d2010-01-27 01:50:18 +00005786 if (isa<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(E))
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00005787 return S.CheckUnresolvedLookupAccess(cast<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(E), D);
John McCall58cc69d2010-01-27 01:50:18 +00005788
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00005789 return S.CheckUnresolvedMemberAccess(cast<UnresolvedMemberExpr>(E), D);
John McCall58cc69d2010-01-27 01:50:18 +00005790}
5791
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00005792/// ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction - Try to resolve the address of
5793/// an overloaded function (C++ [over.over]), where @p From is an
5794/// expression with overloaded function type and @p ToType is the type
5795/// we're trying to resolve to. For example:
5796///
5797/// @code
5798/// int f(double);
5799/// int f(int);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005800///
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00005801/// int (*pfd)(double) = f; // selects f(double)
5802/// @endcode
5803///
5804/// This routine returns the resulting FunctionDecl if it could be
5805/// resolved, and NULL otherwise. When @p Complain is true, this
5806/// routine will emit diagnostics if there is an error.
5807FunctionDecl *
Sebastian Redl18f8ff62009-02-04 21:23:32 +00005808Sema::ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +00005809 bool Complain,
5810 DeclAccessPair &FoundResult) {
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00005811 QualType FunctionType = ToType;
Sebastian Redl18f8ff62009-02-04 21:23:32 +00005812 bool IsMember = false;
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005813 if (const PointerType *ToTypePtr = ToType->getAs<PointerType>())
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00005814 FunctionType = ToTypePtr->getPointeeType();
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005815 else if (const ReferenceType *ToTypeRef = ToType->getAs<ReferenceType>())
Daniel Dunbarb566c6c2009-02-26 19:13:44 +00005816 FunctionType = ToTypeRef->getPointeeType();
Sebastian Redl18f8ff62009-02-04 21:23:32 +00005817 else if (const MemberPointerType *MemTypePtr =
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005818 ToType->getAs<MemberPointerType>()) {
Sebastian Redl18f8ff62009-02-04 21:23:32 +00005819 FunctionType = MemTypePtr->getPointeeType();
5820 IsMember = true;
5821 }
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00005822
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00005823 // C++ [over.over]p1:
5824 // [...] [Note: any redundant set of parentheses surrounding the
5825 // overloaded function name is ignored (5.1). ]
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00005826 // C++ [over.over]p1:
5827 // [...] The overloaded function name can be preceded by the &
5828 // operator.
John McCall1acbbb52010-02-02 06:20:04 +00005829 OverloadExpr *OvlExpr = OverloadExpr::find(From).getPointer();
5830 TemplateArgumentListInfo ETABuffer, *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0;
5831 if (OvlExpr->hasExplicitTemplateArgs()) {
5832 OvlExpr->getExplicitTemplateArgs().copyInto(ETABuffer);
5833 ExplicitTemplateArgs = &ETABuffer;
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00005834 }
Douglas Gregor064fdb22010-04-14 23:11:21 +00005835
5836 // We expect a pointer or reference to function, or a function pointer.
5837 FunctionType = Context.getCanonicalType(FunctionType).getUnqualifiedType();
5838 if (!FunctionType->isFunctionType()) {
5839 if (Complain)
5840 Diag(From->getLocStart(), diag::err_addr_ovl_not_func_ptrref)
5841 << OvlExpr->getName() << ToType;
5842
5843 return 0;
5844 }
5845
5846 assert(From->getType() == Context.OverloadTy);
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00005847
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00005848 // Look through all of the overloaded functions, searching for one
5849 // whose type matches exactly.
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00005850 llvm::SmallVector<std::pair<DeclAccessPair, FunctionDecl*>, 4> Matches;
Douglas Gregorb242683d2010-04-01 18:32:35 +00005851 llvm::SmallVector<FunctionDecl *, 4> NonMatches;
5852
Douglas Gregorb257e4f2009-07-08 23:33:52 +00005853 bool FoundNonTemplateFunction = false;
John McCall1acbbb52010-02-02 06:20:04 +00005854 for (UnresolvedSetIterator I = OvlExpr->decls_begin(),
5855 E = OvlExpr->decls_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Chandler Carruthc25c6ee2009-12-29 06:17:27 +00005856 // Look through any using declarations to find the underlying function.
5857 NamedDecl *Fn = (*I)->getUnderlyingDecl();
5858
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00005859 // C++ [over.over]p3:
5860 // Non-member functions and static member functions match
Sebastian Redl16d307d2009-02-05 12:33:33 +00005861 // targets of type "pointer-to-function" or "reference-to-function."
5862 // Nonstatic member functions match targets of
Sebastian Redl18f8ff62009-02-04 21:23:32 +00005863 // type "pointer-to-member-function."
5864 // Note that according to DR 247, the containing class does not matter.
Douglas Gregor9b146582009-07-08 20:55:45 +00005865
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005866 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate
Chandler Carruthc25c6ee2009-12-29 06:17:27 +00005867 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(Fn)) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005868 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method
Douglas Gregorb257e4f2009-07-08 23:33:52 +00005869 = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl())) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005870 // Skip non-static function templates when converting to pointer, and
Douglas Gregorb257e4f2009-07-08 23:33:52 +00005871 // static when converting to member pointer.
5872 if (Method->isStatic() == IsMember)
5873 continue;
5874 } else if (IsMember)
5875 continue;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005876
Douglas Gregorb257e4f2009-07-08 23:33:52 +00005877 // C++ [over.over]p2:
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005878 // If the name is a function template, template argument deduction is
5879 // done (14.8.2.2), and if the argument deduction succeeds, the
5880 // resulting template argument list is used to generate a single
5881 // function template specialization, which is added to the set of
Douglas Gregorb257e4f2009-07-08 23:33:52 +00005882 // overloaded functions considered.
Douglas Gregor3a923c2d2009-09-24 23:14:47 +00005883 // FIXME: We don't really want to build the specialization here, do we?
Douglas Gregor9b146582009-07-08 20:55:45 +00005884 FunctionDecl *Specialization = 0;
John McCallbc077cf2010-02-08 23:07:23 +00005885 TemplateDeductionInfo Info(Context, OvlExpr->getNameLoc());
Douglas Gregor9b146582009-07-08 20:55:45 +00005886 if (TemplateDeductionResult Result
John McCall1acbbb52010-02-02 06:20:04 +00005887 = DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplate, ExplicitTemplateArgs,
Douglas Gregor9b146582009-07-08 20:55:45 +00005888 FunctionType, Specialization, Info)) {
5889 // FIXME: make a note of the failed deduction for diagnostics.
5890 (void)Result;
5891 } else {
Douglas Gregor3a923c2d2009-09-24 23:14:47 +00005892 // FIXME: If the match isn't exact, shouldn't we just drop this as
5893 // a candidate? Find a testcase before changing the code.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005894 assert(FunctionType
Douglas Gregor9b146582009-07-08 20:55:45 +00005895 == Context.getCanonicalType(Specialization->getType()));
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00005896 Matches.push_back(std::make_pair(I.getPair(),
5897 cast<FunctionDecl>(Specialization->getCanonicalDecl())));
Douglas Gregor9b146582009-07-08 20:55:45 +00005898 }
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00005899
5900 continue;
Douglas Gregor9b146582009-07-08 20:55:45 +00005901 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005902
Chandler Carruthc25c6ee2009-12-29 06:17:27 +00005903 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Fn)) {
Sebastian Redl18f8ff62009-02-04 21:23:32 +00005904 // Skip non-static functions when converting to pointer, and static
5905 // when converting to member pointer.
5906 if (Method->isStatic() == IsMember)
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00005907 continue;
Douglas Gregord3319842009-10-24 04:59:53 +00005908
5909 // If we have explicit template arguments, skip non-templates.
John McCall1acbbb52010-02-02 06:20:04 +00005910 if (OvlExpr->hasExplicitTemplateArgs())
Douglas Gregord3319842009-10-24 04:59:53 +00005911 continue;
Douglas Gregorb257e4f2009-07-08 23:33:52 +00005912 } else if (IsMember)
Sebastian Redl18f8ff62009-02-04 21:23:32 +00005913 continue;
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00005914
Chandler Carruthc25c6ee2009-12-29 06:17:27 +00005915 if (FunctionDecl *FunDecl = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Fn)) {
Douglas Gregor40cb9ad2009-12-09 00:47:37 +00005916 QualType ResultTy;
5917 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FunctionType, FunDecl->getType()) ||
5918 IsNoReturnConversion(Context, FunDecl->getType(), FunctionType,
5919 ResultTy)) {
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00005920 Matches.push_back(std::make_pair(I.getPair(),
5921 cast<FunctionDecl>(FunDecl->getCanonicalDecl())));
Douglas Gregorb257e4f2009-07-08 23:33:52 +00005922 FoundNonTemplateFunction = true;
5923 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005924 }
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00005925 }
5926
Douglas Gregorb257e4f2009-07-08 23:33:52 +00005927 // If there were 0 or 1 matches, we're done.
Douglas Gregor064fdb22010-04-14 23:11:21 +00005928 if (Matches.empty()) {
5929 if (Complain) {
5930 Diag(From->getLocStart(), diag::err_addr_ovl_no_viable)
5931 << OvlExpr->getName() << FunctionType;
5932 for (UnresolvedSetIterator I = OvlExpr->decls_begin(),
5933 E = OvlExpr->decls_end();
5934 I != E; ++I)
5935 if (FunctionDecl *F = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>((*I)->getUnderlyingDecl()))
5936 NoteOverloadCandidate(F);
5937 }
5938
Douglas Gregorb257e4f2009-07-08 23:33:52 +00005939 return 0;
Douglas Gregor064fdb22010-04-14 23:11:21 +00005940 } else if (Matches.size() == 1) {
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00005941 FunctionDecl *Result = Matches[0].second;
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +00005942 FoundResult = Matches[0].first;
Sebastian Redldf4b80e2009-10-17 21:12:09 +00005943 MarkDeclarationReferenced(From->getLocStart(), Result);
John McCall58cc69d2010-01-27 01:50:18 +00005944 if (Complain)
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +00005945 CheckAddressOfMemberAccess(OvlExpr, Matches[0].first);
Sebastian Redldf4b80e2009-10-17 21:12:09 +00005946 return Result;
5947 }
Douglas Gregorb257e4f2009-07-08 23:33:52 +00005948
5949 // C++ [over.over]p4:
5950 // If more than one function is selected, [...]
Douglas Gregorfae1d712009-09-26 03:56:17 +00005951 if (!FoundNonTemplateFunction) {
Douglas Gregor05155d82009-08-21 23:19:43 +00005952 // [...] and any given function template specialization F1 is
5953 // eliminated if the set contains a second function template
5954 // specialization whose function template is more specialized
5955 // than the function template of F1 according to the partial
5956 // ordering rules of 14.5.5.2.
5957
5958 // The algorithm specified above is quadratic. We instead use a
5959 // two-pass algorithm (similar to the one used to identify the
5960 // best viable function in an overload set) that identifies the
5961 // best function template (if it exists).
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00005962
5963 UnresolvedSet<4> MatchesCopy; // TODO: avoid!
5964 for (unsigned I = 0, E = Matches.size(); I != E; ++I)
5965 MatchesCopy.addDecl(Matches[I].second, Matches[I].first.getAccess());
John McCall58cc69d2010-01-27 01:50:18 +00005966
5967 UnresolvedSetIterator Result =
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00005968 getMostSpecialized(MatchesCopy.begin(), MatchesCopy.end(),
Sebastian Redldf4b80e2009-10-17 21:12:09 +00005969 TPOC_Other, From->getLocStart(),
5970 PDiag(),
5971 PDiag(diag::err_addr_ovl_ambiguous)
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00005972 << Matches[0].second->getDeclName(),
John McCalle1ac8d12010-01-13 00:25:19 +00005973 PDiag(diag::note_ovl_candidate)
5974 << (unsigned) oc_function_template);
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00005975 assert(Result != MatchesCopy.end() && "no most-specialized template");
John McCall58cc69d2010-01-27 01:50:18 +00005976 MarkDeclarationReferenced(From->getLocStart(), *Result);
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +00005977 FoundResult = Matches[Result - MatchesCopy.begin()].first;
John McCall4fa0d5f2010-05-06 18:15:07 +00005978 if (Complain) {
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +00005979 CheckUnresolvedAccess(*this, OvlExpr, FoundResult);
John McCall4fa0d5f2010-05-06 18:15:07 +00005980 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(FoundResult, OvlExpr->getNameLoc());
5981 }
John McCall58cc69d2010-01-27 01:50:18 +00005982 return cast<FunctionDecl>(*Result);
Douglas Gregorb257e4f2009-07-08 23:33:52 +00005983 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005984
Douglas Gregorfae1d712009-09-26 03:56:17 +00005985 // [...] any function template specializations in the set are
5986 // eliminated if the set also contains a non-template function, [...]
John McCall58cc69d2010-01-27 01:50:18 +00005987 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Matches.size(); I != N; ) {
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00005988 if (Matches[I].second->getPrimaryTemplate() == 0)
John McCall58cc69d2010-01-27 01:50:18 +00005989 ++I;
5990 else {
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00005991 Matches[I] = Matches[--N];
5992 Matches.set_size(N);
John McCall58cc69d2010-01-27 01:50:18 +00005993 }
5994 }
Douglas Gregorfae1d712009-09-26 03:56:17 +00005995
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005996 // [...] After such eliminations, if any, there shall remain exactly one
Douglas Gregorb257e4f2009-07-08 23:33:52 +00005997 // selected function.
John McCall58cc69d2010-01-27 01:50:18 +00005998 if (Matches.size() == 1) {
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00005999 MarkDeclarationReferenced(From->getLocStart(), Matches[0].second);
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +00006000 FoundResult = Matches[0].first;
John McCall4fa0d5f2010-05-06 18:15:07 +00006001 if (Complain) {
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00006002 CheckUnresolvedAccess(*this, OvlExpr, Matches[0].first);
John McCall4fa0d5f2010-05-06 18:15:07 +00006003 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Matches[0].first, OvlExpr->getNameLoc());
6004 }
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00006005 return cast<FunctionDecl>(Matches[0].second);
Sebastian Redldf4b80e2009-10-17 21:12:09 +00006006 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006007
Douglas Gregorb257e4f2009-07-08 23:33:52 +00006008 // FIXME: We should probably return the same thing that BestViableFunction
6009 // returns (even if we issue the diagnostics here).
6010 Diag(From->getLocStart(), diag::err_addr_ovl_ambiguous)
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00006011 << Matches[0].second->getDeclName();
6012 for (unsigned I = 0, E = Matches.size(); I != E; ++I)
6013 NoteOverloadCandidate(Matches[I].second);
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00006014 return 0;
6015}
6016
Douglas Gregor8364e6b2009-12-21 23:17:24 +00006017/// \brief Given an expression that refers to an overloaded function, try to
6018/// resolve that overloaded function expression down to a single function.
6019///
6020/// This routine can only resolve template-ids that refer to a single function
6021/// template, where that template-id refers to a single template whose template
6022/// arguments are either provided by the template-id or have defaults,
6023/// as described in C++0x [temp.arg.explicit]p3.
6024FunctionDecl *Sema::ResolveSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization(Expr *From) {
6025 // C++ [over.over]p1:
6026 // [...] [Note: any redundant set of parentheses surrounding the
6027 // overloaded function name is ignored (5.1). ]
Douglas Gregor8364e6b2009-12-21 23:17:24 +00006028 // C++ [over.over]p1:
6029 // [...] The overloaded function name can be preceded by the &
6030 // operator.
John McCall1acbbb52010-02-02 06:20:04 +00006031
6032 if (From->getType() != Context.OverloadTy)
6033 return 0;
6034
6035 OverloadExpr *OvlExpr = OverloadExpr::find(From).getPointer();
Douglas Gregor8364e6b2009-12-21 23:17:24 +00006036
6037 // If we didn't actually find any template-ids, we're done.
John McCall1acbbb52010-02-02 06:20:04 +00006038 if (!OvlExpr->hasExplicitTemplateArgs())
Douglas Gregor8364e6b2009-12-21 23:17:24 +00006039 return 0;
John McCall1acbbb52010-02-02 06:20:04 +00006040
6041 TemplateArgumentListInfo ExplicitTemplateArgs;
6042 OvlExpr->getExplicitTemplateArgs().copyInto(ExplicitTemplateArgs);
Douglas Gregor8364e6b2009-12-21 23:17:24 +00006043
6044 // Look through all of the overloaded functions, searching for one
6045 // whose type matches exactly.
6046 FunctionDecl *Matched = 0;
John McCall1acbbb52010-02-02 06:20:04 +00006047 for (UnresolvedSetIterator I = OvlExpr->decls_begin(),
6048 E = OvlExpr->decls_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Douglas Gregor8364e6b2009-12-21 23:17:24 +00006049 // C++0x [temp.arg.explicit]p3:
6050 // [...] In contexts where deduction is done and fails, or in contexts
6051 // where deduction is not done, if a template argument list is
6052 // specified and it, along with any default template arguments,
6053 // identifies a single function template specialization, then the
6054 // template-id is an lvalue for the function template specialization.
6055 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*I);
6056
6057 // C++ [over.over]p2:
6058 // If the name is a function template, template argument deduction is
6059 // done (14.8.2.2), and if the argument deduction succeeds, the
6060 // resulting template argument list is used to generate a single
6061 // function template specialization, which is added to the set of
6062 // overloaded functions considered.
Douglas Gregor8364e6b2009-12-21 23:17:24 +00006063 FunctionDecl *Specialization = 0;
John McCallbc077cf2010-02-08 23:07:23 +00006064 TemplateDeductionInfo Info(Context, OvlExpr->getNameLoc());
Douglas Gregor8364e6b2009-12-21 23:17:24 +00006065 if (TemplateDeductionResult Result
6066 = DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplate, &ExplicitTemplateArgs,
6067 Specialization, Info)) {
6068 // FIXME: make a note of the failed deduction for diagnostics.
6069 (void)Result;
6070 continue;
6071 }
6072
6073 // Multiple matches; we can't resolve to a single declaration.
6074 if (Matched)
6075 return 0;
6076
6077 Matched = Specialization;
6078 }
6079
6080 return Matched;
6081}
6082
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00006083/// \brief Add a single candidate to the overload set.
6084static void AddOverloadedCallCandidate(Sema &S,
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00006085 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
John McCall6b51f282009-11-23 01:53:49 +00006086 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00006087 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
6088 OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet,
6089 bool PartialOverloading) {
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00006090 NamedDecl *Callee = FoundDecl.getDecl();
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00006091 if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(Callee))
6092 Callee = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(Callee)->getTargetDecl();
6093
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00006094 if (FunctionDecl *Func = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Callee)) {
John McCall6b51f282009-11-23 01:53:49 +00006095 assert(!ExplicitTemplateArgs && "Explicit template arguments?");
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00006096 S.AddOverloadCandidate(Func, FoundDecl, Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet,
Douglas Gregorb05275a2010-04-16 17:41:49 +00006097 false, PartialOverloading);
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00006098 return;
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00006099 }
6100
6101 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FuncTemplate
6102 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(Callee)) {
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00006103 S.AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(FuncTemplate, FoundDecl,
6104 ExplicitTemplateArgs,
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00006105 Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet);
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00006106 return;
6107 }
6108
6109 assert(false && "unhandled case in overloaded call candidate");
6110
6111 // do nothing?
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00006112}
6113
6114/// \brief Add the overload candidates named by callee and/or found by argument
6115/// dependent lookup to the given overload set.
John McCall57500772009-12-16 12:17:52 +00006116void Sema::AddOverloadedCallCandidates(UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE,
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00006117 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
6118 OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet,
6119 bool PartialOverloading) {
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00006120
6121#ifndef NDEBUG
6122 // Verify that ArgumentDependentLookup is consistent with the rules
6123 // in C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3:
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00006124 //
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00006125 // Let X be the lookup set produced by unqualified lookup (3.4.1)
6126 // and let Y be the lookup set produced by argument dependent
6127 // lookup (defined as follows). If X contains
6128 //
6129 // -- a declaration of a class member, or
6130 //
6131 // -- a block-scope function declaration that is not a
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00006132 // using-declaration, or
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00006133 //
6134 // -- a declaration that is neither a function or a function
6135 // template
6136 //
6137 // then Y is empty.
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00006138
John McCall57500772009-12-16 12:17:52 +00006139 if (ULE->requiresADL()) {
6140 for (UnresolvedLookupExpr::decls_iterator I = ULE->decls_begin(),
6141 E = ULE->decls_end(); I != E; ++I) {
6142 assert(!(*I)->getDeclContext()->isRecord());
6143 assert(isa<UsingShadowDecl>(*I) ||
6144 !(*I)->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod());
6145 assert((*I)->getUnderlyingDecl()->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate());
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00006146 }
6147 }
6148#endif
6149
John McCall57500772009-12-16 12:17:52 +00006150 // It would be nice to avoid this copy.
6151 TemplateArgumentListInfo TABuffer;
6152 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0;
6153 if (ULE->hasExplicitTemplateArgs()) {
6154 ULE->copyTemplateArgumentsInto(TABuffer);
6155 ExplicitTemplateArgs = &TABuffer;
6156 }
6157
6158 for (UnresolvedLookupExpr::decls_iterator I = ULE->decls_begin(),
6159 E = ULE->decls_end(); I != E; ++I)
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00006160 AddOverloadedCallCandidate(*this, I.getPair(), ExplicitTemplateArgs,
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00006161 Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet,
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00006162 PartialOverloading);
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00006163
John McCall57500772009-12-16 12:17:52 +00006164 if (ULE->requiresADL())
John McCall4c4c1df2010-01-26 03:27:55 +00006165 AddArgumentDependentLookupCandidates(ULE->getName(), /*Operator*/ false,
6166 Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00006167 ExplicitTemplateArgs,
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00006168 CandidateSet,
6169 PartialOverloading);
6170}
John McCalld681c392009-12-16 08:11:27 +00006171
John McCall57500772009-12-16 12:17:52 +00006172static Sema::OwningExprResult Destroy(Sema &SemaRef, Expr *Fn,
6173 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs) {
6174 Fn->Destroy(SemaRef.Context);
6175 for (unsigned Arg = 0; Arg < NumArgs; ++Arg)
6176 Args[Arg]->Destroy(SemaRef.Context);
6177 return SemaRef.ExprError();
6178}
6179
John McCalld681c392009-12-16 08:11:27 +00006180/// Attempts to recover from a call where no functions were found.
6181///
6182/// Returns true if new candidates were found.
John McCall57500772009-12-16 12:17:52 +00006183static Sema::OwningExprResult
Douglas Gregor2fb18b72010-04-14 20:27:54 +00006184BuildRecoveryCallExpr(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S, Expr *Fn,
John McCall57500772009-12-16 12:17:52 +00006185 UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE,
6186 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
6187 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
6188 SourceLocation *CommaLocs,
6189 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
John McCalld681c392009-12-16 08:11:27 +00006190
6191 CXXScopeSpec SS;
6192 if (ULE->getQualifier()) {
6193 SS.setScopeRep(ULE->getQualifier());
6194 SS.setRange(ULE->getQualifierRange());
6195 }
6196
John McCall57500772009-12-16 12:17:52 +00006197 TemplateArgumentListInfo TABuffer;
6198 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0;
6199 if (ULE->hasExplicitTemplateArgs()) {
6200 ULE->copyTemplateArgumentsInto(TABuffer);
6201 ExplicitTemplateArgs = &TABuffer;
6202 }
6203
John McCalld681c392009-12-16 08:11:27 +00006204 LookupResult R(SemaRef, ULE->getName(), ULE->getNameLoc(),
6205 Sema::LookupOrdinaryName);
Douglas Gregor5fd04d42010-05-18 16:14:23 +00006206 if (SemaRef.DiagnoseEmptyLookup(S, SS, R, Sema::CTC_Expression))
John McCall57500772009-12-16 12:17:52 +00006207 return Destroy(SemaRef, Fn, Args, NumArgs);
John McCalld681c392009-12-16 08:11:27 +00006208
John McCall57500772009-12-16 12:17:52 +00006209 assert(!R.empty() && "lookup results empty despite recovery");
6210
6211 // Build an implicit member call if appropriate. Just drop the
6212 // casts and such from the call, we don't really care.
6213 Sema::OwningExprResult NewFn = SemaRef.ExprError();
6214 if ((*R.begin())->isCXXClassMember())
6215 NewFn = SemaRef.BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, R, ExplicitTemplateArgs);
6216 else if (ExplicitTemplateArgs)
6217 NewFn = SemaRef.BuildTemplateIdExpr(SS, R, false, *ExplicitTemplateArgs);
6218 else
6219 NewFn = SemaRef.BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, R, false);
6220
6221 if (NewFn.isInvalid())
6222 return Destroy(SemaRef, Fn, Args, NumArgs);
6223
6224 Fn->Destroy(SemaRef.Context);
6225
6226 // This shouldn't cause an infinite loop because we're giving it
6227 // an expression with non-empty lookup results, which should never
6228 // end up here.
6229 return SemaRef.ActOnCallExpr(/*Scope*/ 0, move(NewFn), LParenLoc,
6230 Sema::MultiExprArg(SemaRef, (void**) Args, NumArgs),
6231 CommaLocs, RParenLoc);
John McCalld681c392009-12-16 08:11:27 +00006232}
Douglas Gregor4038cf42010-06-08 17:35:15 +00006233
Douglas Gregor99dcbff2008-11-26 05:54:23 +00006234/// ResolveOverloadedCallFn - Given the call expression that calls Fn
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00006235/// (which eventually refers to the declaration Func) and the call
6236/// arguments Args/NumArgs, attempt to resolve the function call down
6237/// to a specific function. If overload resolution succeeds, returns
6238/// the function declaration produced by overload
Douglas Gregora60a6912008-11-26 06:01:48 +00006239/// resolution. Otherwise, emits diagnostics, deletes all of the
Douglas Gregor99dcbff2008-11-26 05:54:23 +00006240/// arguments and Fn, and returns NULL.
John McCall57500772009-12-16 12:17:52 +00006241Sema::OwningExprResult
Douglas Gregor2fb18b72010-04-14 20:27:54 +00006242Sema::BuildOverloadedCallExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE,
John McCall57500772009-12-16 12:17:52 +00006243 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
6244 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
6245 SourceLocation *CommaLocs,
6246 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
6247#ifndef NDEBUG
6248 if (ULE->requiresADL()) {
6249 // To do ADL, we must have found an unqualified name.
6250 assert(!ULE->getQualifier() && "qualified name with ADL");
6251
6252 // We don't perform ADL for implicit declarations of builtins.
6253 // Verify that this was correctly set up.
6254 FunctionDecl *F;
6255 if (ULE->decls_begin() + 1 == ULE->decls_end() &&
6256 (F = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*ULE->decls_begin())) &&
6257 F->getBuiltinID() && F->isImplicit())
6258 assert(0 && "performing ADL for builtin");
6259
6260 // We don't perform ADL in C.
6261 assert(getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && "ADL enabled in C");
6262 }
6263#endif
6264
John McCallbc077cf2010-02-08 23:07:23 +00006265 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet(Fn->getExprLoc());
Douglas Gregorb8a9a412009-02-04 15:01:18 +00006266
John McCall57500772009-12-16 12:17:52 +00006267 // Add the functions denoted by the callee to the set of candidate
6268 // functions, including those from argument-dependent lookup.
6269 AddOverloadedCallCandidates(ULE, Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet);
John McCalld681c392009-12-16 08:11:27 +00006270
6271 // If we found nothing, try to recover.
6272 // AddRecoveryCallCandidates diagnoses the error itself, so we just
6273 // bailout out if it fails.
John McCall57500772009-12-16 12:17:52 +00006274 if (CandidateSet.empty())
Douglas Gregor2fb18b72010-04-14 20:27:54 +00006275 return BuildRecoveryCallExpr(*this, S, Fn, ULE, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
John McCall57500772009-12-16 12:17:52 +00006276 CommaLocs, RParenLoc);
John McCalld681c392009-12-16 08:11:27 +00006277
Douglas Gregor99dcbff2008-11-26 05:54:23 +00006278 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006279 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, Fn->getLocStart(), Best)) {
John McCall57500772009-12-16 12:17:52 +00006280 case OR_Success: {
6281 FunctionDecl *FDecl = Best->Function;
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00006282 CheckUnresolvedLookupAccess(ULE, Best->FoundDecl);
John McCall4fa0d5f2010-05-06 18:15:07 +00006283 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Best->FoundDecl, ULE->getNameLoc());
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +00006284 Fn = FixOverloadedFunctionReference(Fn, Best->FoundDecl, FDecl);
John McCall57500772009-12-16 12:17:52 +00006285 return BuildResolvedCallExpr(Fn, FDecl, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs, RParenLoc);
6286 }
Douglas Gregor99dcbff2008-11-26 05:54:23 +00006287
6288 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
Chris Lattner45d9d602009-02-17 07:29:20 +00006289 Diag(Fn->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
Douglas Gregor99dcbff2008-11-26 05:54:23 +00006290 diag::err_ovl_no_viable_function_in_call)
John McCall57500772009-12-16 12:17:52 +00006291 << ULE->getName() << Fn->getSourceRange();
John McCallad907772010-01-12 07:18:19 +00006292 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, OCD_AllCandidates, Args, NumArgs);
Douglas Gregor99dcbff2008-11-26 05:54:23 +00006293 break;
6294
6295 case OR_Ambiguous:
6296 Diag(Fn->getSourceRange().getBegin(), diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_call)
John McCall57500772009-12-16 12:17:52 +00006297 << ULE->getName() << Fn->getSourceRange();
John McCallad907772010-01-12 07:18:19 +00006298 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, OCD_ViableCandidates, Args, NumArgs);
Douglas Gregor99dcbff2008-11-26 05:54:23 +00006299 break;
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00006300
6301 case OR_Deleted:
6302 Diag(Fn->getSourceRange().getBegin(), diag::err_ovl_deleted_call)
6303 << Best->Function->isDeleted()
John McCall57500772009-12-16 12:17:52 +00006304 << ULE->getName()
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00006305 << Fn->getSourceRange();
John McCallad907772010-01-12 07:18:19 +00006306 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, OCD_AllCandidates, Args, NumArgs);
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00006307 break;
Douglas Gregor99dcbff2008-11-26 05:54:23 +00006308 }
6309
6310 // Overload resolution failed. Destroy all of the subexpressions and
6311 // return NULL.
6312 Fn->Destroy(Context);
6313 for (unsigned Arg = 0; Arg < NumArgs; ++Arg)
6314 Args[Arg]->Destroy(Context);
John McCall57500772009-12-16 12:17:52 +00006315 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor99dcbff2008-11-26 05:54:23 +00006316}
6317
John McCall4c4c1df2010-01-26 03:27:55 +00006318static bool IsOverloaded(const UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions) {
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +00006319 return Functions.size() > 1 ||
6320 (Functions.size() == 1 && isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*Functions.begin()));
6321}
6322
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006323/// \brief Create a unary operation that may resolve to an overloaded
6324/// operator.
6325///
6326/// \param OpLoc The location of the operator itself (e.g., '*').
6327///
6328/// \param OpcIn The UnaryOperator::Opcode that describes this
6329/// operator.
6330///
6331/// \param Functions The set of non-member functions that will be
6332/// considered by overload resolution. The caller needs to build this
6333/// set based on the context using, e.g.,
6334/// LookupOverloadedOperatorName() and ArgumentDependentLookup(). This
6335/// set should not contain any member functions; those will be added
6336/// by CreateOverloadedUnaryOp().
6337///
6338/// \param input The input argument.
John McCall4c4c1df2010-01-26 03:27:55 +00006339Sema::OwningExprResult
6340Sema::CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, unsigned OpcIn,
6341 const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns,
6342 ExprArg input) {
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006343 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc = static_cast<UnaryOperator::Opcode>(OpcIn);
6344 Expr *Input = (Expr *)input.get();
6345
6346 OverloadedOperatorKind Op = UnaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
6347 assert(Op != OO_None && "Invalid opcode for overloaded unary operator");
6348 DeclarationName OpName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(Op);
6349
6350 Expr *Args[2] = { Input, 0 };
6351 unsigned NumArgs = 1;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006352
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006353 // For post-increment and post-decrement, add the implicit '0' as
6354 // the second argument, so that we know this is a post-increment or
6355 // post-decrement.
6356 if (Opc == UnaryOperator::PostInc || Opc == UnaryOperator::PostDec) {
6357 llvm::APSInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy), false);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006358 Args[1] = new (Context) IntegerLiteral(Zero, Context.IntTy,
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006359 SourceLocation());
6360 NumArgs = 2;
6361 }
6362
6363 if (Input->isTypeDependent()) {
Douglas Gregor630dec52010-06-17 15:46:20 +00006364 if (Fns.empty())
6365 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(input.takeAs<Expr>(),
6366 Opc,
6367 Context.DependentTy,
6368 OpLoc));
6369
John McCall58cc69d2010-01-27 01:50:18 +00006370 CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass = 0; // because lookup ignores member operators
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00006371 UnresolvedLookupExpr *Fn
John McCall58cc69d2010-01-27 01:50:18 +00006372 = UnresolvedLookupExpr::Create(Context, /*Dependent*/ true, NamingClass,
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00006373 0, SourceRange(), OpName, OpLoc,
Douglas Gregor30a4f4c2010-05-23 18:57:34 +00006374 /*ADL*/ true, IsOverloaded(Fns),
6375 Fns.begin(), Fns.end());
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006376 input.release();
6377 return Owned(new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, Op, Fn,
6378 &Args[0], NumArgs,
6379 Context.DependentTy,
6380 OpLoc));
6381 }
6382
6383 // Build an empty overload set.
John McCallbc077cf2010-02-08 23:07:23 +00006384 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet(OpLoc);
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006385
6386 // Add the candidates from the given function set.
John McCall4c4c1df2010-01-26 03:27:55 +00006387 AddFunctionCandidates(Fns, &Args[0], NumArgs, CandidateSet, false);
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006388
6389 // Add operator candidates that are member functions.
6390 AddMemberOperatorCandidates(Op, OpLoc, &Args[0], NumArgs, CandidateSet);
6391
John McCall4c4c1df2010-01-26 03:27:55 +00006392 // Add candidates from ADL.
6393 AddArgumentDependentLookupCandidates(OpName, /*Operator*/ true,
Douglas Gregor6ec89d42010-02-05 05:15:43 +00006394 Args, NumArgs,
John McCall4c4c1df2010-01-26 03:27:55 +00006395 /*ExplicitTemplateArgs*/ 0,
6396 CandidateSet);
6397
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006398 // Add builtin operator candidates.
Douglas Gregorc02cfe22009-10-21 23:19:44 +00006399 AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(Op, OpLoc, &Args[0], NumArgs, CandidateSet);
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006400
6401 // Perform overload resolution.
6402 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006403 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, OpLoc, Best)) {
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006404 case OR_Success: {
6405 // We found a built-in operator or an overloaded operator.
6406 FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006407
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006408 if (FnDecl) {
6409 // We matched an overloaded operator. Build a call to that
6410 // operator.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006411
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006412 // Convert the arguments.
6413 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl)) {
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00006414 CheckMemberOperatorAccess(OpLoc, Args[0], 0, Best->FoundDecl);
John McCallb3a44002010-01-28 01:42:12 +00006415
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +00006416 if (PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Input, /*Qualifier=*/0,
6417 Best->FoundDecl, Method))
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006418 return ExprError();
6419 } else {
6420 // Convert the arguments.
Douglas Gregore6600372009-12-23 17:40:29 +00006421 OwningExprResult InputInit
6422 = PerformCopyInitialization(InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(
Douglas Gregor8d48e9a2009-12-23 00:02:00 +00006423 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)),
Douglas Gregore6600372009-12-23 17:40:29 +00006424 SourceLocation(),
6425 move(input));
6426 if (InputInit.isInvalid())
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006427 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor8d48e9a2009-12-23 00:02:00 +00006428
Douglas Gregore6600372009-12-23 17:40:29 +00006429 input = move(InputInit);
Douglas Gregor8d48e9a2009-12-23 00:02:00 +00006430 Input = (Expr *)input.get();
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006431 }
6432
John McCall4fa0d5f2010-05-06 18:15:07 +00006433 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Best->FoundDecl, OpLoc);
6434
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006435 // Determine the result type
Anders Carlssonf64a3da2009-10-13 21:19:37 +00006436 QualType ResultTy = FnDecl->getResultType().getNonReferenceType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006437
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006438 // Build the actual expression node.
6439 Expr *FnExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FnDecl, FnDecl->getType(),
6440 SourceLocation());
6441 UsualUnaryConversions(FnExpr);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006442
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006443 input.release();
Eli Friedman030eee42009-11-18 03:58:17 +00006444 Args[0] = Input;
Anders Carlssonf64a3da2009-10-13 21:19:37 +00006445 ExprOwningPtr<CallExpr> TheCall(this,
6446 new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, Op, FnExpr,
Eli Friedman030eee42009-11-18 03:58:17 +00006447 Args, NumArgs, ResultTy, OpLoc));
John McCall4fa0d5f2010-05-06 18:15:07 +00006448
Anders Carlssonf64a3da2009-10-13 21:19:37 +00006449 if (CheckCallReturnType(FnDecl->getResultType(), OpLoc, TheCall.get(),
6450 FnDecl))
6451 return ExprError();
6452
6453 return MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall.release());
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006454 } else {
6455 // We matched a built-in operator. Convert the arguments, then
6456 // break out so that we will build the appropriate built-in
6457 // operator node.
6458 if (PerformImplicitConversion(Input, Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0],
Douglas Gregor7c3bbdf2009-12-16 03:45:30 +00006459 Best->Conversions[0], AA_Passing))
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006460 return ExprError();
6461
6462 break;
6463 }
6464 }
6465
6466 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
6467 // No viable function; fall through to handling this as a
6468 // built-in operator, which will produce an error message for us.
6469 break;
6470
6471 case OR_Ambiguous:
6472 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_oper)
6473 << UnaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
6474 << Input->getSourceRange();
John McCallad907772010-01-12 07:18:19 +00006475 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, OCD_ViableCandidates, Args, NumArgs,
Fariborz Jahaniane7196432009-10-12 20:11:40 +00006476 UnaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc), OpLoc);
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006477 return ExprError();
6478
6479 case OR_Deleted:
6480 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_deleted_oper)
6481 << Best->Function->isDeleted()
6482 << UnaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
6483 << Input->getSourceRange();
John McCallad907772010-01-12 07:18:19 +00006484 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, OCD_AllCandidates, Args, NumArgs);
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006485 return ExprError();
6486 }
6487
6488 // Either we found no viable overloaded operator or we matched a
6489 // built-in operator. In either case, fall through to trying to
6490 // build a built-in operation.
6491 input.release();
6492 return CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, Owned(Input));
6493}
6494
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006495/// \brief Create a binary operation that may resolve to an overloaded
6496/// operator.
6497///
6498/// \param OpLoc The location of the operator itself (e.g., '+').
6499///
6500/// \param OpcIn The BinaryOperator::Opcode that describes this
6501/// operator.
6502///
6503/// \param Functions The set of non-member functions that will be
6504/// considered by overload resolution. The caller needs to build this
6505/// set based on the context using, e.g.,
6506/// LookupOverloadedOperatorName() and ArgumentDependentLookup(). This
6507/// set should not contain any member functions; those will be added
6508/// by CreateOverloadedBinOp().
6509///
6510/// \param LHS Left-hand argument.
6511/// \param RHS Right-hand argument.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006512Sema::OwningExprResult
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006513Sema::CreateOverloadedBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006514 unsigned OpcIn,
John McCall4c4c1df2010-01-26 03:27:55 +00006515 const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns,
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006516 Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS) {
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006517 Expr *Args[2] = { LHS, RHS };
Douglas Gregore9899d92009-08-26 17:08:25 +00006518 LHS=RHS=0; //Please use only Args instead of LHS/RHS couple
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006519
6520 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = static_cast<BinaryOperator::Opcode>(OpcIn);
6521 OverloadedOperatorKind Op = BinaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
6522 DeclarationName OpName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(Op);
6523
6524 // If either side is type-dependent, create an appropriate dependent
6525 // expression.
Douglas Gregore9899d92009-08-26 17:08:25 +00006526 if (Args[0]->isTypeDependent() || Args[1]->isTypeDependent()) {
John McCall4c4c1df2010-01-26 03:27:55 +00006527 if (Fns.empty()) {
Douglas Gregor5287f092009-11-05 00:51:44 +00006528 // If there are no functions to store, just build a dependent
6529 // BinaryOperator or CompoundAssignment.
6530 if (Opc <= BinaryOperator::Assign || Opc > BinaryOperator::OrAssign)
6531 return Owned(new (Context) BinaryOperator(Args[0], Args[1], Opc,
6532 Context.DependentTy, OpLoc));
6533
6534 return Owned(new (Context) CompoundAssignOperator(Args[0], Args[1], Opc,
6535 Context.DependentTy,
6536 Context.DependentTy,
6537 Context.DependentTy,
6538 OpLoc));
6539 }
John McCall4c4c1df2010-01-26 03:27:55 +00006540
6541 // FIXME: save results of ADL from here?
John McCall58cc69d2010-01-27 01:50:18 +00006542 CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass = 0; // because lookup ignores member operators
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00006543 UnresolvedLookupExpr *Fn
John McCall58cc69d2010-01-27 01:50:18 +00006544 = UnresolvedLookupExpr::Create(Context, /*Dependent*/ true, NamingClass,
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00006545 0, SourceRange(), OpName, OpLoc,
Douglas Gregor30a4f4c2010-05-23 18:57:34 +00006546 /*ADL*/ true, IsOverloaded(Fns),
6547 Fns.begin(), Fns.end());
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006548 return Owned(new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, Op, Fn,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006549 Args, 2,
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006550 Context.DependentTy,
6551 OpLoc));
6552 }
6553
6554 // If this is the .* operator, which is not overloadable, just
6555 // create a built-in binary operator.
6556 if (Opc == BinaryOperator::PtrMemD)
Douglas Gregore9899d92009-08-26 17:08:25 +00006557 return CreateBuiltinBinOp(OpLoc, Opc, Args[0], Args[1]);
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006558
Sebastian Redl6a96bf72009-11-18 23:10:33 +00006559 // If this is the assignment operator, we only perform overload resolution
6560 // if the left-hand side is a class or enumeration type. This is actually
6561 // a hack. The standard requires that we do overload resolution between the
6562 // various built-in candidates, but as DR507 points out, this can lead to
6563 // problems. So we do it this way, which pretty much follows what GCC does.
6564 // Note that we go the traditional code path for compound assignment forms.
6565 if (Opc==BinaryOperator::Assign && !Args[0]->getType()->isOverloadableType())
Douglas Gregore9899d92009-08-26 17:08:25 +00006566 return CreateBuiltinBinOp(OpLoc, Opc, Args[0], Args[1]);
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006567
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006568 // Build an empty overload set.
John McCallbc077cf2010-02-08 23:07:23 +00006569 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet(OpLoc);
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006570
6571 // Add the candidates from the given function set.
John McCall4c4c1df2010-01-26 03:27:55 +00006572 AddFunctionCandidates(Fns, Args, 2, CandidateSet, false);
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006573
6574 // Add operator candidates that are member functions.
6575 AddMemberOperatorCandidates(Op, OpLoc, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
6576
John McCall4c4c1df2010-01-26 03:27:55 +00006577 // Add candidates from ADL.
6578 AddArgumentDependentLookupCandidates(OpName, /*Operator*/ true,
6579 Args, 2,
6580 /*ExplicitTemplateArgs*/ 0,
6581 CandidateSet);
6582
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006583 // Add builtin operator candidates.
Douglas Gregorc02cfe22009-10-21 23:19:44 +00006584 AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(Op, OpLoc, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006585
6586 // Perform overload resolution.
6587 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006588 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, OpLoc, Best)) {
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00006589 case OR_Success: {
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006590 // We found a built-in operator or an overloaded operator.
6591 FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function;
6592
6593 if (FnDecl) {
6594 // We matched an overloaded operator. Build a call to that
6595 // operator.
6596
6597 // Convert the arguments.
6598 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl)) {
John McCallb3a44002010-01-28 01:42:12 +00006599 // Best->Access is only meaningful for class members.
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00006600 CheckMemberOperatorAccess(OpLoc, Args[0], Args[1], Best->FoundDecl);
John McCallb3a44002010-01-28 01:42:12 +00006601
Douglas Gregor0a70c4d2009-12-22 21:44:34 +00006602 OwningExprResult Arg1
6603 = PerformCopyInitialization(
6604 InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(
6605 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)),
6606 SourceLocation(),
6607 Owned(Args[1]));
6608 if (Arg1.isInvalid())
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006609 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor0a70c4d2009-12-22 21:44:34 +00006610
Douglas Gregorcc3f3252010-03-03 23:55:11 +00006611 if (PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Args[0], /*Qualifier=*/0,
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +00006612 Best->FoundDecl, Method))
Douglas Gregor0a70c4d2009-12-22 21:44:34 +00006613 return ExprError();
6614
6615 Args[1] = RHS = Arg1.takeAs<Expr>();
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006616 } else {
6617 // Convert the arguments.
Douglas Gregor0a70c4d2009-12-22 21:44:34 +00006618 OwningExprResult Arg0
6619 = PerformCopyInitialization(
6620 InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(
6621 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)),
6622 SourceLocation(),
6623 Owned(Args[0]));
6624 if (Arg0.isInvalid())
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006625 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor0a70c4d2009-12-22 21:44:34 +00006626
6627 OwningExprResult Arg1
6628 = PerformCopyInitialization(
6629 InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(
6630 FnDecl->getParamDecl(1)),
6631 SourceLocation(),
6632 Owned(Args[1]));
6633 if (Arg1.isInvalid())
6634 return ExprError();
6635 Args[0] = LHS = Arg0.takeAs<Expr>();
6636 Args[1] = RHS = Arg1.takeAs<Expr>();
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006637 }
6638
John McCall4fa0d5f2010-05-06 18:15:07 +00006639 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Best->FoundDecl, OpLoc);
6640
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006641 // Determine the result type
6642 QualType ResultTy
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00006643 = FnDecl->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType();
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006644 ResultTy = ResultTy.getNonReferenceType();
6645
6646 // Build the actual expression node.
6647 Expr *FnExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FnDecl, FnDecl->getType(),
Argyrios Kyrtzidisef1c1e52009-07-14 03:19:38 +00006648 OpLoc);
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006649 UsualUnaryConversions(FnExpr);
6650
Anders Carlssone4f4b5e2009-10-13 22:43:21 +00006651 ExprOwningPtr<CXXOperatorCallExpr>
6652 TheCall(this, new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, Op, FnExpr,
6653 Args, 2, ResultTy,
6654 OpLoc));
6655
6656 if (CheckCallReturnType(FnDecl->getResultType(), OpLoc, TheCall.get(),
6657 FnDecl))
6658 return ExprError();
6659
6660 return MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall.release());
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006661 } else {
6662 // We matched a built-in operator. Convert the arguments, then
6663 // break out so that we will build the appropriate built-in
6664 // operator node.
Douglas Gregore9899d92009-08-26 17:08:25 +00006665 if (PerformImplicitConversion(Args[0], Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0],
Douglas Gregor7c3bbdf2009-12-16 03:45:30 +00006666 Best->Conversions[0], AA_Passing) ||
Douglas Gregore9899d92009-08-26 17:08:25 +00006667 PerformImplicitConversion(Args[1], Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[1],
Douglas Gregor7c3bbdf2009-12-16 03:45:30 +00006668 Best->Conversions[1], AA_Passing))
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006669 return ExprError();
6670
6671 break;
6672 }
6673 }
6674
Douglas Gregor66950a32009-09-30 21:46:01 +00006675 case OR_No_Viable_Function: {
6676 // C++ [over.match.oper]p9:
6677 // If the operator is the operator , [...] and there are no
6678 // viable functions, then the operator is assumed to be the
6679 // built-in operator and interpreted according to clause 5.
6680 if (Opc == BinaryOperator::Comma)
6681 break;
6682
Sebastian Redl027de2a2009-05-21 11:50:50 +00006683 // For class as left operand for assignment or compound assigment operator
6684 // do not fall through to handling in built-in, but report that no overloaded
6685 // assignment operator found
Douglas Gregor66950a32009-09-30 21:46:01 +00006686 OwningExprResult Result = ExprError();
6687 if (Args[0]->getType()->isRecordType() &&
6688 Opc >= BinaryOperator::Assign && Opc <= BinaryOperator::OrAssign) {
Sebastian Redl027de2a2009-05-21 11:50:50 +00006689 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_no_viable_oper)
6690 << BinaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
Douglas Gregore9899d92009-08-26 17:08:25 +00006691 << Args[0]->getSourceRange() << Args[1]->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor66950a32009-09-30 21:46:01 +00006692 } else {
6693 // No viable function; try to create a built-in operation, which will
6694 // produce an error. Then, show the non-viable candidates.
6695 Result = CreateBuiltinBinOp(OpLoc, Opc, Args[0], Args[1]);
Sebastian Redl027de2a2009-05-21 11:50:50 +00006696 }
Douglas Gregor66950a32009-09-30 21:46:01 +00006697 assert(Result.isInvalid() &&
6698 "C++ binary operator overloading is missing candidates!");
6699 if (Result.isInvalid())
John McCallad907772010-01-12 07:18:19 +00006700 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, OCD_AllCandidates, Args, 2,
Fariborz Jahaniane7196432009-10-12 20:11:40 +00006701 BinaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc), OpLoc);
Douglas Gregor66950a32009-09-30 21:46:01 +00006702 return move(Result);
6703 }
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006704
6705 case OR_Ambiguous:
6706 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_oper)
6707 << BinaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
Douglas Gregore9899d92009-08-26 17:08:25 +00006708 << Args[0]->getSourceRange() << Args[1]->getSourceRange();
John McCallad907772010-01-12 07:18:19 +00006709 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, OCD_ViableCandidates, Args, 2,
Fariborz Jahaniane7196432009-10-12 20:11:40 +00006710 BinaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc), OpLoc);
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006711 return ExprError();
6712
6713 case OR_Deleted:
6714 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_deleted_oper)
6715 << Best->Function->isDeleted()
6716 << BinaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
Douglas Gregore9899d92009-08-26 17:08:25 +00006717 << Args[0]->getSourceRange() << Args[1]->getSourceRange();
John McCallad907772010-01-12 07:18:19 +00006718 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, OCD_AllCandidates, Args, 2);
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006719 return ExprError();
John McCall0d1da222010-01-12 00:44:57 +00006720 }
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006721
Douglas Gregor66950a32009-09-30 21:46:01 +00006722 // We matched a built-in operator; build it.
Douglas Gregore9899d92009-08-26 17:08:25 +00006723 return CreateBuiltinBinOp(OpLoc, Opc, Args[0], Args[1]);
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006724}
6725
Sebastian Redladba46e2009-10-29 20:17:01 +00006726Action::OwningExprResult
6727Sema::CreateOverloadedArraySubscriptExpr(SourceLocation LLoc,
6728 SourceLocation RLoc,
6729 ExprArg Base, ExprArg Idx) {
6730 Expr *Args[2] = { static_cast<Expr*>(Base.get()),
6731 static_cast<Expr*>(Idx.get()) };
6732 DeclarationName OpName =
6733 Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Subscript);
6734
6735 // If either side is type-dependent, create an appropriate dependent
6736 // expression.
6737 if (Args[0]->isTypeDependent() || Args[1]->isTypeDependent()) {
6738
John McCall58cc69d2010-01-27 01:50:18 +00006739 CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass = 0; // because lookup ignores member operators
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00006740 UnresolvedLookupExpr *Fn
John McCall58cc69d2010-01-27 01:50:18 +00006741 = UnresolvedLookupExpr::Create(Context, /*Dependent*/ true, NamingClass,
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00006742 0, SourceRange(), OpName, LLoc,
Douglas Gregor30a4f4c2010-05-23 18:57:34 +00006743 /*ADL*/ true, /*Overloaded*/ false,
6744 UnresolvedSetIterator(),
6745 UnresolvedSetIterator());
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00006746 // Can't add any actual overloads yet
Sebastian Redladba46e2009-10-29 20:17:01 +00006747
6748 Base.release();
6749 Idx.release();
6750 return Owned(new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, OO_Subscript, Fn,
6751 Args, 2,
6752 Context.DependentTy,
6753 RLoc));
6754 }
6755
6756 // Build an empty overload set.
John McCallbc077cf2010-02-08 23:07:23 +00006757 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet(LLoc);
Sebastian Redladba46e2009-10-29 20:17:01 +00006758
6759 // Subscript can only be overloaded as a member function.
6760
6761 // Add operator candidates that are member functions.
6762 AddMemberOperatorCandidates(OO_Subscript, LLoc, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
6763
6764 // Add builtin operator candidates.
6765 AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(OO_Subscript, LLoc, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
6766
6767 // Perform overload resolution.
6768 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
6769 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, LLoc, Best)) {
6770 case OR_Success: {
6771 // We found a built-in operator or an overloaded operator.
6772 FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function;
6773
6774 if (FnDecl) {
6775 // We matched an overloaded operator. Build a call to that
6776 // operator.
6777
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00006778 CheckMemberOperatorAccess(LLoc, Args[0], Args[1], Best->FoundDecl);
John McCall4fa0d5f2010-05-06 18:15:07 +00006779 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Best->FoundDecl, LLoc);
John McCall58cc69d2010-01-27 01:50:18 +00006780
Sebastian Redladba46e2009-10-29 20:17:01 +00006781 // Convert the arguments.
6782 CXXMethodDecl *Method = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl);
Douglas Gregorcc3f3252010-03-03 23:55:11 +00006783 if (PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Args[0], /*Qualifier=*/0,
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +00006784 Best->FoundDecl, Method))
Sebastian Redladba46e2009-10-29 20:17:01 +00006785 return ExprError();
6786
Anders Carlssona68e51e2010-01-29 18:37:50 +00006787 // Convert the arguments.
6788 OwningExprResult InputInit
6789 = PerformCopyInitialization(InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(
6790 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)),
6791 SourceLocation(),
6792 Owned(Args[1]));
6793 if (InputInit.isInvalid())
6794 return ExprError();
6795
6796 Args[1] = InputInit.takeAs<Expr>();
6797
Sebastian Redladba46e2009-10-29 20:17:01 +00006798 // Determine the result type
6799 QualType ResultTy
6800 = FnDecl->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType();
6801 ResultTy = ResultTy.getNonReferenceType();
6802
6803 // Build the actual expression node.
6804 Expr *FnExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FnDecl, FnDecl->getType(),
6805 LLoc);
6806 UsualUnaryConversions(FnExpr);
6807
6808 Base.release();
6809 Idx.release();
6810 ExprOwningPtr<CXXOperatorCallExpr>
6811 TheCall(this, new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, OO_Subscript,
6812 FnExpr, Args, 2,
6813 ResultTy, RLoc));
6814
6815 if (CheckCallReturnType(FnDecl->getResultType(), LLoc, TheCall.get(),
6816 FnDecl))
6817 return ExprError();
6818
6819 return MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall.release());
6820 } else {
6821 // We matched a built-in operator. Convert the arguments, then
6822 // break out so that we will build the appropriate built-in
6823 // operator node.
6824 if (PerformImplicitConversion(Args[0], Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0],
Douglas Gregor7c3bbdf2009-12-16 03:45:30 +00006825 Best->Conversions[0], AA_Passing) ||
Sebastian Redladba46e2009-10-29 20:17:01 +00006826 PerformImplicitConversion(Args[1], Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[1],
Douglas Gregor7c3bbdf2009-12-16 03:45:30 +00006827 Best->Conversions[1], AA_Passing))
Sebastian Redladba46e2009-10-29 20:17:01 +00006828 return ExprError();
6829
6830 break;
6831 }
6832 }
6833
6834 case OR_No_Viable_Function: {
John McCall02374852010-01-07 02:04:15 +00006835 if (CandidateSet.empty())
6836 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_ovl_no_oper)
6837 << Args[0]->getType() << /*subscript*/ 0
6838 << Args[0]->getSourceRange() << Args[1]->getSourceRange();
6839 else
6840 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_ovl_no_viable_subscript)
6841 << Args[0]->getType()
6842 << Args[0]->getSourceRange() << Args[1]->getSourceRange();
John McCallad907772010-01-12 07:18:19 +00006843 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, OCD_AllCandidates, Args, 2,
John McCall02374852010-01-07 02:04:15 +00006844 "[]", LLoc);
6845 return ExprError();
Sebastian Redladba46e2009-10-29 20:17:01 +00006846 }
6847
6848 case OR_Ambiguous:
6849 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_oper)
6850 << "[]" << Args[0]->getSourceRange() << Args[1]->getSourceRange();
John McCallad907772010-01-12 07:18:19 +00006851 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, OCD_ViableCandidates, Args, 2,
Sebastian Redladba46e2009-10-29 20:17:01 +00006852 "[]", LLoc);
6853 return ExprError();
6854
6855 case OR_Deleted:
6856 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_ovl_deleted_oper)
6857 << Best->Function->isDeleted() << "[]"
6858 << Args[0]->getSourceRange() << Args[1]->getSourceRange();
John McCallad907772010-01-12 07:18:19 +00006859 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, OCD_AllCandidates, Args, 2,
John McCall12f97bc2010-01-08 04:41:39 +00006860 "[]", LLoc);
Sebastian Redladba46e2009-10-29 20:17:01 +00006861 return ExprError();
6862 }
6863
6864 // We matched a built-in operator; build it.
6865 Base.release();
6866 Idx.release();
6867 return CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(Owned(Args[0]), LLoc,
6868 Owned(Args[1]), RLoc);
6869}
6870
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00006871/// BuildCallToMemberFunction - Build a call to a member
6872/// function. MemExpr is the expression that refers to the member
6873/// function (and includes the object parameter), Args/NumArgs are the
6874/// arguments to the function call (not including the object
6875/// parameter). The caller needs to validate that the member
6876/// expression refers to a member function or an overloaded member
6877/// function.
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00006878Sema::OwningExprResult
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006879Sema::BuildCallToMemberFunction(Scope *S, Expr *MemExprE,
6880 SourceLocation LParenLoc, Expr **Args,
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00006881 unsigned NumArgs, SourceLocation *CommaLocs,
6882 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
6883 // Dig out the member expression. This holds both the object
6884 // argument and the member function we're referring to.
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00006885 Expr *NakedMemExpr = MemExprE->IgnoreParens();
6886
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00006887 MemberExpr *MemExpr;
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00006888 CXXMethodDecl *Method = 0;
John McCall3a65ef42010-04-08 00:13:37 +00006889 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl = DeclAccessPair::make(0, AS_public);
Douglas Gregorcc3f3252010-03-03 23:55:11 +00006890 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier = 0;
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00006891 if (isa<MemberExpr>(NakedMemExpr)) {
6892 MemExpr = cast<MemberExpr>(NakedMemExpr);
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00006893 Method = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(MemExpr->getMemberDecl());
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +00006894 FoundDecl = MemExpr->getFoundDecl();
Douglas Gregorcc3f3252010-03-03 23:55:11 +00006895 Qualifier = MemExpr->getQualifier();
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00006896 } else {
6897 UnresolvedMemberExpr *UnresExpr = cast<UnresolvedMemberExpr>(NakedMemExpr);
Douglas Gregorcc3f3252010-03-03 23:55:11 +00006898 Qualifier = UnresExpr->getQualifier();
6899
John McCall6e9f8f62009-12-03 04:06:58 +00006900 QualType ObjectType = UnresExpr->getBaseType();
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00006901
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00006902 // Add overload candidates
John McCallbc077cf2010-02-08 23:07:23 +00006903 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet(UnresExpr->getMemberLoc());
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006904
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00006905 // FIXME: avoid copy.
6906 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgsBuffer, *TemplateArgs = 0;
6907 if (UnresExpr->hasExplicitTemplateArgs()) {
6908 UnresExpr->copyTemplateArgumentsInto(TemplateArgsBuffer);
6909 TemplateArgs = &TemplateArgsBuffer;
6910 }
6911
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00006912 for (UnresolvedMemberExpr::decls_iterator I = UnresExpr->decls_begin(),
6913 E = UnresExpr->decls_end(); I != E; ++I) {
6914
John McCall6e9f8f62009-12-03 04:06:58 +00006915 NamedDecl *Func = *I;
6916 CXXRecordDecl *ActingDC = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Func->getDeclContext());
6917 if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(Func))
6918 Func = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(Func)->getTargetDecl();
6919
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00006920 if ((Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Func))) {
Douglas Gregord3319842009-10-24 04:59:53 +00006921 // If explicit template arguments were provided, we can't call a
6922 // non-template member function.
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00006923 if (TemplateArgs)
Douglas Gregord3319842009-10-24 04:59:53 +00006924 continue;
6925
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00006926 AddMethodCandidate(Method, I.getPair(), ActingDC, ObjectType,
John McCallb89836b2010-01-26 01:37:31 +00006927 Args, NumArgs,
John McCall6e9f8f62009-12-03 04:06:58 +00006928 CandidateSet, /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false);
John McCall6b51f282009-11-23 01:53:49 +00006929 } else {
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00006930 AddMethodTemplateCandidate(cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(Func),
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00006931 I.getPair(), ActingDC, TemplateArgs,
John McCall6e9f8f62009-12-03 04:06:58 +00006932 ObjectType, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor5ed5ae42009-08-21 18:42:58 +00006933 CandidateSet,
6934 /*SuppressUsedConversions=*/false);
John McCall6b51f282009-11-23 01:53:49 +00006935 }
Douglas Gregor5ed5ae42009-08-21 18:42:58 +00006936 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006937
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00006938 DeclarationName DeclName = UnresExpr->getMemberName();
6939
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00006940 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00006941 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, UnresExpr->getLocStart(), Best)) {
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00006942 case OR_Success:
6943 Method = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Best->Function);
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +00006944 FoundDecl = Best->FoundDecl;
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00006945 CheckUnresolvedMemberAccess(UnresExpr, Best->FoundDecl);
John McCall4fa0d5f2010-05-06 18:15:07 +00006946 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Best->FoundDecl, UnresExpr->getNameLoc());
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00006947 break;
6948
6949 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00006950 Diag(UnresExpr->getMemberLoc(),
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00006951 diag::err_ovl_no_viable_member_function_in_call)
Douglas Gregor97628d62009-08-21 00:16:32 +00006952 << DeclName << MemExprE->getSourceRange();
John McCallad907772010-01-12 07:18:19 +00006953 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, OCD_AllCandidates, Args, NumArgs);
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00006954 // FIXME: Leaking incoming expressions!
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00006955 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00006956
6957 case OR_Ambiguous:
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00006958 Diag(UnresExpr->getMemberLoc(), diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_member_call)
Douglas Gregor97628d62009-08-21 00:16:32 +00006959 << DeclName << MemExprE->getSourceRange();
John McCallad907772010-01-12 07:18:19 +00006960 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, OCD_AllCandidates, Args, NumArgs);
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00006961 // FIXME: Leaking incoming expressions!
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00006962 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00006963
6964 case OR_Deleted:
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00006965 Diag(UnresExpr->getMemberLoc(), diag::err_ovl_deleted_member_call)
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00006966 << Best->Function->isDeleted()
Douglas Gregor97628d62009-08-21 00:16:32 +00006967 << DeclName << MemExprE->getSourceRange();
John McCallad907772010-01-12 07:18:19 +00006968 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, OCD_AllCandidates, Args, NumArgs);
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00006969 // FIXME: Leaking incoming expressions!
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00006970 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00006971 }
6972
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +00006973 MemExprE = FixOverloadedFunctionReference(MemExprE, FoundDecl, Method);
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00006974
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00006975 // If overload resolution picked a static member, build a
6976 // non-member call based on that function.
6977 if (Method->isStatic()) {
6978 return BuildResolvedCallExpr(MemExprE, Method, LParenLoc,
6979 Args, NumArgs, RParenLoc);
6980 }
6981
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00006982 MemExpr = cast<MemberExpr>(MemExprE->IgnoreParens());
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00006983 }
6984
6985 assert(Method && "Member call to something that isn't a method?");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006986 ExprOwningPtr<CXXMemberCallExpr>
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00006987 TheCall(this, new (Context) CXXMemberCallExpr(Context, MemExprE, Args,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006988 NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00006989 Method->getResultType().getNonReferenceType(),
6990 RParenLoc));
6991
Anders Carlssonc4859ba2009-10-10 00:06:20 +00006992 // Check for a valid return type.
6993 if (CheckCallReturnType(Method->getResultType(), MemExpr->getMemberLoc(),
6994 TheCall.get(), Method))
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00006995 return ExprError();
Anders Carlssonc4859ba2009-10-10 00:06:20 +00006996
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00006997 // Convert the object argument (for a non-static member function call).
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +00006998 // We only need to do this if there was actually an overload; otherwise
6999 // it was done at lookup.
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00007000 Expr *ObjectArg = MemExpr->getBase();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007001 if (!Method->isStatic() &&
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +00007002 PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(ObjectArg, Qualifier,
7003 FoundDecl, Method))
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00007004 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00007005 MemExpr->setBase(ObjectArg);
7006
7007 // Convert the rest of the arguments
Douglas Gregorc8be9522010-05-04 18:18:31 +00007008 const FunctionProtoType *Proto = Method->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007009 if (ConvertArgumentsForCall(&*TheCall, MemExpr, Method, Proto, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00007010 RParenLoc))
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00007011 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00007012
Anders Carlssonbc4c1072009-08-16 01:56:34 +00007013 if (CheckFunctionCall(Method, TheCall.get()))
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00007014 return ExprError();
Anders Carlsson8c84c202009-08-16 03:42:12 +00007015
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00007016 return MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall.release());
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00007017}
7018
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00007019/// BuildCallToObjectOfClassType - Build a call to an object of class
7020/// type (C++ [over.call.object]), which can end up invoking an
7021/// overloaded function call operator (@c operator()) or performing a
7022/// user-defined conversion on the object argument.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007023Sema::ExprResult
7024Sema::BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(Scope *S, Expr *Object,
Douglas Gregorb0846b02008-12-06 00:22:45 +00007025 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00007026 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007027 SourceLocation *CommaLocs,
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00007028 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
7029 assert(Object->getType()->isRecordType() && "Requires object type argument");
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00007030 const RecordType *Record = Object->getType()->getAs<RecordType>();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007031
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00007032 // C++ [over.call.object]p1:
7033 // If the primary-expression E in the function call syntax
Eli Friedman44b83ee2009-08-05 19:21:58 +00007034 // evaluates to a class object of type "cv T", then the set of
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00007035 // candidate functions includes at least the function call
7036 // operators of T. The function call operators of T are obtained by
7037 // ordinary lookup of the name operator() in the context of
7038 // (E).operator().
John McCallbc077cf2010-02-08 23:07:23 +00007039 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet(LParenLoc);
Douglas Gregor91f84212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00007040 DeclarationName OpName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Call);
Douglas Gregorc473cbb2009-11-15 07:48:03 +00007041
7042 if (RequireCompleteType(LParenLoc, Object->getType(),
Douglas Gregor89336232010-03-29 23:34:08 +00007043 PDiag(diag::err_incomplete_object_call)
Douglas Gregorc473cbb2009-11-15 07:48:03 +00007044 << Object->getSourceRange()))
7045 return true;
7046
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00007047 LookupResult R(*this, OpName, LParenLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
7048 LookupQualifiedName(R, Record->getDecl());
7049 R.suppressDiagnostics();
7050
Douglas Gregorc473cbb2009-11-15 07:48:03 +00007051 for (LookupResult::iterator Oper = R.begin(), OperEnd = R.end();
Douglas Gregor358e7742009-11-07 17:23:56 +00007052 Oper != OperEnd; ++Oper) {
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00007053 AddMethodCandidate(Oper.getPair(), Object->getType(),
John McCallb89836b2010-01-26 01:37:31 +00007054 Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet,
John McCallf0f1cf02009-11-17 07:50:12 +00007055 /*SuppressUserConversions=*/ false);
Douglas Gregor358e7742009-11-07 17:23:56 +00007056 }
Douglas Gregor74ba25c2009-10-21 06:18:39 +00007057
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00007058 // C++ [over.call.object]p2:
7059 // In addition, for each conversion function declared in T of the
7060 // form
7061 //
7062 // operator conversion-type-id () cv-qualifier;
7063 //
7064 // where cv-qualifier is the same cv-qualification as, or a
7065 // greater cv-qualification than, cv, and where conversion-type-id
Douglas Gregorf49fdf82008-11-20 13:33:37 +00007066 // denotes the type "pointer to function of (P1,...,Pn) returning
7067 // R", or the type "reference to pointer to function of
7068 // (P1,...,Pn) returning R", or the type "reference to function
7069 // of (P1,...,Pn) returning R", a surrogate call function [...]
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00007070 // is also considered as a candidate function. Similarly,
7071 // surrogate call functions are added to the set of candidate
7072 // functions for each conversion function declared in an
7073 // accessible base class provided the function is not hidden
7074 // within T by another intervening declaration.
John McCallad371252010-01-20 00:46:10 +00007075 const UnresolvedSetImpl *Conversions
Douglas Gregor21591822010-01-11 19:36:35 +00007076 = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl())->getVisibleConversionFunctions();
John McCallad371252010-01-20 00:46:10 +00007077 for (UnresolvedSetImpl::iterator I = Conversions->begin(),
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00007078 E = Conversions->end(); I != E; ++I) {
John McCall6e9f8f62009-12-03 04:06:58 +00007079 NamedDecl *D = *I;
7080 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D->getDeclContext());
7081 if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D))
7082 D = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(D)->getTargetDecl();
7083
Douglas Gregor74ba25c2009-10-21 06:18:39 +00007084 // Skip over templated conversion functions; they aren't
7085 // surrogates.
John McCall6e9f8f62009-12-03 04:06:58 +00007086 if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))
Douglas Gregor74ba25c2009-10-21 06:18:39 +00007087 continue;
Douglas Gregor05155d82009-08-21 23:19:43 +00007088
John McCall6e9f8f62009-12-03 04:06:58 +00007089 CXXConversionDecl *Conv = cast<CXXConversionDecl>(D);
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00007090
Douglas Gregor74ba25c2009-10-21 06:18:39 +00007091 // Strip the reference type (if any) and then the pointer type (if
7092 // any) to get down to what might be a function type.
7093 QualType ConvType = Conv->getConversionType().getNonReferenceType();
7094 if (const PointerType *ConvPtrType = ConvType->getAs<PointerType>())
7095 ConvType = ConvPtrType->getPointeeType();
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00007096
Douglas Gregor74ba25c2009-10-21 06:18:39 +00007097 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = ConvType->getAs<FunctionProtoType>())
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00007098 AddSurrogateCandidate(Conv, I.getPair(), ActingContext, Proto,
John McCall6e9f8f62009-12-03 04:06:58 +00007099 Object->getType(), Args, NumArgs,
7100 CandidateSet);
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00007101 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007102
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00007103 // Perform overload resolution.
7104 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007105 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, Object->getLocStart(), Best)) {
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00007106 case OR_Success:
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00007107 // Overload resolution succeeded; we'll build the appropriate call
7108 // below.
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00007109 break;
7110
7111 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
John McCall02374852010-01-07 02:04:15 +00007112 if (CandidateSet.empty())
7113 Diag(Object->getSourceRange().getBegin(), diag::err_ovl_no_oper)
7114 << Object->getType() << /*call*/ 1
7115 << Object->getSourceRange();
7116 else
7117 Diag(Object->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
7118 diag::err_ovl_no_viable_object_call)
7119 << Object->getType() << Object->getSourceRange();
John McCallad907772010-01-12 07:18:19 +00007120 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, OCD_AllCandidates, Args, NumArgs);
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00007121 break;
7122
7123 case OR_Ambiguous:
7124 Diag(Object->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
7125 diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_object_call)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00007126 << Object->getType() << Object->getSourceRange();
John McCallad907772010-01-12 07:18:19 +00007127 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, OCD_ViableCandidates, Args, NumArgs);
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00007128 break;
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00007129
7130 case OR_Deleted:
7131 Diag(Object->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
7132 diag::err_ovl_deleted_object_call)
7133 << Best->Function->isDeleted()
7134 << Object->getType() << Object->getSourceRange();
John McCallad907772010-01-12 07:18:19 +00007135 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, OCD_AllCandidates, Args, NumArgs);
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00007136 break;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007137 }
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00007138
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00007139 if (Best == CandidateSet.end()) {
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00007140 // We had an error; delete all of the subexpressions and return
7141 // the error.
Ted Kremenek5a201952009-02-07 01:47:29 +00007142 Object->Destroy(Context);
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00007143 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx < NumArgs; ++ArgIdx)
Ted Kremenek5a201952009-02-07 01:47:29 +00007144 Args[ArgIdx]->Destroy(Context);
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00007145 return true;
7146 }
7147
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00007148 if (Best->Function == 0) {
7149 // Since there is no function declaration, this is one of the
7150 // surrogate candidates. Dig out the conversion function.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007151 CXXConversionDecl *Conv
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00007152 = cast<CXXConversionDecl>(
7153 Best->Conversions[0].UserDefined.ConversionFunction);
7154
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00007155 CheckMemberOperatorAccess(LParenLoc, Object, 0, Best->FoundDecl);
John McCall4fa0d5f2010-05-06 18:15:07 +00007156 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Best->FoundDecl, LParenLoc);
John McCall49ec2e62010-01-28 01:54:34 +00007157
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00007158 // We selected one of the surrogate functions that converts the
7159 // object parameter to a function pointer. Perform the conversion
7160 // on the object argument, then let ActOnCallExpr finish the job.
Fariborz Jahanian774cf792009-09-28 18:35:46 +00007161
7162 // Create an implicit member expr to refer to the conversion operator.
Fariborz Jahanian78cfcb52009-09-28 23:23:40 +00007163 // and then call it.
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +00007164 CXXMemberCallExpr *CE = BuildCXXMemberCallExpr(Object, Best->FoundDecl,
7165 Conv);
Fariborz Jahanian78cfcb52009-09-28 23:23:40 +00007166
Fariborz Jahanian774cf792009-09-28 18:35:46 +00007167 return ActOnCallExpr(S, ExprArg(*this, CE), LParenLoc,
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00007168 MultiExprArg(*this, (ExprTy**)Args, NumArgs),
Douglas Gregore5e775b2010-04-13 15:50:39 +00007169 CommaLocs, RParenLoc).result();
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00007170 }
7171
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00007172 CheckMemberOperatorAccess(LParenLoc, Object, 0, Best->FoundDecl);
John McCall4fa0d5f2010-05-06 18:15:07 +00007173 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Best->FoundDecl, LParenLoc);
John McCall49ec2e62010-01-28 01:54:34 +00007174
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00007175 // We found an overloaded operator(). Build a CXXOperatorCallExpr
7176 // that calls this method, using Object for the implicit object
7177 // parameter and passing along the remaining arguments.
7178 CXXMethodDecl *Method = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Best->Function);
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00007179 const FunctionProtoType *Proto = Method->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00007180
7181 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
7182 unsigned NumArgsToCheck = NumArgs;
7183
7184 // Build the full argument list for the method call (the
7185 // implicit object parameter is placed at the beginning of the
7186 // list).
7187 Expr **MethodArgs;
7188 if (NumArgs < NumArgsInProto) {
7189 NumArgsToCheck = NumArgsInProto;
7190 MethodArgs = new Expr*[NumArgsInProto + 1];
7191 } else {
7192 MethodArgs = new Expr*[NumArgs + 1];
7193 }
7194 MethodArgs[0] = Object;
7195 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx < NumArgs; ++ArgIdx)
7196 MethodArgs[ArgIdx + 1] = Args[ArgIdx];
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007197
7198 Expr *NewFn = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(Method, Method->getType(),
Ted Kremenek5a201952009-02-07 01:47:29 +00007199 SourceLocation());
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00007200 UsualUnaryConversions(NewFn);
7201
7202 // Once we've built TheCall, all of the expressions are properly
7203 // owned.
7204 QualType ResultTy = Method->getResultType().getNonReferenceType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007205 ExprOwningPtr<CXXOperatorCallExpr>
7206 TheCall(this, new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, OO_Call, NewFn,
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00007207 MethodArgs, NumArgs + 1,
Ted Kremenek5a201952009-02-07 01:47:29 +00007208 ResultTy, RParenLoc));
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00007209 delete [] MethodArgs;
7210
Anders Carlsson3d5829c2009-10-13 21:49:31 +00007211 if (CheckCallReturnType(Method->getResultType(), LParenLoc, TheCall.get(),
7212 Method))
7213 return true;
7214
Douglas Gregor02a0acd2009-01-13 05:10:00 +00007215 // We may have default arguments. If so, we need to allocate more
7216 // slots in the call for them.
7217 if (NumArgs < NumArgsInProto)
Ted Kremenek5a201952009-02-07 01:47:29 +00007218 TheCall->setNumArgs(Context, NumArgsInProto + 1);
Douglas Gregor02a0acd2009-01-13 05:10:00 +00007219 else if (NumArgs > NumArgsInProto)
7220 NumArgsToCheck = NumArgsInProto;
7221
Chris Lattnera8a7d0f2009-04-12 08:11:20 +00007222 bool IsError = false;
7223
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00007224 // Initialize the implicit object parameter.
Douglas Gregorcc3f3252010-03-03 23:55:11 +00007225 IsError |= PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Object, /*Qualifier=*/0,
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +00007226 Best->FoundDecl, Method);
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00007227 TheCall->setArg(0, Object);
7228
Chris Lattnera8a7d0f2009-04-12 08:11:20 +00007229
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00007230 // Check the argument types.
7231 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgsToCheck; i++) {
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00007232 Expr *Arg;
Douglas Gregor02a0acd2009-01-13 05:10:00 +00007233 if (i < NumArgs) {
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00007234 Arg = Args[i];
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007235
Douglas Gregor02a0acd2009-01-13 05:10:00 +00007236 // Pass the argument.
Anders Carlsson7c5fe482010-01-29 18:43:53 +00007237
7238 OwningExprResult InputInit
7239 = PerformCopyInitialization(InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(
7240 Method->getParamDecl(i)),
7241 SourceLocation(), Owned(Arg));
7242
7243 IsError |= InputInit.isInvalid();
7244 Arg = InputInit.takeAs<Expr>();
Douglas Gregor02a0acd2009-01-13 05:10:00 +00007245 } else {
Douglas Gregor1bc688d2009-11-09 19:27:57 +00007246 OwningExprResult DefArg
7247 = BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(LParenLoc, Method, Method->getParamDecl(i));
7248 if (DefArg.isInvalid()) {
7249 IsError = true;
7250 break;
7251 }
7252
7253 Arg = DefArg.takeAs<Expr>();
Douglas Gregor02a0acd2009-01-13 05:10:00 +00007254 }
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00007255
7256 TheCall->setArg(i + 1, Arg);
7257 }
7258
7259 // If this is a variadic call, handle args passed through "...".
7260 if (Proto->isVariadic()) {
7261 // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p7).
7262 for (unsigned i = NumArgsInProto; i != NumArgs; i++) {
7263 Expr *Arg = Args[i];
Chris Lattnerbb53efb2010-05-16 04:01:30 +00007264 IsError |= DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Arg, VariadicMethod, 0);
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00007265 TheCall->setArg(i + 1, Arg);
7266 }
7267 }
7268
Chris Lattnera8a7d0f2009-04-12 08:11:20 +00007269 if (IsError) return true;
7270
Anders Carlssonbc4c1072009-08-16 01:56:34 +00007271 if (CheckFunctionCall(Method, TheCall.get()))
7272 return true;
7273
Douglas Gregore5e775b2010-04-13 15:50:39 +00007274 return MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall.release()).result();
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00007275}
7276
Douglas Gregore0e79bd2008-11-20 16:27:02 +00007277/// BuildOverloadedArrowExpr - Build a call to an overloaded @c operator->
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007278/// (if one exists), where @c Base is an expression of class type and
Douglas Gregore0e79bd2008-11-20 16:27:02 +00007279/// @c Member is the name of the member we're trying to find.
Douglas Gregord8061562009-08-06 03:17:00 +00007280Sema::OwningExprResult
7281Sema::BuildOverloadedArrowExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg BaseIn, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
7282 Expr *Base = static_cast<Expr *>(BaseIn.get());
Douglas Gregore0e79bd2008-11-20 16:27:02 +00007283 assert(Base->getType()->isRecordType() && "left-hand side must have class type");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007284
John McCallbc077cf2010-02-08 23:07:23 +00007285 SourceLocation Loc = Base->getExprLoc();
7286
Douglas Gregore0e79bd2008-11-20 16:27:02 +00007287 // C++ [over.ref]p1:
7288 //
7289 // [...] An expression x->m is interpreted as (x.operator->())->m
7290 // for a class object x of type T if T::operator->() exists and if
7291 // the operator is selected as the best match function by the
7292 // overload resolution mechanism (13.3).
Douglas Gregore0e79bd2008-11-20 16:27:02 +00007293 DeclarationName OpName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Arrow);
John McCallbc077cf2010-02-08 23:07:23 +00007294 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet(Loc);
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00007295 const RecordType *BaseRecord = Base->getType()->getAs<RecordType>();
Douglas Gregord8061562009-08-06 03:17:00 +00007296
John McCallbc077cf2010-02-08 23:07:23 +00007297 if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, Base->getType(),
Eli Friedman132e70b2009-11-18 01:28:03 +00007298 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_tag)
7299 << Base->getSourceRange()))
7300 return ExprError();
7301
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00007302 LookupResult R(*this, OpName, OpLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
7303 LookupQualifiedName(R, BaseRecord->getDecl());
7304 R.suppressDiagnostics();
Anders Carlsson78b54932009-09-10 23:18:36 +00007305
7306 for (LookupResult::iterator Oper = R.begin(), OperEnd = R.end();
John McCall6e9f8f62009-12-03 04:06:58 +00007307 Oper != OperEnd; ++Oper) {
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00007308 AddMethodCandidate(Oper.getPair(), Base->getType(), 0, 0, CandidateSet,
Douglas Gregore0e79bd2008-11-20 16:27:02 +00007309 /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false);
John McCall6e9f8f62009-12-03 04:06:58 +00007310 }
Douglas Gregore0e79bd2008-11-20 16:27:02 +00007311
7312 // Perform overload resolution.
7313 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007314 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, OpLoc, Best)) {
Douglas Gregore0e79bd2008-11-20 16:27:02 +00007315 case OR_Success:
7316 // Overload resolution succeeded; we'll build the call below.
7317 break;
7318
7319 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
7320 if (CandidateSet.empty())
7321 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_arrow)
Douglas Gregord8061562009-08-06 03:17:00 +00007322 << Base->getType() << Base->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregore0e79bd2008-11-20 16:27:02 +00007323 else
7324 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_no_viable_oper)
Douglas Gregord8061562009-08-06 03:17:00 +00007325 << "operator->" << Base->getSourceRange();
John McCallad907772010-01-12 07:18:19 +00007326 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, OCD_AllCandidates, &Base, 1);
Douglas Gregord8061562009-08-06 03:17:00 +00007327 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregore0e79bd2008-11-20 16:27:02 +00007328
7329 case OR_Ambiguous:
7330 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_oper)
Anders Carlsson78b54932009-09-10 23:18:36 +00007331 << "->" << Base->getSourceRange();
John McCallad907772010-01-12 07:18:19 +00007332 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, OCD_ViableCandidates, &Base, 1);
Douglas Gregord8061562009-08-06 03:17:00 +00007333 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00007334
7335 case OR_Deleted:
7336 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_deleted_oper)
7337 << Best->Function->isDeleted()
Anders Carlsson78b54932009-09-10 23:18:36 +00007338 << "->" << Base->getSourceRange();
John McCallad907772010-01-12 07:18:19 +00007339 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, OCD_AllCandidates, &Base, 1);
Douglas Gregord8061562009-08-06 03:17:00 +00007340 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregore0e79bd2008-11-20 16:27:02 +00007341 }
7342
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00007343 CheckMemberOperatorAccess(OpLoc, Base, 0, Best->FoundDecl);
John McCall4fa0d5f2010-05-06 18:15:07 +00007344 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Best->FoundDecl, OpLoc);
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00007345
Douglas Gregore0e79bd2008-11-20 16:27:02 +00007346 // Convert the object parameter.
7347 CXXMethodDecl *Method = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Best->Function);
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +00007348 if (PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Base, /*Qualifier=*/0,
7349 Best->FoundDecl, Method))
Douglas Gregord8061562009-08-06 03:17:00 +00007350 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor9ecea262008-11-21 03:04:22 +00007351
7352 // No concerns about early exits now.
Douglas Gregord8061562009-08-06 03:17:00 +00007353 BaseIn.release();
Douglas Gregore0e79bd2008-11-20 16:27:02 +00007354
7355 // Build the operator call.
Ted Kremenek5a201952009-02-07 01:47:29 +00007356 Expr *FnExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(Method, Method->getType(),
7357 SourceLocation());
Douglas Gregore0e79bd2008-11-20 16:27:02 +00007358 UsualUnaryConversions(FnExpr);
Anders Carlssone4f4b5e2009-10-13 22:43:21 +00007359
7360 QualType ResultTy = Method->getResultType().getNonReferenceType();
7361 ExprOwningPtr<CXXOperatorCallExpr>
7362 TheCall(this, new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, OO_Arrow, FnExpr,
7363 &Base, 1, ResultTy, OpLoc));
7364
7365 if (CheckCallReturnType(Method->getResultType(), OpLoc, TheCall.get(),
7366 Method))
7367 return ExprError();
7368 return move(TheCall);
Douglas Gregore0e79bd2008-11-20 16:27:02 +00007369}
7370
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00007371/// FixOverloadedFunctionReference - E is an expression that refers to
7372/// a C++ overloaded function (possibly with some parentheses and
7373/// perhaps a '&' around it). We have resolved the overloaded function
7374/// to the function declaration Fn, so patch up the expression E to
Anders Carlssonfcb4ab42009-10-21 17:16:23 +00007375/// refer (possibly indirectly) to Fn. Returns the new expr.
John McCalla8ae2222010-04-06 21:38:20 +00007376Expr *Sema::FixOverloadedFunctionReference(Expr *E, DeclAccessPair Found,
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +00007377 FunctionDecl *Fn) {
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00007378 if (ParenExpr *PE = dyn_cast<ParenExpr>(E)) {
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +00007379 Expr *SubExpr = FixOverloadedFunctionReference(PE->getSubExpr(),
7380 Found, Fn);
Douglas Gregor51c538b2009-11-20 19:42:02 +00007381 if (SubExpr == PE->getSubExpr())
7382 return PE->Retain();
7383
7384 return new (Context) ParenExpr(PE->getLParen(), PE->getRParen(), SubExpr);
7385 }
7386
7387 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)) {
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +00007388 Expr *SubExpr = FixOverloadedFunctionReference(ICE->getSubExpr(),
7389 Found, Fn);
Douglas Gregor091f0422009-10-23 22:18:25 +00007390 assert(Context.hasSameType(ICE->getSubExpr()->getType(),
Douglas Gregor51c538b2009-11-20 19:42:02 +00007391 SubExpr->getType()) &&
Douglas Gregor091f0422009-10-23 22:18:25 +00007392 "Implicit cast type cannot be determined from overload");
Douglas Gregor51c538b2009-11-20 19:42:02 +00007393 if (SubExpr == ICE->getSubExpr())
7394 return ICE->Retain();
7395
7396 return new (Context) ImplicitCastExpr(ICE->getType(),
7397 ICE->getCastKind(),
Anders Carlsson0c509ee2010-04-24 16:57:13 +00007398 SubExpr, CXXBaseSpecifierArray(),
Douglas Gregor51c538b2009-11-20 19:42:02 +00007399 ICE->isLvalueCast());
7400 }
7401
7402 if (UnaryOperator *UnOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(E)) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007403 assert(UnOp->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::AddrOf &&
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00007404 "Can only take the address of an overloaded function");
Douglas Gregor6f233ef2009-02-11 01:18:59 +00007405 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Fn)) {
7406 if (Method->isStatic()) {
7407 // Do nothing: static member functions aren't any different
7408 // from non-member functions.
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00007409 } else {
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00007410 // Fix the sub expression, which really has to be an
7411 // UnresolvedLookupExpr holding an overloaded member function
7412 // or template.
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +00007413 Expr *SubExpr = FixOverloadedFunctionReference(UnOp->getSubExpr(),
7414 Found, Fn);
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00007415 if (SubExpr == UnOp->getSubExpr())
7416 return UnOp->Retain();
Douglas Gregor51c538b2009-11-20 19:42:02 +00007417
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00007418 assert(isa<DeclRefExpr>(SubExpr)
7419 && "fixed to something other than a decl ref");
7420 assert(cast<DeclRefExpr>(SubExpr)->getQualifier()
7421 && "fixed to a member ref with no nested name qualifier");
7422
7423 // We have taken the address of a pointer to member
7424 // function. Perform the computation here so that we get the
7425 // appropriate pointer to member type.
7426 QualType ClassType
7427 = Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<RecordDecl>(Method->getDeclContext()));
7428 QualType MemPtrType
7429 = Context.getMemberPointerType(Fn->getType(), ClassType.getTypePtr());
7430
7431 return new (Context) UnaryOperator(SubExpr, UnaryOperator::AddrOf,
7432 MemPtrType, UnOp->getOperatorLoc());
Douglas Gregor6f233ef2009-02-11 01:18:59 +00007433 }
7434 }
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +00007435 Expr *SubExpr = FixOverloadedFunctionReference(UnOp->getSubExpr(),
7436 Found, Fn);
Douglas Gregor51c538b2009-11-20 19:42:02 +00007437 if (SubExpr == UnOp->getSubExpr())
7438 return UnOp->Retain();
Anders Carlssonfcb4ab42009-10-21 17:16:23 +00007439
Douglas Gregor51c538b2009-11-20 19:42:02 +00007440 return new (Context) UnaryOperator(SubExpr, UnaryOperator::AddrOf,
7441 Context.getPointerType(SubExpr->getType()),
7442 UnOp->getOperatorLoc());
Douglas Gregor51c538b2009-11-20 19:42:02 +00007443 }
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00007444
7445 if (UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE = dyn_cast<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(E)) {
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00007446 // FIXME: avoid copy.
7447 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgsBuffer, *TemplateArgs = 0;
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00007448 if (ULE->hasExplicitTemplateArgs()) {
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00007449 ULE->copyTemplateArgumentsInto(TemplateArgsBuffer);
7450 TemplateArgs = &TemplateArgsBuffer;
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00007451 }
7452
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00007453 return DeclRefExpr::Create(Context,
7454 ULE->getQualifier(),
7455 ULE->getQualifierRange(),
7456 Fn,
7457 ULE->getNameLoc(),
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00007458 Fn->getType(),
7459 TemplateArgs);
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00007460 }
7461
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00007462 if (UnresolvedMemberExpr *MemExpr = dyn_cast<UnresolvedMemberExpr>(E)) {
John McCall6b51f282009-11-23 01:53:49 +00007463 // FIXME: avoid copy.
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00007464 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgsBuffer, *TemplateArgs = 0;
7465 if (MemExpr->hasExplicitTemplateArgs()) {
7466 MemExpr->copyTemplateArgumentsInto(TemplateArgsBuffer);
7467 TemplateArgs = &TemplateArgsBuffer;
7468 }
John McCall6b51f282009-11-23 01:53:49 +00007469
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00007470 Expr *Base;
7471
7472 // If we're filling in
7473 if (MemExpr->isImplicitAccess()) {
7474 if (cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Fn)->isStatic()) {
7475 return DeclRefExpr::Create(Context,
7476 MemExpr->getQualifier(),
7477 MemExpr->getQualifierRange(),
7478 Fn,
7479 MemExpr->getMemberLoc(),
7480 Fn->getType(),
7481 TemplateArgs);
Douglas Gregorb15af892010-01-07 23:12:05 +00007482 } else {
7483 SourceLocation Loc = MemExpr->getMemberLoc();
7484 if (MemExpr->getQualifier())
7485 Loc = MemExpr->getQualifierRange().getBegin();
7486 Base = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(Loc,
7487 MemExpr->getBaseType(),
7488 /*isImplicit=*/true);
7489 }
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00007490 } else
7491 Base = MemExpr->getBase()->Retain();
7492
7493 return MemberExpr::Create(Context, Base,
Douglas Gregor51c538b2009-11-20 19:42:02 +00007494 MemExpr->isArrow(),
7495 MemExpr->getQualifier(),
7496 MemExpr->getQualifierRange(),
7497 Fn,
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +00007498 Found,
John McCall6b51f282009-11-23 01:53:49 +00007499 MemExpr->getMemberLoc(),
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00007500 TemplateArgs,
Douglas Gregor51c538b2009-11-20 19:42:02 +00007501 Fn->getType());
7502 }
7503
Douglas Gregor51c538b2009-11-20 19:42:02 +00007504 assert(false && "Invalid reference to overloaded function");
7505 return E->Retain();
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00007506}
7507
Douglas Gregor3e1e5272009-12-09 23:02:17 +00007508Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::FixOverloadedFunctionReference(OwningExprResult E,
John McCalla8ae2222010-04-06 21:38:20 +00007509 DeclAccessPair Found,
Douglas Gregor3e1e5272009-12-09 23:02:17 +00007510 FunctionDecl *Fn) {
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +00007511 return Owned(FixOverloadedFunctionReference((Expr *)E.get(), Found, Fn));
Douglas Gregor3e1e5272009-12-09 23:02:17 +00007512}
7513
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00007514} // end namespace clang